[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git (#534) - wheezy (branch) updated: 1.3_20090801_5.0.2+edu0_alpha-5-gb85ba94
David Prévot
taffit at alioth.debian.org
Sat Oct 5 12:19:54 UTC 2013
The branch, wheezy has been updated
via b85ba94584b2841d8a6ddc7097adc9045d79fbdb (commit)
from 71a2f32b19e6ae56f39e93915f309766c44b4ad2 (commit)
Those revisions listed above that are new to this repository have
not appeared on any other notification email; so we list those
revisions in full, below.
- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of changes:
documentation/audacity/audacity-manual.pot | 2 +-
.../debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.de.po | 8 +-
.../debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.es.po | 8 +-
.../debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.fr.po | 5853 ++++++++++++--------
.../debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.it.po | 9 +-
.../debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.nb.po | 9 +-
.../debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.pot | 8 +-
.../debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.xml | 4 +-
.../debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.de.po | 5344 ++++++++++++++----
.../debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.es.po | 14 +-
.../debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.fr.po | 557 +-
.../debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.it.po | 16 +-
.../debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.nb.po | 16 +-
.../debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.pot | 14 +-
.../debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml | 6 +-
documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.fr.po | 190 +-
documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.nb.po | 90 +-
documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.pot | 89 +-
documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.xml | 4 +-
19 files changed, 8552 insertions(+), 3689 deletions(-)
The diff of changes is:
diff --git a/documentation/audacity/audacity-manual.pot b/documentation/audacity/audacity-manual.pot
index 4f2be0b..d3b9b04 100644
--- a/documentation/audacity/audacity-manual.pot
+++ b/documentation/audacity/audacity-manual.pot
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-01 13:50+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-08 10:35+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
diff --git a/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.de.po b/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.de.po
index d6ed721..90f4128 100644
--- a/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.de.po
+++ b/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.de.po
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-etch-manual.de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-01 13:44+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-08 10:28+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-17 08:14+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Roland F. Teichert <rfteichert at imail.de>\n"
"Language-Team: <en at li.org>\n"
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-01 </computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-08 </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2008-07-15</computeroutput> in das "
"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> integriert."
@@ -7298,8 +7298,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2849
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and the "
+"French l10n team (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"Die italienische Übersetzung wurder erstellt und ist Copyright von Claudio "
"Carboncini (2007, 2008). Sie ist unter der GPL2 oder späteren Versionen "
diff --git a/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.es.po b/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.es.po
index 65f1023..ea8061b 100644
--- a/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.es.po
+++ b/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.es.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-01 13:44+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-08 10:28+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-14 15:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <es at li.org>\n"
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:10
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-01 </computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-08 </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
@@ -6388,8 +6388,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2849
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and the "
+"French l10n team (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traducción a español es copyright 2007 de José L. Redrejo Rodríguez y "
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
diff --git a/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.fr.po b/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.fr.po
index 3a80322..cae98fa 100644
--- a/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.fr.po
+++ b/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.fr.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 0.9.20071124\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-15 12:29+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-08 10:28+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-30 17:51+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Christophe Masson <chrs.masson at free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -13,51 +13,57 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
# type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3
-msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "\"Debian Edu / Skolelinux Etch 3.0 Codename 'Terra' Manual\""
msgstr "Manuel de Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:5
-msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu Etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:5
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Manual for Debian Edu Etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manuel de Debian Edu Etch 3.0, nom de code « Terra »"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:7
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:7
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete </emphasis>) release manual for the "
-"Debian Edu Etch 3.0 release."
+"This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete </emphasis>) manual for the Debian "
+"Edu Etch 3.0 release."
msgstr ""
"Ceci est le manuel (<emphasis>inachevé</emphasis>) de la version de Debian "
"Edu basée sur Etch 3.0."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:10
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:10
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-07-15</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-08 </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Ce document fait partie du paquet <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
"computeroutput> du <computeroutput>115-07-2008</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:13
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:14
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The version at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a "
-"wiki and updated frequently."
+"Etch\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently."
msgstr ""
"La version disponible depuis <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"Documentation/Etch\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch</"
"ulink> est un wiki fréquemment mis à jour."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:16
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the "
-"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> package, which can be "
-"<ulink url=\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/\">installed on "
-"a webserver </ulink>."
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"Translations#\">Translations </ulink> are part of the <computeroutput>debian-"
+"edu-doc </computeroutput> package, which can be <ulink url=\"http://"
+"maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/\">installed on a webserver </"
+"ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Les traductions</link> font partie du paquet "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput>, qui peut être <ulink url="
@@ -65,25 +71,25 @@ msgstr ""
"web</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:23
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:24
msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
msgstr "À propos de Debian Edu et Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:25
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:26
msgid ""
"Skolelinux is a Linux distribution made by the Debian Edu project. Being a "
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian\">Custom Debian "
"Distribution </ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org"
"\">Debian </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Skolelinux est une distribution Linux créée par le projet Debian Edu. "
-"Elle fait partie de Debian en tant que <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"Skolelinux est une distribution Linux créée par le projet Debian Edu. Elle "
+"fait partie de Debian en tant que <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
"CustomDebian\">Distribution Debian personnalisée, </ulink> (Custom Debian "
"Distribution, CDD)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:29
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:30
msgid ""
"What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-"
"of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network."
@@ -92,7 +98,7 @@ msgstr ""
"environnement de réseau scolaire complètement configuré."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:31
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:32
msgid ""
"In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools "
"serving the 6-16 years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several "
@@ -101,16 +107,16 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"En Norvège, origine de Skolelinux, ce sont des établissement scolaires sur "
"une fourchette d'âge 6-16 ans qui constituent les utilisateurs principaux. "
-"Ce système est utilisé dans plusieurs pays du monde, principalement en Norvège, en "
-"Allemagne et en France."
+"Ce système est utilisé dans plusieurs pays du monde, principalement en "
+"Norvège, en Allemagne et en France."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:36
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:37
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Architecture"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:40
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:39
msgid ""
"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
"provided by a Skolelinux installation."
@@ -119,17 +125,39 @@ msgstr ""
"Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:44
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:43
msgid "Network"
msgstr "Réseau"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:47
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/network-arch."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:52
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:49 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:444
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:501 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:720
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:778 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:784
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:790 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:796
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:802 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:808
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:814 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:820
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:826 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:832
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:838 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:844
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:850 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:856
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:864 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:893
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:942 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1011
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1029 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1037
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1157 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1210
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1744 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2306
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2663 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2690
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2696 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2765
+msgid "</inlinemediaobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:51
msgid ""
"(The <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source package "
"contains this image as a <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> file.)"
@@ -138,7 +166,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cette image sous forme de fichier <computeroutput>dia</computeroutput>.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:56
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:55
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
@@ -160,7 +188,7 @@ msgstr ""
"du réseau."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:58
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:57
msgid ""
"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
@@ -178,7 +206,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'ordinateur concerné."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:60
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:59
msgid ""
"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
@@ -194,12 +222,12 @@ msgstr ""
"devraient être documentées séparement)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:65
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:64
msgid "Services"
msgstr "Services"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:67
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:66
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
@@ -225,7 +253,7 @@ msgstr ""
"préalablement installé, bien entendu)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:69
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:68
msgid ""
"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
"network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
@@ -236,7 +264,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sur le réseau."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:71
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:70
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
"network, with the DNS name of each service given in square brackets. Where "
@@ -257,84 +285,84 @@ msgstr ""
"disposent de leur propre domaine DNS) ou leur adresse IP."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:73
msgid "Centralized Logging [syslog]"
msgstr "Gestion centalisée des journaux [syslog]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:74
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:76
msgid "DNS (Bind) [domain]"
msgstr "DNS (Bind) [domain]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:75
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:79
msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines (DHCP) [bootps]"
msgstr "Configuration réseau automatique des machines (DHCP) [bootps]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:76
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:82
msgid "Clock Synchronization (NTP) [ntp]"
msgstr "Synchronisation de l'horloge (NTP) [ntp]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:85
msgid "Home Directories via Network File System (SMB/NFS) [homes]"
msgstr ""
"Répertoires personnels via un système de fichiers sur réseau (SMB/NFS) "
"[homes]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:78
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:88
msgid "Electronic Post Office [postoffice]"
msgstr "Courrier électronique [postoffice]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:79
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:91
msgid "Directory Service (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
msgstr "Service de répertoire (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:94
msgid "User Administration (lwat)"
msgstr "Gestion des utilisateurs [lwat]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:81
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:97
msgid "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
msgstr "Serveur web (Apache/PHP) [www]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:82
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:100
msgid "Central Backup (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
msgstr "Sauvegarde centralisée (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:83
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:103
msgid "Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
msgstr "Cache web / mandataire (Squid) [webcache]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:84
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:106
msgid "Printing (CUPS) [ipp]"
msgstr "Impression (CUPS) [ipp]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:85
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:109
msgid "Remote Login (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
msgstr "Connexion à distance (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:112
msgid "Automatic Configuration [cfengine]"
msgstr "Configuration automatique [cfengine]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:87
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:115
msgid "Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
msgstr "Serveur(s) de clients légers (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:88
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:118
msgid ""
"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and "
"History on the Web. Error Reporting by E-mail (munin,nagios and site-summary)"
@@ -344,7 +372,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(munin, nagios, et site-summary)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:91
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:122
msgid ""
"Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
"available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, "
@@ -360,7 +388,7 @@ msgstr ""
"SMB pour les clients Windows et Macintosh."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:93
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:124
msgid ""
"By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
"only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the "
@@ -379,7 +407,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utilisateurs peuvent accéder à leur courrier personnel par POP3 ou IMAP."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:95
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:126
msgid ""
"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
"the central user database for authentication and authorization."
@@ -389,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'authentification et les autorisations."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:97
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:128
msgid ""
"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
@@ -402,7 +430,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'accès à l'internet sur chaque machine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:99
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:130
msgid ""
"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
"Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, "
@@ -418,7 +446,7 @@ msgstr ""
"des services du réseau)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:101
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:132
msgid ""
"Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
@@ -429,7 +457,7 @@ msgstr ""
"messages provenant du réseau local sont acceptés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:103
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:134
msgid ""
"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
@@ -443,7 +471,7 @@ msgstr ""
"principal."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:105
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:136
msgid ""
"Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
@@ -458,7 +486,7 @@ msgstr ""
"créer des pages web dynamiques, puisque le serveur web sera programmable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:107
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:138
msgid ""
"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
@@ -481,7 +509,7 @@ msgstr ""
"d'utilisateurs et les listes de diffusion."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:109
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:140
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
"follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
@@ -495,7 +523,7 @@ msgstr ""
"possible par les systèmes d'administration."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:111
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:142
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
"problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
@@ -514,7 +542,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'internet, assurant ainsi une heure correcte sur tout le réseau."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:113
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:144
msgid ""
"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
"or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to "
@@ -529,12 +557,12 @@ msgstr ""
"par l'utilisation de quota et de contrôle d'accès aux imprimantes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:117
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:148
msgid "Thin clients"
msgstr "Clients légers"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:119
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:150
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. "
"This means that this machine boots from a diskette or directly from the "
@@ -549,7 +577,7 @@ msgstr ""
"client léger utilisée est celle du projet Linux Terminal Server (LTSP)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:121
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:152
msgid ""
"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
"effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
@@ -567,7 +595,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tous les programmes sont exécutés sur le serveur LTSP."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:123
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:154
msgid ""
"The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient."
@@ -577,12 +605,12 @@ msgstr ""
"central des journaux système."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:128
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:159
msgid "Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Stations de travail sans disque dur"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:130
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:161
msgid ""
"For diskless workstations the terms stateless workstations, lowfat clients "
"or half-thick clients are also used."
@@ -591,7 +619,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lourds sont équivalents à stations de travail sans disque."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:132
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:163
msgid ""
"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally "
"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot direcly "
@@ -604,7 +632,7 @@ msgstr ""
"logiciel installés sur le disque dur local."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:134
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:165
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations are an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the "
"same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and "
@@ -619,7 +647,7 @@ msgstr ""
"serveur."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:136
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:167
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server "
"Project (LTSP) with version 5.0."
@@ -628,12 +656,12 @@ msgstr ""
"projet Linux Terminal Server (LTSP)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:142
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:173
msgid "Networked clients"
msgstr "Clients en réseau"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:144
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:175
msgid ""
"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin "
"clients and diskless workstations as well as computers running MacOS or "
@@ -644,12 +672,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ordinateurs exécutant MacOS ou Windows."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:149
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:180
msgid "Administration"
msgstr "Administration"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:151
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:182
msgid ""
"All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
"will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
@@ -662,7 +690,7 @@ msgstr ""
"par la suite d'avoir un accès complet à celles-ci."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:184
msgid ""
"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
@@ -675,7 +703,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sur le serveur et de laisser les changements se propager automatiquement."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:155
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:186
msgid ""
"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
"are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
@@ -687,29 +715,29 @@ msgstr ""
"les utilisateurs."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:160 release-manual.xml:376
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:191 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:490
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Installation"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:162
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:193
msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
msgstr "L'installation est possible depuis un CD ou un DVD."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:164
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:195
msgid ""
"The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
"over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
"installation works without access to the Internet."
msgstr ""
-"L'objectif est de pouvoir installer un serveur à partir d'un CD ou DVD, "
-"et d'installer des postes clients au travers du réseau en amorçant toutes "
-"les autres machines à partir de ce dernier. L'installation à partir du DVD "
+"L'objectif est de pouvoir installer un serveur à partir d'un CD ou DVD, et "
+"d'installer des postes clients au travers du réseau en amorçant toutes les "
+"autres machines à partir de ce dernier. L'installation à partir du DVD "
"fonctionne sans accès à l'internet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:166
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:197
msgid ""
"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
@@ -725,12 +753,12 @@ msgstr ""
"l'installation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:171
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:202
msgid "File system access configuration"
msgstr "Configuration de l'accès au système de fichiers"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:173
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:204
msgid ""
"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
@@ -748,7 +776,7 @@ msgstr ""
"par personne d'autre que l'utilisateur."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:175
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:206
msgid ""
"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
@@ -769,7 +797,7 @@ msgstr ""
"d'usage particuliers."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:179
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:210
msgid ""
"To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
"be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
@@ -799,7 +827,7 @@ msgstr ""
"initialement l'accès en lecture, alors X=7.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:182
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:213
msgid ""
"The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. "
"They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be "
@@ -816,10 +844,10 @@ msgid ""
"helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved "
"particular problems (typically configuration issues)."
msgstr ""
-"L'attribution des droits d'accès initiaux pour les fichiers nouvellement créés "
-"est un problème de politique. L'accès en lecture peut être accordé à tous le "
-"monde, puis être retiré explicitement par l'utilisateur, ou il peut être "
-"initialement bloqué, puis être permis par l'utilisateur. La première "
+"L'attribution des droits d'accès initiaux pour les fichiers nouvellement "
+"créés est un problème de politique. L'accès en lecture peut être accordé à "
+"tous le monde, puis être retiré explicitement par l'utilisateur, ou il peut "
+"être initialement bloqué, puis être permis par l'utilisateur. La première "
"approche encourage le partage des connaissances et rend le système plus "
"transparent, tandis que la seconde méthode réduit le risque de divulgation "
"involontaire d'informations sensibles. Le problème de la première solution "
@@ -834,7 +862,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configuration)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:184
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:215
msgid ""
"Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
"particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
@@ -859,7 +887,7 @@ msgstr ""
"initialement accessibles mais pouront être bloqués si besoin."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:191
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:222
msgid ""
"ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
"thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> "
@@ -870,7 +898,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>~/</computeroutput> est 755."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:193
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:225
msgid ""
"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
msgstr ""
@@ -878,12 +906,12 @@ msgstr ""
"répertoires partagés ?"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:199
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:232
msgid "random notes"
msgstr "Notes diverses"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:201
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:234
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
@@ -892,16 +920,16 @@ msgstr ""
"document."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:202
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:236
msgid ""
"Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which "
"groups have access to which machines."
msgstr ""
-"Base de données centralisée des utilisateurs avec regroupement et possibilité "
-"de contrôler les accès des groupes aux machines."
+"Base de données centralisée des utilisateurs avec regroupement et "
+"possibilité de contrôler les accès des groupes aux machines."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:203
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:239
msgid ""
"Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for "
"these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)"
@@ -910,16 +938,16 @@ msgstr ""
"réseau pour ces groupes (blocage d'accès à l'internet à l'aide de squid)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:204
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:242
msgid "Should consider using a DNS name from RFC 2606."
msgstr "Envisager l'utilisation d'un nom de DNS selon la RFC 2306."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:207
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:246
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink url="
-"\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en\">http://"
-"developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en </ulink> ( at that "
+"\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en\"/> ( at that "
"time it was Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter Reinholdtsen < "
"<ulink url=\"mailto:pere at hungry.com\">pere at hungry.com </ulink> >, "
"released under the GPL) - note to translators: there are translations for "
@@ -936,18 +964,18 @@ msgstr ""
"</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:216
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:254
msgid "Features"
msgstr "Fonctionnalités"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:222
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:258
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r1 Terra\" release 2007-12-05"
msgstr ""
"Nouvelles fonctionnalités de la version « 3.0r1 Terra », publiée le 2007-12-05"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:223
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:260
msgid ""
"much improved documentation with updated translations to German, Norwegian "
"Bokmal and Italian"
@@ -956,7 +984,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Norvégien Bokmal et en Italien."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:224
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:263
msgid ""
"includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that came "
"to our attentention after the 3.0r0 release"
@@ -965,99 +993,99 @@ msgstr ""
"sécurité identifiées après la sortie de la version 3.0r0"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:230
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:270
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr ""
"Nouvelles fonctionnalités de la version « 3.0r0 Terra », publiée le 2007-07-22"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:231
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:272
msgid "Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08."
msgstr "Basée sur Debian 4.0 Etch, publiée le 2007-04-08."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:275
msgid "Graphical installer with mouse support"
msgstr "Installateur graphique avec support de la souris"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:278
msgid "Boot splash with usplash"
msgstr "Écran d'amorce avec usplash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:234
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:281
msgid "LSB 3.1 compatible"
msgstr "Compatible LSB 3.1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:235
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:284
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.18"
msgstr "Noyau Linux version 2.6.18"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:235
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:286
msgid "Support for SATA controllers and hard disks"
msgstr "Prise en charge des contrôleurs et disques SATA"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:238
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:291
msgid "X.org version 7.1."
msgstr "X.org version 7.1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:239
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:294
msgid "KDE desktop environment version 3.5.5"
msgstr "Environnement de bureau KDE version 3.5.5"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:241
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:297
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:243
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:300
msgid "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
msgstr "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:244
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:303
msgid "Automatic tracking of installed machines using Sitesummary."
msgstr "Suivi automatique des machines installées grâce à Sitesummary."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:245
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:306
msgid "Automatic configuration of munin using data from Sitesummary."
msgstr "Configuration automatique de munin grâce à Sitesummary."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:246
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:309
msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk."
msgstr ""
"Contrôle de version automatique des fichiers de configuration situés dans /"
"etc/ à l'aide de svk."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:247
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:312
msgid "File systems sizes can be extended while the file system is mounted."
msgstr ""
"La taille d'un système de fichiers peut être augmentée alors que celui-ci "
"est monté."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:247
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:314
msgid "Support automatically extending file system based on predefined rules."
msgstr ""
"Prise en charge automatique de l'extension des systèmes de fichiers selon "
"des règles prédéfinies."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:250
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:319
msgid "Local Device Support on thin clients."
msgstr "Prise en charge de périphériques locaux sur les clients légers."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:251
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:322
msgid ""
"New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc "
"(experimental support, installation media only boots on the newworld "
@@ -1068,12 +1096,12 @@ msgstr ""
"seulement sur la sous-architecture newworld)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:252
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:325
msgid "Multi-architecture DVD for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVD multi-architecture pour i386, amd64 et powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:253
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:328
msgid ""
"Regression: the CD-install requires Internet access during installation. "
"Previous versions could be installed from one CD without Internet access."
@@ -1083,7 +1111,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'internet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:255
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:331
msgid ""
"Regression: <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput> is now removed from "
"Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based user "
@@ -1095,99 +1123,101 @@ msgstr ""
"Régression : <computeroutput>webmin</computeroutput> a été supprimé de "
"Debian à cause de problèmes de support. Nous avons ajouté un nouvel outil "
"web d'administration des utilisateurs nommé <computeroutput>lwat</"
-"computeroutput>, qui ne possède pas les mêmes fonctionnalités que "
-"l'ancien, <computeroutput>wlus</computeroutput>. Mais <computeroutput>wlus</"
+"computeroutput>, qui ne possède pas les mêmes fonctionnalités que l'ancien, "
+"<computeroutput>wlus</computeroutput>. Mais <computeroutput>wlus</"
"computeroutput> requiert <computeroutput>webmin</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:263
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:339
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Regression: swi-prolog is not part of etch, but was part of sarge. The <link "
-"linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">HowTo teach and learn</link> Chapter describes how "
-"to install swi-prolog on etch."
+"Regression: swi-prolog is not part of etch, but was part of sarge. The "
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/"
+"TeachAndLearn#\">HowTo teach and learn </ulink> Chapter describes how to "
+"install swi-prolog on etch."
msgstr ""
"Regression : swi-prolog ne fait pas partie d'Etch, mais était fourni par "
"Sarge. Le chapitre <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">manuel « Enseigner et "
"apprendre »</link> décrit comment installer swi-prolog sur Etch."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:270
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:347
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr "Fonctionnalités de la version 2.0, publiée le 2006-03-14"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:271
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:349
msgid "Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06."
msgstr "Basée sur Debian 3.1 Sarge, publiée le 2005-06-06."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:272
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:352
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.8."
msgstr "Noyau Linux version 2.6.8."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:273
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:355
msgid "XFree86 version 4.3."
msgstr "XFree86 version 4.3"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:274
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:358
msgid "KDE version 3.3."
msgstr "KDE version 3.3."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:276
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:361
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:283
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:368
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr "Fonctionnalités de « 1.0 Venus », publiée le 20-06-2004"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:284
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:370
msgid "Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19."
msgstr "Basée sur Debian 3.0 Woody, publiée le 19-07-2002."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:285
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:373
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.4.26."
msgstr "Noyau Linux version 2.4.26."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:286
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:376
msgid "XFree86 version 4.1."
msgstr "XFree86 version 4.1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:287
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:379
msgid "KDE version 2.2."
msgstr "KDE version 2.2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:293
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:386
msgid "More information on older releases"
msgstr "Davantage d'informations sur les versions précédentes"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:295
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:388
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url=\"http://"
-"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\">http://developer."
-"skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html </ulink>."
+"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Davantage d'informations sur les versions précédentes sont disponibles ici "
"<ulink url=\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html"
"\">http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:302
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:394
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Besoins"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:306
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:396
msgid ""
"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -1202,12 +1232,12 @@ msgstr ""
"composants réseau, les serveurs et les machines clientes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:310
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:400
msgid "Hardware requirements"
msgstr "Besoins matériels"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:311
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:402
msgid ""
"the computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either i386, amd64 "
"or powerpc processors."
@@ -1216,7 +1246,7 @@ msgstr ""
"processeurs i386, amd64 ou powerpc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:311
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:404
msgid ""
"On powerpc, the installation media will only boot on machines of the "
"newworld sub-architecture, which are the systems from apple with a "
@@ -1227,7 +1257,7 @@ msgstr ""
"boîtier est translucide."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:314
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:409
msgid ""
"thin client (LTSP) servers need two network cards when using the default "
"network architecture:"
@@ -1236,17 +1266,17 @@ msgstr ""
"lorsque l'architecture de réseau par défaut est utilisée : "
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:314
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:411
msgid "eth0 connected to the main network (10.0.2.0/23)"
msgstr "eth0 reliée au réseau principal (10.0.2.0/23)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:315
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:414
msgid "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) serving the thin-clients"
msgstr "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) servant les clients légers"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:318
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:419
msgid ""
"disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk from 8 GiB "
"will be sufficient. As usual, the bigger the better."
@@ -1255,7 +1285,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de 8 Gio ou plus est suffisant. Mais plus il est gros, mieux c'est."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:319
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:422
msgid ""
"for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
"is required"
@@ -1264,7 +1294,7 @@ msgstr ""
"minimum recommandé. Une partition d'échange est nécessaire."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:320
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:425
msgid ""
"for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM and 8 GiB disc space "
"are recommended minimum requirements"
@@ -1273,7 +1303,7 @@ msgstr ""
"256 Mio de RAM et 8Gio d'espace disque sont le minimum recommandé."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:321
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:428
msgid ""
"for diskless workstations (also known as stateless workstations, lowfat "
"clients or half-thick clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended "
@@ -1289,46 +1319,37 @@ msgstr ""
"fichier /etc/ltsp/nbdsapd.conf sur tjener."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:322
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:431
msgid "for Laptops 256 MB RAM and 450 MHz are minimum requirements"
msgstr ""
"Pour les portables, 256 Mo de RAM et une fréquence de 450 MHz sont le "
"minimum recommandé."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:325
-msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
-msgstr "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:330
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:438
msgid "Hardware known to work"
msgstr "Matériel compatible connu"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:332
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:440
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
-"ulink> . This list is not nearly complete <inlinemediaobject>"
+"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete "
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"Une liste du matériel testé est fourni sur <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/</"
"ulink>. Cette liste n'est pas exhaustive. <inlinemediaobject>"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:334 release-manual.xml:478 release-manual.xml:562
-#: release-manual.xml:1506 release-manual.xml:2103
-msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>:)</phrase>"
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:343
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:450
msgid "Requirements for a network setup"
msgstr "Besoins pour une configuration du réseau"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:344
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:452
msgid ""
"a router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) providing access to the internet (when using "
"the default network architecture)"
@@ -1337,7 +1358,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(sur l'architecture réseau par défaut)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:346
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:455
msgid ""
"for the main server (10.0.2.2): this is the one single computer in the "
"network which get's the <computeroutput>tjener </computeroutput>-profile "
@@ -1347,22 +1368,22 @@ msgstr ""
"qui dispose du profil <computeroutput>tjener</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:349
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:459
msgid "workstation(s) and/or thin client (LTSP) server(s)"
msgstr "station(s) de travail et/ou serveur(s) de clients légers (LTSP)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:350
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:462
msgid "thin clients clients"
msgstr "clients légers"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:355
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:468
msgid "Internet router"
msgstr "Routeur internet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:357
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:470
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
"running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface, is needed to "
@@ -1373,7 +1394,7 @@ msgstr ""
"connecter à l'internet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:359
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:472
msgid ""
"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though "
"this is not needed and will not be used. (If the router runs a DHCP server "
@@ -1389,7 +1410,7 @@ msgstr ""
"le serveur DHCP du routeur.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:361
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:474
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a i386 based solution (so that you can reuse an old "
"PC), we recommend <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org\">IPCop </ulink> or "
@@ -1400,7 +1421,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> ou <ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:365
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:478
msgid ""
"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend "
"using <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT </ulink>, though of course "
@@ -1418,14 +1439,15 @@ msgstr ""
"\">matériel géré</ulink> sur les pages web de OpenWRT."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:369
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:482
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink url="
"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented "
"procedure </ulink> to do this. If you are not forced to do this by an "
"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend "
-"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network "
-"architecture</link>."
+"you stay with the default <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"Documentation/Etch/Architecture#\">network architecture </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Il est possible d'utiliser une configuration réseau différente, ce document "
"décrit <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet"
@@ -1435,18 +1457,21 @@ msgstr ""
"réseau</link> par défaut."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:382
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:494
msgid "Where to find more information"
msgstr "Où trouver d'avantage d'informations"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:384
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:496
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=\"http://www."
"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">release notes for Debian Etch </"
"ulink> before you start installing a system for production use. If you just "
"want to give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, you don't have to though, it "
-"should just work <inlinemediaobject>"
+"should just work <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" "
+"fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"Nous vous recommandons de lire ou au moins de jeter un oeil aux <ulink url="
"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">notes de sortie de "
@@ -1454,14 +1479,8 @@ msgstr ""
"Cependant, c'est inutile si vous voulez seulement essayer Debian Edu/"
"Skolelinux, cela devrait fonctionner tout seul. <inlinemediaobject>"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2462 release-manual.xml:2499
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
-msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>:-)</phrase>"
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:391
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:503
msgid ""
"Even more <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
"\">information about the Debian Etch release </ulink> is available in its "
@@ -1472,17 +1491,17 @@ msgstr ""
"manuel d'installation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:397
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:509
msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu Etch 3.0r1"
msgstr "Téléchargement d'un média d'installation pour Debian Edu Etch 3.0r1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:401
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:513
msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVDs pour i386, amd64 et powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:403
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:515
msgid ""
"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
"these methods:"
@@ -1491,7 +1510,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utilisez une des méthodes suivantes :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:405
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:517
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1500,7 +1519,7 @@ msgstr ""
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:408
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:520
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1509,7 +1528,7 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:411
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:523
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1518,13 +1537,13 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:416
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:528
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
msgstr ""
"ou, vous pouvez télécharger le CD d'installation par le réseau, pour i386"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:418
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:530
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1533,7 +1552,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:421
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:533
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1542,7 +1561,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:424
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:536
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1551,12 +1570,12 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:429
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:541
msgid "amd64"
msgstr "amd64"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:431
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:543
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1565,7 +1584,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:434
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:546
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1574,7 +1593,7 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:437
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:549
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1583,12 +1602,12 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:442
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:554
msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
msgstr "et powerpc (pour la sous-architecture newworld)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:444
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:556
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1597,7 +1616,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:447
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:559
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1606,7 +1625,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:450
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:562
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1615,7 +1634,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:455
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:567
msgid ""
"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
"though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
@@ -1629,12 +1648,12 @@ msgstr ""
"autres architectures."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:457
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:569
msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
msgstr "Le code source de cette version est disponible sur une image DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:459
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:571
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1643,7 +1662,7 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:462
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:574
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1652,7 +1671,7 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:465
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:577
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1661,17 +1680,20 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:474
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:586
msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
msgstr "Demande d'un CD/DVD par courrier électronique"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:476
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:588
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
"url=\"mailto:cd at skolelinux.no\">cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> and we will "
-"discuss the payment details (for shipping and media) <inlinemediaobject>"
+"discuss the payment details (for shipping and media) "
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"Nous proposons d'envoyer un CD ou un DVD à ceux qui ne disposent pas d'une "
"connexion rapide à l'internet pour le coût du support et de l'envoi. Envoyez "
@@ -1680,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(pour les frais d'envoi et de support). <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:481
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:593
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
"to be sent to in the email."
@@ -1689,12 +1711,12 @@ msgstr ""
"l'adresse à laquelle vous souhaitez que le CD ou DVD soit envoyé."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:486
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:598
msgid "Installation from CD"
msgstr "Installation depuis le CD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:488
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:600
msgid ""
"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -1705,55 +1727,55 @@ msgstr ""
"selon le profil :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:489
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:602
msgid "Main server: 8 of 115 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Main server: 8 pour 115 Mio téléchargés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:490
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:605
msgid "Main server and Thin client server: 618 of 1082 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
"Serveur principal et serveur de clients légers : 618 pour 1082 Mio "
"téléchargés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:491
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:608
msgid "Main server and Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
"Serveur principal et station de travail : 618 pour 1081 Mio téléchargés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:492
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:611
msgid "Thin client server: 618 of 1052 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Serveur de clients légers : 618 pour 1052 Mio téléchargés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:493
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:614
msgid "Workstation: 618 of 1051 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Station de travail : 618 pour 1051 Mio téléchargés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:494
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:617
msgid "Standalone: 618 of 1020 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Ordinateur autonome : 618 pour 1020 Mio téléchargés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:495
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:620
msgid "Barebone: 12 of 83 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Mini PC : 12 pour 83 Mio téléchargés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:624
msgid "The profiles are explained below."
msgstr "Les profils sont expliqués plus loin."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:503
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:629
msgid "Installation options"
msgstr "Options d'installation"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:505
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:631
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
"don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
@@ -1770,7 +1792,7 @@ msgstr ""
"choix par défaut conviendront à la plupart des utilisateurs."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:507
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:633
msgid ""
"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -1783,7 +1805,7 @@ msgstr ""
"effectuer une installation i386 en mode texte."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:510
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:636
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert </computeroutput> boot-option adds the "
"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -1798,7 +1820,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> à l'invite syslinux/yaboot pour activer le mode expert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:516
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:642
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -1811,7 +1833,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version graphique sur amd64."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:521
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:647
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multiarch DVD on an amd64 machine "
"you need to manually select <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> (text "
@@ -1827,7 +1849,7 @@ msgstr ""
"et installgui sur les machines x86 32-bits."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:526
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:652
msgid ""
"If you have already installed the mainserver profile on a machine, you can "
"use its http proxy service to speed up the following installations from CD. "
@@ -1841,34 +1863,34 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:531
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:658
msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)"
msgstr "Choisissez une langue (pour l'installation et le système installé)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:532
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:661
msgid "Choose a time-zone"
msgstr "Choisissez un zone géographique"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:533
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:664
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
msgstr ""
-"Choisissez une disposition de clavier (généralement, le choix par défaut "
-"du pays convient)"
+"Choisissez une disposition de clavier (généralement, le choix par défaut du "
+"pays convient)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:667
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Choose a profile </emphasis>:"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Choisissez un profil</emphasis> :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:537
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:670
msgid "server"
msgstr "serveur"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:537
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:672
msgid ""
"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing the following "
"services: file, print, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, nagios, "
@@ -1882,12 +1904,12 @@ msgstr ""
"seul serveur principal par école !"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:540
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:677
msgid "workstation"
msgstr "station de travail"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:540
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:679
msgid ""
"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and "
"devices locally like an ordinary computer, but the user login is "
@@ -1901,12 +1923,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sont enregistrés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:543
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:684
msgid "thin client server"
msgstr "serveur de clients légers"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:544
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:686
msgid ""
"Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive "
"boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network "
@@ -1927,12 +1949,12 @@ msgstr ""
"manual.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:549
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:692
msgid "standalone"
msgstr "autonome"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:549
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:694
msgid ""
"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server, ie. doesn't "
"need to be on the network. Includes laptops."
@@ -1942,12 +1964,12 @@ msgstr ""
"portables."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:552
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:699
msgid "barebone"
msgstr "Mini PC (barebone)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:552
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:701
msgid ""
"This profile is only available when using the 'debian-edu-expert' boot "
"option. It will install the base packages and configure the machine to "
@@ -1962,7 +1984,7 @@ msgstr ""
"manuellement du serveur principal."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:556
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:707
msgid ""
"The first 3 profiles can all be installed on the same machine. That means "
"the main server can also be a thin client server and can be used as a "
@@ -1973,7 +1995,7 @@ msgstr ""
"légers et être utilisé comme station de travail."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:557
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:710
msgid ""
"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
@@ -1981,38 +2003,40 @@ msgstr ""
"sur le disque dur !"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:558
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:713
msgid "say yes to partman"
msgstr "Répondez oui à partman"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:560
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:716
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url=\"http://popcon."
-"skolelinux.org/\">http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont "
-"have to <inlinemediaobject>"
+"skolelinux.org/\"/> - though you dont have to "
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"S'il-vous-plait, acceptez de soumettre des informations à <ulink url="
"\"http://popcon.skolelinux.org/\">http://popcon.skolelinux.org/</ulink> - "
"bien que ce ne soit pas obligatoire. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:567
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:723
msgid "wait"
msgstr "Attendez"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:568
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:726
msgid "be happy"
msgstr "Détendez-vous."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:573
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:732
msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
msgstr "Note concernant le partitionnement manuel"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:575
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:734
msgid ""
"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -2030,12 +2054,12 @@ msgstr ""
"répertoire personnel, l'utilisateur ne peut se connecter."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:580
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:739
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr "Note concernant les ordinateurs portables"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:582
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:741
msgid ""
"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -2053,7 +2077,7 @@ msgstr ""
"portable à domicile ou en déplacement, choisissez le profil autonome."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:584
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:743
msgid ""
"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -2067,12 +2091,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>, mais aucun manuel n'est disponible pour l'instant."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:590
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:749
msgid "A note on DVD installs"
msgstr "Note concernant l'installation depuis un DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:592
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:751
msgid ""
"If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
"computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
@@ -2085,13 +2109,12 @@ msgstr ""
"lignes suivantes afin que les mises à jour (de sécurité) soient disponibles :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:596
-#, no-wrap
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:753
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main \n"
"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
-"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local\n"
-"]]"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main \n"
"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
@@ -2099,19 +2122,19 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:604
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:760
msgid "Custom CD/DVDs"
msgstr "CD/DVD personnalisés"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:606
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:762
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Creating custom CDs or DVDs is quite easily possible, since we use the "
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">debian installer </"
"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink url="
-"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] allows to define answers to the "
-"questions normally asked."
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\"/> Preseeding] allows to "
+"define answers to the questions normally asked."
msgstr ""
"La création de CDs ou DVDs personnalisés est assez facile, puisque nous "
"utilisons l'<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/"
@@ -2122,7 +2145,7 @@ msgstr ""
"posées."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:610
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:765
msgid ""
"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this "
"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink url="
@@ -2135,85 +2158,113 @@ msgstr ""
"\">re-créer le CD/DVD</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:617
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:772
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
"Aperçu en images d'une installation de serveur principal + serveur de "
"clients légers i386"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:620
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:774
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"bootopt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:626
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:780
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:632
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:786
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"region.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:638
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:792
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"keyboard.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:644
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:798
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"profile-ms-tcs.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:650
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:804
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"autopartition.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:656
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:810
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"popcon.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:662
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:816
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"timezone.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:668
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:822
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"rootpw.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:674
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:828
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"baseinstall.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:680
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:834
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"pkginstall-ms-tcs.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:686
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:840
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"finished.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:692
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:846
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"grub.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:852
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"usplash.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:703
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:858
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -2221,18 +2272,20 @@ msgstr ""
"L'écran de connexion de KDM a été ajusté manuellement afin de réduire la "
"résolution de cette capture d'écran."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:706
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:860
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-kdm-"
+"small.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:715
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:870
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Démarrage rapide"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:872
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
@@ -2241,7 +2294,7 @@ msgstr ""
"après l'installation. Le minimum à faire est :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:720
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:874
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
@@ -2250,12 +2303,12 @@ msgstr ""
"répertoires personnels par NFS)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:877
msgid "adding users"
msgstr "ajouter des utilisateurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:722
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:880
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
@@ -2264,33 +2317,37 @@ msgstr ""
"serveurs LTSP doivent être ajoutés."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:725
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:884
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr "Ceci est décrit plus bas."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:727
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:886
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
-"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
-"stuff everybody needs to do."
+"The <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo#"
+"\">HowTo </ulink> chapter describes more tips and tricks and frequently "
+"asked questions, while this chapter describes the stuff everybody needs to "
+"do."
msgstr ""
"Le chapitre <link linkend=\"HowTo\">Manuels (How To)</link> fournit "
"davantage d'astuces et de réponses à des questions courantes, tandis que ce "
"chapitre présente ce qui est incontournable."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:730
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : getting-started.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:889
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/getting-"
+"started.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:738
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:898
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Services exécutés sur le serveur principal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:740
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:900
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -2299,12 +2356,12 @@ msgstr ""
"contrôlés par une interface web. Nous décrirons ici chacun de ces services."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:904
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr "Gestion par une interface web, à l'aide de lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:746
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:906
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -2316,48 +2373,48 @@ msgstr ""
"suppression) :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:747
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:908
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Administration des utilisateurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:911
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Administration des groupes"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:749
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:914
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr "Informations sur le montage automatique"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:750
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:917
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Administration des machines"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:753
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:921
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www/lwat"
-"\">https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
-"atleast 2 facts:"
+"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www/lwat\"/>. "
+"You will get an error message, because of atleast 2 facts:"
msgstr ""
"Pour accéder à lwat, faites pointer votre navigateur web sur <ulink url="
"\"https://www/lwat\">https://www/lwat</ulink>. Vous obtiendrez deux messages "
"d'erreur pour au moins deux raisons :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:755
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:923
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr "le certificat est auto-signé"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:756
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:926
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr "le certificat est créé pour tjener.intern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:757
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:929
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
@@ -2366,7 +2423,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mois, puisque cela correspond à la durée de validité du certificat."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:760
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:933
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
@@ -2382,13 +2439,13 @@ msgstr ""
"nom de connexion est :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:934
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:763
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:936
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
@@ -2396,13 +2453,15 @@ msgstr ""
"et le mot de passe est celui que vous avez entré durant l'installation pour "
"le compte de root."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:766
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : lwat-login.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:938
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-login.png"
+"\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:771
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:944
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
@@ -2411,12 +2470,12 @@ msgstr ""
"une tâche depuis le menu."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:776
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:949
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestion des utilisateurs avec lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:778
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:951
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -2428,20 +2487,20 @@ msgstr ""
"répertoire LDAP et on y accède non seulement depuis le serveur principal "
"mais aussi depuis les stations de travail et le serveur de clients légers du "
"réseau. De cette manière, les informations concernant les étudiants, élèves, "
-"professeurs, ... ne devront être renseignées qu'une seule fois et seront ensuite "
-"accessibles depuis tous les systèmes du réseau."
+"professeurs, ... ne devront être renseignées qu'une seule fois et seront "
+"ensuite accessibles depuis tous les systèmes du réseau."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:780
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:953
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
-"Dans un souci d'efficacité, lwat vous assistera lors de la saisie des données "
-"des utilisateurs dans le répertoire LDAP."
+"Dans un souci d'efficacité, lwat vous assistera lors de la saisie des "
+"données des utilisateurs dans le répertoire LDAP."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:782
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:955
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -2453,12 +2512,12 @@ msgstr ""
"quatres premières (dans les deux premiers groupes)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:786
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:959
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr "Ajouter des utilisateurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:961
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -2481,42 +2540,42 @@ msgstr ""
"Actuellement, lwat reconnaît les rôles suivants :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:790
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:963
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">role </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">rôle </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:794
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:967
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">privilèges accordés</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:799
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:972
msgid "Students"
msgstr "Étudiants"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:802
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:975
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr "Se connecter et utiliser le système"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:806
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:979
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr "Professeurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:982
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr "Identiques à ceux des étudiants"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:813
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:986
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr "jrAdmins"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:816
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:989
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
@@ -2525,12 +2584,12 @@ msgstr ""
"passe des autres utilisateurs (en plus de ceux des Admins)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:820
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:993
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "Administrateurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:823
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:996
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
@@ -2540,7 +2599,7 @@ msgstr ""
"permettre à des systèmes Windows de rejoindre le domaine Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:830
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1003
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
@@ -2549,7 +2608,7 @@ msgstr ""
"» et l'utilisateur sera ajouté."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:832
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1005
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
@@ -2557,13 +2616,15 @@ msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez ne pas attribuer de mot de passe à l'utilisateur et ne le faire "
"que plus tard en modifiant son compte."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:835
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1007
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-adduser."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:840
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1013
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
@@ -2572,13 +2633,12 @@ msgstr ""
"données ajoutées au répertoire LDAP (et le formulaire est ré-initialisé) :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:843
-#, no-wrap
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1014
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
"username: demuse\n"
-"password: somethingsecret\n"
-"]]"
+"password: somethingsecret]]"
msgstr ""
"Utilisateur ajouté : Demo User\n"
"nom d'utilisateur : demuse\n"
@@ -2586,12 +2646,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:851
-msgid "Search and delete Users"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1021
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Search and delete users"
msgstr "Rechercher et supprimer des utilisateurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:853
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2611,13 +2672,15 @@ msgstr ""
"voulez modifier un utilisateur, cliquez simplement sur lui, toutes les "
"lignes de résultats sont liées à la page de modification."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:856
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1025
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-"
+"searchuser.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:861
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1031
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -2627,18 +2690,66 @@ msgstr ""
"informations relatives à un utilisateur, changer son mot de passe et "
"modifier la liste des groupes auxquels il appartient."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:864
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1033
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-edituser."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1042
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Advanced user management"
+msgstr "Gestion des sauvegardes"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1044
+msgid ""
+"It possible to mass-create users with <computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput> "
+"by using a .csv file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet "
+"software (for example <computeroutput>oocalc </computeroutput>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1048
+msgid ""
+"The import script expects a file formated with all data for one user on one "
+"row, with each field separated with a semicolon. The minimum information "
+"needed is the full name of the user. If fullname is not given, the script "
+"expects to have both Firstname and lastname. The maximum information it "
+"expects is \"User template; Fullname; Username; Password; Additional group "
+"membership\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1050
+msgid ""
+"If a password column is missing, an easy to remember, pronounceble password "
+"will be created."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1052
+msgid ""
+"If users are put into groups, these groups have to exist, so you need to "
+"create them manually (with lwat, see below) before importing the users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1054
+msgid ""
+"It's a good idea to do some tests first, best with a .csv file with a few "
+"fictional users, which can be deleted later."
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1060
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Administration des groupes avec lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:875
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1062
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2652,7 +2763,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tous les utilisateurs d'un groupe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:877
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1064
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
@@ -2661,20 +2772,70 @@ msgstr ""
"groupes Unix classiques, si bien que vous pouvez vous appuyer sur eux pour "
"créer les permissions d'accès aux fichiers."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1068
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Advanced group management"
+msgstr "Gestion des sauvegardes"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1070
+msgid ""
+"Using lwat it's easy to put users in a specifig group (for example named "
+"after the year they enter or finish school) and to create all their home "
+"directories in a dedicated directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1072
+msgid ""
+"To achieve that, add a stanza like the following to the file "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/lwat/admin.ini </computeroutput>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1074
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[2009]\n"
+"ou = \"ou=People,%base%\"\n"
+"objectClass = top posixAccount shadowAccount imapUser sambaSamAccount\n"
+"homeDirectory = /skole/tjener/home0/2009/%username%\n"
+"groups = none students 2009\n"
+"loginShell = /bin/bash\n"
+"mailMessageStore = /var/lib/maildirs/%username%]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1082
+msgid ""
+"To make this work the 2009 group has to be created before adding these users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1084
+msgid ""
+"The above stanza simply adds then on top off home0, if you want them "
+"somewhere else, using another automount, then you use lwat to add that "
+"automount, and change the homeDirectory string in admini.ini corespondingly."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1090
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestion de machines avec lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:884
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1092
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
"lwat has a Hostname, an IP-address, an MAC-address and a domain name which "
"usually is \"intern\". For a more verbose description about the Debian Edu "
-"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> "
-"chapter of this manual."
+"architecture see the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"Documentation/Etch/Architecture#\">architecture </ulink> chapter of this "
+"manual."
msgstr ""
"Avec la gestion de machines, vous pouvez administrer simplement tous les "
"systèmes ayant une adresse IP situés sur votre réseau Debian Edu. Toutes les "
@@ -2685,7 +2846,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Architecture\">Architecture</link> de ce manuel."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1095
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
@@ -2695,69 +2856,69 @@ msgstr ""
"suivantes sont pré-définies :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:888
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1097
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">First address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Première adresse </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:892
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1101
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Dernière adresse </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:896
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1105
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">nom d'hôte</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:901
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1110
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr "10.0.2.10"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:904
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1113
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr "10.0.2.29"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:907
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1116
msgid ""
"ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:913
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1122
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr "10.0.2.30"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1125
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr "10.0.2.49"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:919
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1128
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "printer<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:925
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1134
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr "10.0.2.50"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:928
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1137
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr "10.0.2.99"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:931
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1140
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:940
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1149
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
@@ -2766,7 +2927,7 @@ msgstr ""
"10.0.3.243 sont réservées à DHCP et sont assignées dynamiquement."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:942
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1151
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2778,20 +2939,27 @@ msgstr ""
"static00, les champs restants seront remplis automatiquement selon la "
"configuration pré-définie."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1153
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-"
+"addmachine.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:951 release-manual.xml:984 release-manual.xml:1020
-#: release-manual.xml:1117 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2429
-#: release-manual.xml:2444
-msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1159 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1186
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1222 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1314
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2167 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2229
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2263 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2277
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2284 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2615
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2629 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2644
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:954
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1163
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2802,12 +2970,12 @@ msgstr ""
"serveur DHCP comme indiqué ci-dessous."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:958
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1167
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr "Assigner une adresse IP statique avec DHCP"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:960
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1169
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2820,7 +2988,7 @@ msgstr ""
"server restart</computeroutput> en tant que root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:964
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1173
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2832,14 +3000,13 @@ msgstr ""
"à ceci :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:968
-#, no-wrap
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1175
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
" hardware ethernet 00:00:00:00:00:00;\n"
" fixed-address static00;\n"
-"}\n"
-"]]"
+"}]]"
msgstr ""
"host static00 {\n"
" hardware ethernet 00:00:00:00:00:00;\n"
@@ -2848,7 +3015,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:974
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1180
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
@@ -2857,14 +3024,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Dans notre exemple, cela ressemblerait à :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:977
-#, no-wrap
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1181
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
" hardware ethernet 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6;\n"
" fixed-address static00;\n"
-"}\n"
-"]]"
+"}]]"
msgstr ""
"host static00 {\n"
" hardware ethernet 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6;\n"
@@ -2873,7 +3039,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:987
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1190
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
@@ -2882,12 +3048,12 @@ msgstr ""
"haut à chaque fois que vous changez la configuration."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1195
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr "Rechercher et supprimer des machines"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:994
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1197
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
@@ -2896,12 +3062,12 @@ msgstr ""
"d'un utilisateur, par conséquent ceci ne sera pas développé ici."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:999
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr "Modification de machines existantes / gestion des groupes réseau"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1001
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1204
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2911,13 +3077,15 @@ msgstr ""
"modifier ses propriétés en utilisant l'outil de recherche et en cliquant sur "
"l'entrée correspondante (comme avec un utilisateur)."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1004
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1206
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-"
+"editmachine.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1212
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2928,7 +3096,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cependant les informations ont un sens différent dans ce contexte."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1214
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2943,7 +3111,7 @@ msgstr ""
"services que la machine peut utiliser sur le serveur principal."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1014
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1217
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2970,7 +3138,7 @@ msgstr ""
"LDAP."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1226
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
@@ -2980,14 +3148,14 @@ msgstr ""
"pas accéder à leur répertoire personnel."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1025
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1228
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
"systems to the Skolelinux Samba domain, you have to add the Windows host to "
"the ldap tree and set this flag to be able to join the Windows host to the "
-"domain. For more information about adding Windows hosts to the Skolelinux "
-"network see FIXME: add link."
+"domain."
msgstr ""
"Un autre point important de la configuration de la machine est le drapeau « "
"Samba host » (dans la section « Host information »). Si vous envisagez "
@@ -2998,12 +3166,12 @@ msgstr ""
"link."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1030
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1233
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr "Davantage de documentation sur lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1235
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url=\"http://bzz.no/"
@@ -3014,18 +3182,19 @@ msgstr ""
"\"http://bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/\">en ligne </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1243
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Gestion des imprimantes"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1245
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www:631"
-"\">https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site where "
-"you can add/delete/modfiy your printers and can clean up the printing "
-"queue. For changes where you have to login as root with your root password, "
-"you will be forced to use ssl encryption."
+"\"/> This is the normal cups management site where you can add/delete/modfiy "
+"your printers and can clean up the printing queue. For changes where you "
+"have to login as root with your root password, you will be forced to use ssl "
+"encryption."
msgstr ""
"Pour la gestion des imprimantes, faites pointer votre navigateur web sur "
"<ulink url=\"https://www:631\">https://www:631 </ulink>. Ceci est la page de "
@@ -3035,24 +3204,24 @@ msgstr ""
"devrez utiliser le chiffrement SSL."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1045
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1247
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
-"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
-"do when this does not accomplish anything."
+"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root."
msgstr ""
-"Si vous connectez l'imprimante pour la première fois, nous suggérons de lancer "
-"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> en tant que root. A FAIRE : "
-"expliquer ce qu'il est possible de faire lorsque cette commande ne donne aucun "
-"résultat."
+"Si vous connectez l'imprimante pour la première fois, nous suggérons de "
+"lancer <computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> en tant que root. A "
+"FAIRE : expliquer ce qu'il est possible de faire lorsque cette commande ne "
+"donne aucun résultat."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1253
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr "Synchronisation de l'horloge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1255
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -3072,7 +3241,7 @@ msgstr ""
"téléphone élevée."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1257
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -3091,18 +3260,20 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1265
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr "Étendre les partitions pleines"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1065
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1267
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n </computeroutput> as root. See "
-"the \"Resize Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration"
-"\">administration howto chapter</link> for more information."
+"the \"Resize Partitions\" HowTo in the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration#\">administration howto "
+"chapter </ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
"À cause d'un bogue dans le partitionnement automatique, certaines partitions "
"peuvent être trop remplies après l'installation. Pour étendre une partition "
@@ -3112,17 +3283,17 @@ msgstr ""
"pour plus d'informations."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1072
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1275
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Maintenance"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1279
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Mis-à-jour du logiciel"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1281
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
@@ -3131,7 +3302,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> et kde-update-notifier."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1083
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1284
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -3147,16 +3318,15 @@ msgstr ""
"disponible)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
-msgid ""
-"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
-"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1289
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier."
msgstr ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1090
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1291
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -3167,7 +3337,7 @@ msgstr ""
"les configurer pour envoyer des courriels à une adresse que vous consulterez."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1094
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1295
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -3181,7 +3351,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quand vous lancerez <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1098
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1299
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
@@ -3190,17 +3360,18 @@ msgstr ""
"entrées de changelog."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1305
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Gestion des sauvegardes"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1307
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/"
-"slbackup-php\">https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
-"to access this site via ssl, since you have to enter the root password "
-"there. If you try to access this site without using ssl it will fail."
+"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you have to access this site via ssl, "
+"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this "
+"site without using ssl it will fail."
msgstr ""
"Pour la gestion des sauvegardes, faites pointer votre navigateur sur <ulink "
"url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\">https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Veuillez "
@@ -3209,12 +3380,14 @@ msgstr ""
"échouera."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1309
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
-"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
-"skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice (if "
-"you delete something) this setup should be fine for you."
+"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/"
+"root/.svk </computeroutput> and the ldap to /skole/backup which is in the "
+"lvm. If you only want to have things twice (if you delete something) this "
+"setup should be fine for you."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, le tjener sauvegardera <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> et le LDAP dans /"
@@ -3222,16 +3395,7 @@ msgstr ""
"des copies (en cas d'effacement), cette configuration devrait suffire."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
-msgid ""
-"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
-"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
-msgstr ""
-"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
-"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1120
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1318
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
@@ -3240,7 +3404,7 @@ msgstr ""
"d'une panne de disque dur."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1320
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
@@ -3249,33 +3413,60 @@ msgstr ""
"de bande magnétique ou un autre disque dur, vous devrez légèrement modifier "
"la configuration actuelle."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1322
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the "
+"command-line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1323
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n"
+" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n"
+" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1327
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"this will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user </"
+"computeroutput> from <computeroutput><date> </computeroutput> in the "
+"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> </"
+"computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Sinon, remplacez <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> par "
+"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> ou <computeroutput>powerpc </"
+"computeroutput>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1332
msgid ""
-"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
-"further"
+"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the "
+"file (and the version) from the web-interface, and download only that file."
msgstr ""
-"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
-"further"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1337
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Surveillance des serveurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1341
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1135
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1343
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
-"munin/\">https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
-"graphis on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and allow the system "
-"administrator help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system "
-"problems."
+"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphis on a daily, "
+"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and allow the system administrator help "
+"when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems."
msgstr ""
"Le sytème de rapport Munin est disponible depuis <ulink url=\"https://www/"
"munin/\">https://www/munin/</ulink>. Il présente graphiquement des mesures "
@@ -3284,7 +3475,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cause de problèmes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1345
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -3309,31 +3500,33 @@ msgstr ""
"serveur principal)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1349
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
-"munin.projects.linpro.no/\">http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
+"munin.projects.linpro.no/\"/> ."
msgstr ""
"Des informations sur le système munin sont disponibles depuis <ulink url="
"\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/\">http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </"
"ulink>. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1354
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1356
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://"
-"www/nagios2/\">https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
+"www/nagios2/\"/>."
msgstr ""
"L'outil de surveillance du système et des services Nagios est disponible "
"depuis <ulink url=\"https://www/nagios2/\">https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1358
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -3347,17 +3540,15 @@ msgstr ""
"commande suivante en tant que root :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
-"]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1359
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin]]"
msgstr ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1159
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1361
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -3373,48 +3564,50 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1165
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1367
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
-"www.nagios.org/\">http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
-"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> package."
+"www.nagios.org/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> "
+"package."
msgstr ""
"Davantage d'informations sur le système Nagios sont disponibles sur <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.nagios.org/\">http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> ou dans le "
"paquet <computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1373
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1174
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1375
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
-"sitesummary/\">https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
+"sitesummary/\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Un rapport simple provenant de sitesummary est disponible sur <ulink url="
"\"https://www/sitesummary/\">https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1377
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Davantage d'informations sur SiteSummary sont disponibles sur <ulink url="
"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1185
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1384
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Mises à jour"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1386
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian "
@@ -3430,7 +3623,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tenter une mise à jour."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1389
msgid ""
"More <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
"\">information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is available in its "
@@ -3441,7 +3634,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disponibles dans son manuel d'installation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1392
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -3454,7 +3647,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vous assurez sans risque que tout fonctionne correctement. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1394
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -3472,19 +3665,19 @@ msgstr ""
"arriver en avril 2008."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1399
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Mise à jour depuis Debian Edu Sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1204
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1401
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez lire ce chapitre avant de débuter la mise à jour de vos systèmes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1206
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1403
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian."
"org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
@@ -3504,12 +3697,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mise à jour !)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1410
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Changement du schéma de partitionnement"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1215
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1412
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -3520,20 +3713,20 @@ msgstr ""
"changé. La version basée sur Sarge possède deux Groupes de Volumes :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1216
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1414
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr ""
"vg_data, qui contient la partition des données sous /skole/tjner/home0..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1417
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
"vg_system, qui contient les partitions système comme /var, /usr /var/spool/"
"squid"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1421
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -3542,7 +3735,7 @@ msgstr ""
"changements au sein de l'installateur."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1423
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
@@ -3561,12 +3754,12 @@ msgstr ""
"jour échouera par manque de place sur le disque."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1428
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Préparation du système"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1430
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
@@ -3575,7 +3768,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mais pas sur la partition lv_var, vous devez redimensionner celle-ci."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1231
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1432
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -3585,70 +3778,74 @@ msgstr ""
"cela, vous devrez aussi démonter la partition <computeroutput>/var/spool/"
"squid </computeroutput> :"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1436
+msgid "{{{ /etc/init.d/squid stop"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1234
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
-"umount /var/spool/squid\n"
-"umount -fl /var ]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1442
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "umount /var/spool/squid umount -fl /var }}}"
msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
"umount /var/spool/squid\n"
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1444
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr "2.) Éxécutez fsck sur la partition :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1445
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1449
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr "3.) Redimensionnez la partition :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1450
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1454
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr "4.) Redimensionnez le système de fichier :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1455
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1459
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr "5.) Remontez les partitions :"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1461
+msgid "{{{mount /var"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"mount /var \n"
-"mount /var/spool/squid\n"
-"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1467
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mount /var/spool/squid /etc/init.d/squid start }}}"
msgstr ""
"mount /var \n"
"mount /var/spool/squid\n"
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1469
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
@@ -3657,39 +3854,48 @@ msgstr ""
"list</computeroutput>"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1258
-#, no-wrap
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1472
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "{{{deb <ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian\"/> etch main"
+msgstr ""
+"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
+"]]"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1476
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
-"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
-"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
+"deb <ulink url=\"http://security.debian.org/\"/> etch/updates main deb "
+"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux\"/> etch local}}}"
msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1264
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1478
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Maintenant, commencez la mise à jour avec :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1265
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"aptitude update \n"
-"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
-msgstr ""
-"aptitude update \n"
-"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1480
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "{{{aptitude update"
+msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1484
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade }}}"
+msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1273
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1489
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Réponses aux questions de debconf apparaissant durant la mise à jour"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1275
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1491
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -3701,7 +3907,7 @@ msgstr ""
"serveur principal et d'un serveur de terminaux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1277
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1493
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
@@ -3719,12 +3925,12 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at lists.debian.org</ulink>) ou sur IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu.\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1496
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Configuration de nagios-common."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1498
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
@@ -3733,42 +3939,42 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1287
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1503
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Configuration de console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1288
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1505
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr "Choisissez « Ne pas modifier la disposition du clavier »"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1291
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1509
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "Configuration de openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1292
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1511
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr "Ne désactivez pas l'authentification par défi-réponse."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1515
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Configuration de systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1296
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1517
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr "Choisissez la réponse par défaut (oui)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1299
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1521
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Configuration de popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1300
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1523
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -3780,49 +3986,51 @@ msgstr ""
"répondre « non »."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1303
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1527
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Configuration de libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1305
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1529
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Changez l'invite en : <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1533
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Changez l'invite en : <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1312
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1537
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr "Utilisez ldapversion 3"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
-msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1540
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups"
msgstr "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1314
-msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1543
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Which password should root use here"
msgstr "Which password should root use here FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1547
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Mise à jour de glibc. Répondez « oui »."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1549
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Redémarrage des services. Répondez « oui »."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1321
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1551
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
@@ -3831,12 +4039,12 @@ msgstr ""
"supplémentaire n'a été installé."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1553
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr "Maintenant le processus commencera à mettre à jour les paquets."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1555
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
@@ -3851,33 +4059,27 @@ msgstr ""
"version »."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1327
-msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1557
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The upgrade will fail with this error message: {{{Errors were encountered "
+"while processing:"
msgstr "La mise à jour échouera avec ce message d'erreur :"
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
-" mozilla-firefox-locale-it\n"
-" mozilla-firefox-locale-el\n"
-"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)\n"
-"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1559
+msgid "mozilla-firefox-locale-it mozilla-firefox-locale-el"
msgstr ""
-"Des erreurs se sont produites durant le traitement de :\n"
-" mozilla-firefox-locale-it\n"
-" mozilla-firefox-locale-el\n"
-"E: le sous-processus /usr/bin/dpkg a retourné un code d'erreur (1)\n"
-"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1334
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1563
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
-"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
-"info/mozilla-firefox-local-el.postrm </emphasis> and comment out in both the "
-"line containing: <emphasis>update-mozilla-firefox-chrome </emphasis>. Then "
+"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) }}} To fix this you "
+"have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-"
+"locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-"
+"firefox-local-el.postrm </emphasis> and comment out in both the line "
+"containing: <emphasis>update-mozilla-firefox-chrome </emphasis>. Then "
"restart the upgrade process with:"
msgstr ""
"Pour corriger cela, vous devez éditer les deux fichiers suivants : "
@@ -3887,41 +4089,45 @@ msgstr ""
"chrome </emphasis>. Ensuite, redémarrez la procédure de mise à jour avec :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1567
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1569
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Maintenant, la mise à jour continue :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1342
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1571
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Plusieurs fichiers de configuration modifiés (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1343
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1573
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr ""
"Vous devriez toujours conserver votre version installée (choix par défaut) "
"et presser la touche Entrée"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1346
-msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1577
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Then the installation failes another time: {{{Errors were encountered while "
+"processing:"
msgstr "Alors, l'installation échoue une nouvelle fois :"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1579
+msgid "slapd"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1347
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
-" slapd\n"
-"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)\n"
-"]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1583
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) }}}"
msgstr ""
"\"Des erreurs se sont produites durant le traitement de : \n"
" slapd\n"
@@ -3929,7 +4135,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1352
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1585
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
@@ -3943,17 +4149,15 @@ msgstr ""
"être modifiées :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1355
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
-"apt-get -f install]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1589
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "{{{ chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ apt-get -f install}}}"
msgstr ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1591
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role=\"strong\">without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -3964,48 +4168,54 @@ msgstr ""
"pas des mises à jour, veuillez redémarrer le processus dist-upgrade avec :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1593
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362
-msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1595
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The next error raising up is this one: {{{Errors were encountered while "
+"processing:"
msgstr "L'erreur suivante est celle-ci :"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1597
+msgid "/var/cache/apt/archives/courier-authlib-ldap_0.58-4_i386.deb"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1363
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
-" /var/cache/apt/archives/courier-authlib-ldap_0.58-4_i386.deb\n"
-"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1601
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)}}}"
msgstr ""
"\"Des erreurs se sont produites durant le traitement de : \n"
-" /var/cache/apt/archives/courier-authlib-ldap_0.58-4_i386.deb\n"
-"E: le sous-processus /usr/bin/dpkg a retourné un code d'erreur (1)]]"
+" slapd\n"
+"E: le sous-processus /usr/bin/dpkg a retourné un code d'erreur (1)\n"
+"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1367
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1603
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Veuillez supprimer le paquet <emphasis>courier-ldap</emphasis> avec : "
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1605
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1607
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
"et attendez jusqu'à la fin. Ensuite, redémarrez le processus dist-upgrade."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1373
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1609
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
@@ -4014,12 +4224,12 @@ msgstr ""
"jour devrait maintenant se terminer sans erreur."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1378
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1614
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr "Problème durant la mise à jour de bind"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1380
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1616
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
@@ -4029,13 +4239,13 @@ msgstr ""
"fichiers de configuration de bind."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1381
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1617
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1383
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1619
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791"
"\">#386791 </ulink> for more information."
@@ -4044,12 +4254,12 @@ msgstr ""
"debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791\">#386791</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1625
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr "La gestion des groupes Samba a changé"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1391
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1627
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -4065,7 +4275,7 @@ msgstr ""
"d'administration de LDAP, « lwat », soit modifié pour tenir compte de cela."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1393
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1629
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -4077,13 +4287,12 @@ msgstr ""
"d'administrateurs de domaine à l'aide de la commande :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1394
-#, no-wrap
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1630
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
" type=domain ntgroup=\"Domain Admins\" \\\n"
-" comment=\"All system administrators in the school\"\n"
-"]]"
+" comment=\"All system administrators in the school\"]]"
msgstr ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
" type=domain ntgroup=\"Domain Admins\" \\\n"
@@ -4091,12 +4300,14 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1399
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1634
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
-"detail in the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> "
-"chapter of this manual."
+"detail in the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch/HowTo/NetworkClients#\">HowTo/NetworkClients </ulink> chapter of this "
+"manual."
msgstr ""
"Si vous souhaitez que vos ordinateurs Windows sachent à quels groupes les "
"utilisateurs appartiennent, vous devez créer les groupes dans LDAP à la "
@@ -4104,19 +4315,19 @@ msgstr ""
"\">Clients en réseau</link> de ce manuel."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1405
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1641
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr ""
"Mises-à-jour depuis des installations antérieures de Debian Edu / Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1407
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1643
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
-"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0\">http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink>. Then upgrade to "
-"Terrra (etch-based Release)."
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0\"/>. Then "
+"upgrade to Terrra (etch-based Release)."
msgstr ""
"Les mises à jour depuis la version de Debian Edu / Skolelinux basée sur "
"Woody ne sont pas supportées. Procédez tout d'abord à une mise à jour vers "
@@ -4126,47 +4337,60 @@ msgstr ""
"(version basée sur Etch)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1414
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1649
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "Manuels (HowTo)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1416
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1651
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
+"HowTos for <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"HowTo/Administration#\">general administration </ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Manuels d'<link linkend=\"Administration\">administration générale</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1655
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"HowTo/Desktop#\">the desktop </ulink>"
msgstr "Manuels pour <link linkend=\"Desktop\">le bureau</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1422
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1659
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"HowTo/NetworkClients#\">networked clients </ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Manuels sur <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">les clients en réseau</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1425
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1663
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"HowTo/TeachAndLearn#\">teaching and learning </ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Manuels pour <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">enseigner et apprendre</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1432
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1671
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "Manuels d'administration générale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1434
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1673
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
-"linkend=\"Maintainance\">DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance</link> "
-"chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic "
-"maintainance work. The howtos in this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps "
-"and tricks."
+"The <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"GettingStarted#\">Getting Started </ulink> and <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance#\">DebianEdu/"
+"Documentation/Etch/Maintainance </ulink> chapters describe how to get "
+"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintainance work. The "
+"howtos in this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps and tricks."
msgstr ""
"Les chapitres <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Démarrage rapide</link> et "
"<link linkend=\"Maintainance\">DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintenance</"
@@ -4175,7 +4399,7 @@ msgstr ""
"astuces « avancées »."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1679
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
@@ -4183,44 +4407,46 @@ msgstr ""
"principal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1441
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1681
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr "effectuer une installation minimale à l'aide du mode debian-edu-expert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1442
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1684
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr "installer les paquets requis pour le service"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1687
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "configurer le service"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1444
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1690
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr "désactiver le service sur le serveur principal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1445
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1693
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr "mettre à jour le DNS sur le serveur principal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1451
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1700
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr "Suivre /etc/ en utilisant le système de contrôle de version svk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1453
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1702
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
-"computeroutput> are tracked using svk as a version control system. This "
-"make it possible to see when a file added, changed and removed, as well as "
-"what was changed if the file is a text file. The svk repository is stored in "
-"<computeroutput>~root/.svk/ </computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=\"http://svk.bestpractical.com"
+"\">svk </ulink> as a version control system. This make it possible to see "
+"when a file added, changed and removed, as well as what was changed if the "
+"file is a text file. The svk repository is stored in <computeroutput>~root/."
+"svk/ </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Avec l'introduction du script <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk</"
"computeroutput> dans Debian Edu, tous les fichiers situés dans "
@@ -4231,7 +4457,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1458
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1708
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -4243,20 +4469,19 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> sont livrés sur le dépôt svk toutes les heures."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1461
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1711
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr "Liste de commandes utiles"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1464
-#, no-wrap
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1712
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
" debian-edu-etc-svk log\n"
" debian-edu-etc-svk status\n"
" debian-edu-etc-svk commit\n"
-" debian-edu-etc-svk ignore\n"
-"]]"
+" debian-edu-etc-svk ignore]]"
msgstr ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
" debian-edu-etc-svk log\n"
@@ -4266,12 +4491,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1720
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr "Exemple pratiques"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1475
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1722
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
@@ -4280,51 +4505,63 @@ msgstr ""
"tous les changements effectués depuis l'installation."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1478
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
-"]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1723
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less]]"
msgstr ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1481
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1725
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
"Pour visualiser la liste des changements effectués dans /etc/, utilisez la "
"commande :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1484
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1726
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "debian-edu-etc-svk log | less]]"
+msgstr ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
"]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1728
+msgid ""
+"Here check revision numbers by date and time, Then to see all changes done "
+"since revision N say:"
msgstr ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1729
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "debian-edu-etc-svk diff -rN | less]]"
+msgstr ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1487
-msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1731
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"To see the changes done to a specific file between specific revisions, "
+"specify the file and both revisions:"
msgstr ""
"Pour voir les changements effectués sur un fichier donné, indiquez ce "
"dernier :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1490
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
-"]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1732
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r46 -r64 /etc/resolv.conf | less]]"
msgstr ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1493
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1734
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
@@ -4333,17 +4570,15 @@ msgstr ""
"ou utilisez un autre outil pour le faire automatiquement."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1496
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
-"]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1735
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )]]"
msgstr ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1499
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1737
msgid ""
"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4351,41 +4586,40 @@ msgstr ""
"heure :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1502
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
-"]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1738
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf]]"
msgstr ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1505
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1740
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
-"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
+"ignore it. But this is rarely useful "
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"Si vous ne souhaitez pas qu'un fichier spécifique soit suivi par svk, vous "
"pouvez indiquer de l'ignorer. Mais cela est rarement utile."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1512
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
-"]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1745
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored]]"
msgstr ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1750
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr "Pour ceux qui ont mis à jour depuis Sarge/Woody"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1520
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1752
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -4396,17 +4630,15 @@ msgstr ""
"initialiser svk en lançant la commande suivante en tant que root :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1523
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
-"]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1753
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "debian-edu-etc-svk init]]"
msgstr ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1526
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1755
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
@@ -4415,12 +4647,12 @@ msgstr ""
"planifiée de livraison dans le dépôt (commit) toutes les heures."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1761
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr "Redimensionner les partitions"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1763
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -4436,7 +4668,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lorsque celle-ci est démontée."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1536
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1765
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -4451,7 +4683,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partitions plutôt qu'une seule très grande. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1538
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1767
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -4476,12 +4708,12 @@ msgstr ""
"pour effectuer réellement l'opération."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1776
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Gestion d'un volume logique"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1549
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1778
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink url="
@@ -4493,7 +4725,7 @@ msgstr ""
"HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">Manuel LVM</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1552
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1781
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -4504,14 +4736,14 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1555
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1784
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, pour faire passer la taille de home0 à 30 Go, exécutez la "
"commande suivante :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1785
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
@@ -4521,12 +4753,12 @@ msgstr ""
"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1792
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr "Utilisation de volatile.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1567
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1794
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -4537,17 +4769,17 @@ msgstr ""
"activé sur les installations par défaut."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1799
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr "Qu'est-ce que debian-volatile ?"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1801
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Citation de la page web</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1804
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -4568,12 +4800,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sont nécessaires pour garantir leur fonctionnement."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1811
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr "Comment utiliser « volatile »"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1584
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1813
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4588,17 +4820,15 @@ msgstr ""
"apt/sources.list </computeroutput> :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1589
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
-"]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1816
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main]]"
msgstr ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1592
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1818
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
@@ -4607,12 +4837,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1825
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr "Utilisation de backport.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1827
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4624,7 +4854,8 @@ msgstr ""
"org. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1603
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1829
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -4632,8 +4863,7 @@ msgid ""
"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to "
"pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all "
"backports available there. </emphasis> Please follow the instructions on "
-"<ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org\">http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
-"use these backports."
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org\"/> to use these backports."
msgstr ""
"Les paquets rétro-portéz (backports) sont recompilés depuis la version de "
"test (principalement) et la version instable de Debian (dans certains cas "
@@ -4647,7 +4877,7 @@ msgstr ""
"org </ulink> pour utiliser ces paquets."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1832
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4662,523 +4892,519 @@ msgstr ""
"cela, lancez les commandes suivantes en tant que root :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1836
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it the keyring used by apt if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
-"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
-"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on backports.org\n"
-"</ulink>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Java\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
-"</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> should be similar to this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
-"RPORT=1234\n"
-"RUSER=backdoor\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
-"\n"
-"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
-" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
-" permissions=\"770\";\n"
-" created_dir=0;\n"
-"\n"
-"for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
-"\n"
-" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
-" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" . #set the right owner and group\n"
-" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
-" user=$home\n"
-" group=teachers\n"
-" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
-" else\n"
-" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
-" . fi\n"
-"done\n"
-"\n"
-"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
-"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
-"</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student desktops \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde session \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students \n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
-"</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration programs \n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
-"</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
-"</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons] \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
-"</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile\n"
-"</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386\n"
-"</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation server(s): \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
-"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
-"]]"
+"aptitude update]]"
msgstr ""
-"# installer le trousseau de clé Debian de manière sécurisée :\n"
-"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
-"# récupérer la clé de backports.org de manière non-sécurisée :\n"
-"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
-"# vérifier de manière sécurisée si la clé est correcte et l'ajouter au trousseau de clés de root si c'est le cas :\n"
-"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
-"# ajouter le dépôt backports.org à /etc/apt/sources.list :\n"
-"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"# mettre à jour la liste des paquets disponibles :\n"
-"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Ensuite, vous pouvez soit utiliser <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
-"</computeroutput> pour installer ou mettre à jour des paquets une seule fois, soit configurer un paquet afin qu'il soit toujours installé depuis backports.org à l'aide de <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput>, ce qui est décrit dans les <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions disponibles sur backports.org\n"
-"</ulink>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>La deuxième variante a l'avantage d'installer automatiquement les mises à jour de paquets rétro-portés lorsqu'elles sont disponibles. Avec la première variante, vous devez effectuer les mises à jour manuellement. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Java\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Accèder à Skolelinux à travers un pare-feu\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Un script d'amorce<computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> est fourni dans le paquet <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
-"</computeroutput> afin de franchir un pare-feu. Ceci est utile aux administrateurs système responsables de plusieurs installations de Debian Edu. Ce script crée un tunnel SSH vers une autre machine, permettant une connexion SSH depuis une machine située au-delà du pare-feu. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Pour activer ce mécanisme, créez une clé SSH sans mot de passe, créez un utilisateur sur une machine distante qui utilisera une connexion SSH, copiez la clé publique dans ~/.ssh/authorized_keys pour l'utilisateur distant et indiquez les informations de connexion dans <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Le contenu de <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> devrait ressembler à ceci : \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
-"RPORT=1234\n"
-"RUSER=backdoor\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Création d'un répertoire dans le répertoire personnel de tous les utilisateurs\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>À l'aide de ce script, l'administrateur peut créer un répertoire dans le répertoire personnel de chaque utilisateur et spécifier les droits d'accès et les propriétaires.\n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Dans l'exemple ci-dessous, avec group=professeurs and permissions=770, un utilisateur peut rendre un devoir en sauvegardant un fichier dans le répertoire « devoirs », auquel les professeurs ont accès en écriture afin de faire des commentaires. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
-"\n"
-"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
-" shared_folder=\"devoirs\";\n"
-" permissions=\"770\";\n"
-" created_dir=0;\n"
-"\n"
-"for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
-"\n"
-" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
-" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" . #set the right owner and group\n"
-" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
-" user=$home\n"
-" group=professeurs\n"
-" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
-" else\n"
-" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
-" . fi\n"
-"done\n"
-"\n"
-"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Manuels issus de wiki.debian.org\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\\\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\\\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\\n\"\n"
-"\"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
-"<title>Manuels sur le bureau\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>mode kiosque de KDE\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Deux profils par défaut sont inclus : \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
-"</emphasis> (activé pour les membres du groupe de fichiers étudiants) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>utilise un ensemble d'icônes personnalisées pour le bureau\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>s'assure que les programmes attachés aux icônes du bureau s'affichent aussi dans la barre KDE \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>ne démarre pas adept\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>s'assure que les étudiants ne peuvent pas démarrer une autre session KDE \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>supprime la possibilité d'obtenir les droits de root de pour les étudiants \n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
-"</emphasis> (activé pour l'utilisateur root et les membres du groupe de fichiers admins) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>ajoute une icône de bureau pour se connecter au serveur web local sur tjener afin de fournir un accès simplifié à tous les programmes d'administration\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note :\n"
-"</emphasis> les profils peuvent être modifiés à l'aide de <computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
-"</computeroutput>. Cependant, à moins que vous ne suiviez la démarche décrite ci-dessous, vos changements seront écrasés par les mises à jours. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons] \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Si vous souhaitez modifier les profils du kiosque, vous pouvez soit les copier et les modifier, soit créer de nouveaux profils de kiosque dans (par exemple) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
-"</computeroutput> et les activer dans <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile\n"
-"</computeroutput>. L'outil kiosque le fera pour vous si vous cliquez sur « propriétés des profils » et naviguez jusqu'à un nouveau répertoire. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Changer le mode kiosque sur les stations de travail sans disque\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Après avoir effectué des changements aux réglages du mode kiosque grâce à kiosktool comme décrit ci-dessus, vous devrez copier quelques fichiers dans le chroot utilisé par la station de travail sans disque. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>En supposant que la station de travail sans disque est basée sur l'architecture <computeroutput>i386\n"
-"</computeroutput>, les commandes suivantes doivents être lancées sur le(s) serveur(s) de stations de travail : \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
-"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
-"]]"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1783
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1847
msgid ""
-"Else replace <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> with "
-"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> or <computeroutput>powerpc </"
-"computeroutput> as applicable."
+"Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install "
+"<packagename> </computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or "
+"you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </computeroutput> which is described in "
+"the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions"
+"\">instructions on backports.org </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1852
+msgid ""
+"The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
+"installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you "
+"need to update manually."
msgstr ""
-"Sinon, remplacez <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> par "
-"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> ou <computeroutput>powerpc </"
-"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
-msgid "Disabling kioskmode"
-msgstr "Désactiver le mode kiosque de KDE"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1857
+msgid "Java"
+msgstr "Java"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
-msgid ""
-"If you don't want to use kioskmode, either just remove the file "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Or, if you just want to "
-"temporarily disable kioskmode, comment out all entries in there."
+# type: CDATA
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1858
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts]]"
msgstr ""
-"Si vous ne souhaitez pas utilisez le mode kiosque, supprimez simplement le "
-"fichier <computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>, ou, si vous souhaitez "
-"seulement le désactiver temporairement, mettez en commentaire toutes les "
-"entrées de ce fichier."
+"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
-msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
-msgstr "Modification de l'écran de connexion de kdm"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1863
+msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1801
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1865
msgid ""
-"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
-"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
-"computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
+"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
+"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
+"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
+"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
msgstr ""
-"Dans Debian/Etch, la manière de personnaliser l'écran de connexion de kdm a "
-"changé. Maintenant, ceci se fait en ajoutant dans <computeroutput>/etc/"
-"default/kdm.d/</computeroutput> un fichier qui spécifie les variables "
-"surchargeant les valeurs par défaut."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1869
msgid ""
-"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
-"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
+"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
+"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
+"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
-"Voici un exemple utilisé pour activer le thème du paquet "
-"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> :"
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
-#, no-wrap
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1872
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
-"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
-"]]"
+"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
+"similar to this:"
msgstr ""
-"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
-"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
-"]]"
+"Ensuite, ajoutez les lignes suivantes à <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources."
+"list</computeroutput>"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1812
+# type: CDATA
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1874
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
-"information on how these variables are used."
+"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+"RPORT=1234\n"
+"RUSER=backdoor]]"
msgstr ""
-"Consulter le code de <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> pour "
-"des informations concernant l'utilisation de ces variables."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
-msgid "Flash"
-msgstr "Flash"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
-msgid ""
-"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
-"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package from "
-"backports.org."
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1881
+msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
msgstr ""
-"Pour installer le greffon Adobe Flash Player pour navigateur web, installez "
-"le paquet Debian <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> "
-"depuis backport.org."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
-msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
-msgstr "Ceci impose trois conditions :"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1883
msgid ""
-"add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
-"as decribed in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">general adminstration "
-"howtos</link>"
+"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
+"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
msgstr ""
-"ajouter backport.org à <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
-"computeroutput> tel que décrit dans les <link linkend=\"Administration"
-"\">manuels d'administration générale</link>"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1829
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1885
msgid ""
-"add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
-"computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
-"create it):"
+"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user "
+"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
+"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
msgstr ""
-"ajouter les lignes suivantes à <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
-"computeroutput> (ce fichier n'existe peut-être pas, vous devez alors le "
-"créer) :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1835
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1886
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
-"Pin: release a=etch-backports\n"
-"Pin-priority: 999\n"
-"]]"
+"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
+" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
+" permissions=\"2770\";\n"
+" created_dir=0;\n"
+" for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+". #set the right owner and group\n"
+" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+" user=$home\n"
+" group=teachers\n"
+" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" else\n"
+" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
+" . fi\n"
+"done\n"
+"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"]]"
msgstr ""
-"Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
-"Pin: release a=etch-backports\n"
-"Pin-priority: 999\n"
-"]]"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1840
-msgid ""
-"as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
-"an installer-package (and does not contain the flashplugin itself, for legal "
-"reasons), it also requires a working internet connection as it will download "
-"the precompiled binary from Adobes website."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1909
+msgid "Easy acces to USB and CDROM"
msgstr ""
-"comme le paquet <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> n'est "
-"qu'un installateur (et ne contient pas le greffon lui-même, pour des raisons "
-"légales), il a besoin d'une connexion opérationnelle à l'internet afin de "
-"télécharger le fichier binaire pré-compilé du site web d'Adobe."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
-msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
-msgstr "Le son avec Flash pour les clients légers"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1849
-msgid "You need to install this as root:"
-msgstr "Voous devez l'installer en tant que root :"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1911
+msgid ""
+"When users insert a usb or cdrom into a <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"ThinClient#\">ThinClient </ulink> there is no popup window like they are "
+"used to from their usual Desktop. Instead they have to browse to the /media/"
+"$user folder. This is too difficult for non experienced users."
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
-msgid "and make one change in /etc/apt/sources.list"
-msgstr "Ajoutez la ligne suivante dans /etc/apt/sources.list"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1914
+msgid ""
+"With the following script the symlink \"Media\" is created for all users in "
+"the home folder for easy access to USB-keys, CDROM or whatever media is "
+"connected to the thin client."
+msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1915
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
-"]]"
+"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"; shared_folder=\"Media\"; permissions=\"775\"; created_dir=0;\n"
+"for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n"
+" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+" ln -s /media/$home $home_path/$home/$shared_folder ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" else\n"
+" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
+" fi\n"
+"done\n"
+"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"]]"
msgstr ""
-"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
-"]]"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1857
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1928 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2577
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2668
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr "Manuels de wiki.debian.org"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1930 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2579
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2670
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"And that followed by <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> and "
+"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\"/> are "
+"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over "
+"here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the "
+"history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto "
+"and putting it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or "
+"developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and "
+"delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of "
+"those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting "
+"it under the GPL.)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1932
+msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1935
+msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1938
+msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1941
+msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1944
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication"
+"\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1952
+msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+msgstr "Manuels pour le bureau"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1956
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+msgstr "Désactiver le mode kiosque de KDE"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1958
+msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1960
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
+"of the students file group)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1963
+msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1966
+msgid ""
+"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
+"kde panel"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1969
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "adept is not started"
+msgstr "Démarrage rapide"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1972
+msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1975
+msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1979
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+"user and members of the admins file group)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1982
+msgid ""
+"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
+"easy access to all the administration programs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1986
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles "
+"can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, "
+"unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by "
+"upgrades."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1990
+msgid ""
+"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
+"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
+"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
+"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
+"folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1997
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
+msgstr "Stations de travail sans disque dur"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:1999
+msgid ""
+"After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like "
+"described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by "
+"the diskless workstation."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2001
+msgid ""
+"Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386 </"
+"computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation "
+"server(s):"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2003
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/\n"
+"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+"unset LTSPCHROOT]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2009
+msgid ""
+"Else replace <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> with "
+"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> or <computeroutput>powerpc </"
+"computeroutput> as applicable."
+msgstr ""
+"Sinon, remplacez <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> par "
+"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> ou <computeroutput>powerpc </"
+"computeroutput>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2016
+msgid "Disabling kioskmode"
+msgstr "Désactiver le mode kiosque de KDE"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2018
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to use kioskmode, either just remove the file "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Or, if you just want to "
+"temporarily disable kioskmode, comment out all entries in there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous ne souhaitez pas utilisez le mode kiosque, supprimez simplement le "
+"fichier <computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>, ou, si vous souhaitez "
+"seulement le désactiver temporairement, mettez en commentaire toutes les "
+"entrées de ce fichier."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2025
+msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
+msgstr "Modification de l'écran de connexion de kdm"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2027
+msgid ""
+"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
+"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
+"computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans Debian/Etch, la manière de personnaliser l'écran de connexion de kdm a "
+"changé. Maintenant, ceci se fait en ajoutant dans <computeroutput>/etc/"
+"default/kdm.d/</computeroutput> un fichier qui spécifie les variables "
+"surchargeant les valeurs par défaut."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2030
+msgid ""
+"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
+"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
+msgstr ""
+"Voici un exemple utilisé pour activer le thème du paquet "
+"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> :"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2032
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
+"]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2035
+msgid ""
+"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
+"information on how these variables are used."
+msgstr ""
+"Consulter le code de <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> pour "
+"des informations concernant l'utilisation de ces variables."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2041
+msgid "Flash"
+msgstr "Flash"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2043
+msgid ""
+"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
+"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package from "
+"backports.org."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour installer le greffon Adobe Flash Player pour navigateur web, installez "
+"le paquet Debian <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> "
+"depuis backport.org."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2046
+msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
+msgstr "Ceci impose trois conditions :"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2048
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
+"as decribed in the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration#\">general adminstration howtos </"
+"ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"ajouter backport.org à <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput> tel que décrit dans les <link linkend=\"Administration"
+"\">manuels d'administration générale</link>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2053
+msgid ""
+"add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
+"computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
+"create it):"
+msgstr ""
+"ajouter les lignes suivantes à <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
+"computeroutput> (ce fichier n'existe peut-être pas, vous devez alors le "
+"créer) :"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2057
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
+"Pin: release a=etch-backports\n"
+"Pin-priority: 999]]"
+msgstr ""
+"Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
+"Pin: release a=etch-backports\n"
+"Pin-priority: 999\n"
+"]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2061
+msgid ""
+"as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
+"an installer-package (and does not contain the flashplugin itself, for legal "
+"reasons), it also requires a working internet connection as it will download "
+"the precompiled binary from Adobes website."
+msgstr ""
+"comme le paquet <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> n'est "
+"qu'un installateur (et ne contient pas le greffon lui-même, pour des raisons "
+"légales), il a besoin d'une connexion opérationnelle à l'internet afin de "
+"télécharger le fichier binaire pré-compilé du site web d'Adobe."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2068
+msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
+msgstr "Le son avec Flash pour les clients légers"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2070
+msgid "You need to install this as root:"
+msgstr "Voous devez l'installer en tant que root :"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2072
+msgid "and make one change in /etc/apt/sources.list"
+msgstr "Ajoutez la ligne suivante dans /etc/apt/sources.list"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2073
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local]]"
+msgstr ""
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
+"]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2075
+msgid ""
+"And that followed by <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> and "
"<computeroutput>aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound </"
"computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5187,7 +5413,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2079
msgid ""
"remeber to remove <computeroutput>deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ "
"etch-test local </computeroutput> from source list after that and run "
@@ -5199,196 +5425,338 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1865
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2083
+msgid ""
+"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
+"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
+msgstr ""
+"Afin de faire fonctionner le son, vous devez installer le dernier paquet "
+"flashplugin-nonfree (23 janvier: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2089
+msgid "Other useful plugins"
+msgstr "Autres greffons utiles"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2091
+msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
+msgstr "Après avoir ajouté le dépôt multimedia (voir ci-dessous) :"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2092
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins]]"
+msgstr ""
+"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
+"]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2097
+msgid "Playing DVDs"
+msgstr "Lire des DVD"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2099
+msgid ""
+"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
+"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
+"you can use the packages from debian-multimedia.org. Add the multimedia "
+"repository and install multimedia and dvd libraries:"
+msgstr ""
+"libdvdcss est requise pour lire la plupart des DVD du commerce. Pour des "
+"raisons légales, cette bibliothèque n'est pas incluse dans Debian (Edu). Si "
+"la loi vous l'autorise, vous pouvez utiliser les paquets présents sur debian-"
+"multimedia.org. Ajoutez le dépot multimedia et installez les bibliothèques "
+"multimédia et dvd :"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2100
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs]]"
+msgstr ""
+"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
+"]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2105
+msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
+msgstr "Utilisation du dépôt multimedia"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2107
+msgid "To use www.debian-multimedia.org do the following:"
+msgstr ""
+"Pour utiliser www.debian-multimedia.org, effectuez les opérations suivantes :"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2108
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+"# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
+"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to the keyring used by apt if it is:\n"
+"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
+"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
+"echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+"# update the list of available packages:\n"
+"aptitude update]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2123
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
+msgstr "Clients en réseau"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2127
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
+msgstr "Stations de travail sans disque dur"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2129
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
+"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Les instructions pour activer les stations de travail sans disque (ou "
+"stations stateless, clients lowfat, clients half-thick) sont disponibles "
+"depuis <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"LtspDisklessWorkstation</ulink>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2134
+msgid "LTSP in detail"
+msgstr "LTSP en détail"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2138
+msgid "lts.conf"
+msgstr "lts.conf"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2140
+msgid ""
+"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
+"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
+"computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/"
+"ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and what "
+"parameters you can specify."
+msgstr ""
+"Afin d'effectuer des adpatations particulières et de configurer des clients "
+"légers spécifiques, veuillez éditer le fichier <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/"
+"i386/etc/lts.conf </computeroutput>. Consultez <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/"
+"i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> pour "
+"consulter des exemples et connaître les paramètres que vous pouvez spécifier."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2144
+msgid ""
+"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
+"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
+"client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Les valeurs par défaut son définies sous <computeroutput>[default] </"
+"computeroutput>, pour configurer un client, spécifiez son adresse MAC ou son "
+"adresse IP de cette manière <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</computeroutput>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2148
+msgid ""
+"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
+"something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Exemple : pour régler la résolution du client léger ltsp010 sur 1280x1024, "
+"ajoutez quelque chose comme :"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2149
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+"]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2154
+msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
+msgstr "quelque part sous les réglages par défaut."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2156
+msgid ""
+"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
+"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
+msgstr ""
+"Selon les modifications effectuées, il peut être nécessaire de redémarrer X "
+"sur le client (en pressant alt+ctrl+backspace) ou de redémarrer le client."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2158
+msgid ""
+"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
+"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
+"client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
+"computeroutput> file."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour utiliser les adresses IP de <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput>, "
+"vous devrez ajouter l'adresse MAC du client à votre serveur DHCP. Sinon, "
+"vous devrez utiliser l'adresse MAC du client directement dans le fichier "
+"<computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2165
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
+msgstr "Équilibre de charge des serveurs LTSP"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2171
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
+"edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Cette fonctionnalité est apparue avec ltsp 0.99debian12"
+"+0.0.edu.etch.8 devant être inclus dans la version 3.0r1."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2175
+msgid "Part 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2177
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
+"for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
+"get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In "
+"addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each "
+"of the servers."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de configurer les clients afin qu'ils se connectent à un des "
+"serveurs afin d'équilibrer leur charge. Une des manières de faire consiste à "
+"énumérer plusieurs serveurs à l'aide de <computeroutput>LDM_SERVER</"
+"computeroutput> dans <computeroutput>lts.conf</computeroutput>. Une autre "
+"consiste à fournir <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts</"
+"computeroutput> en tant que script indiquant un ou plusieurs serveurs "
+"auxquels se connecter. De plus, chaque chroot ltsp doit inclure la clé SSH "
+"hôte de chaque serveur."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2179
+msgid ""
+"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
+"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
+"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
+"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
+"later on."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2181
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
+"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
+"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
+"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
+"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2183
+msgid ""
+"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/"
+"dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2184
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
-"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
+"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
+" }]]"
msgstr ""
-"Afin de faire fonctionner le son, vous devez installer le dernier paquet "
-"flashplugin-nonfree (23 janvier: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
-msgid "Other useful plugins"
-msgstr "Autres greffons utiles"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
-msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
-msgstr "Après avoir ajouté le dépôt multimedia (voir ci-dessous) :"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2188
+msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
+msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1876
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2189
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
-"]]"
+"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+"next-server xxx;\n"
+"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
+"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
+"use-host-decl-names on;]]"
msgstr ""
-"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
-"]]"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1882
-msgid "Playing DVDs"
-msgstr "Lire des DVD"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2195
+msgid ""
+"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
+"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
+"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1884
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2200
+msgid "Part 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
-"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
-"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
-"you can use the packages from debian-multimedia.org. Add the multimedia "
-"repository and install multimedia and dvd libraries:"
+"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
+"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
+"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
+"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
+"host names, in the random order."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2204
+msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
msgstr ""
-"libdvdcss est requise pour lire la plupart des DVD du commerce. Pour des "
-"raisons légales, cette bibliothèque n'est pas incluse dans Debian (Edu). Si "
-"la loi vous l'autorise, vous pouvez utiliser les paquets présents sur debian-"
-"multimedia.org. Ajoutez le dépot multimedia et installez les bibliothèques "
-"multimédia et dvd :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1887
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2205
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
-"]]"
+msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
msgstr ""
-"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
-msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
-msgstr "Utilisation du dépôt multimedia"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1895
-msgid "To use www.debian-multimedia.org do the following:"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2207
+msgid ""
+"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
+"space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
+"ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server."
msgstr ""
-"Pour utiliser www.debian-multimedia.org, effectuez les opérations suivantes :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2208
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
-"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
-"# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
-"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
-"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
-"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
-"echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"# update the list of available packages:\n"
-"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for networked clients\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>LTSP in detail\n"
-"</title><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>lts.conf\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]\n"
-"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add something like this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
-"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
-"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>somewhere below the default settings. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> file. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Load balancing LTSP servers\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 1\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide later on. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
-" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
-" }\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>you have to add this under \"range\": \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
-"next-server xxx;\n"
-"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
-"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
-"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 2\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or host names, in the random order. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
@@ -5401,275 +5769,173 @@ msgid ""
"for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
"done\n"
-"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 3\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced! \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Sound with LTSP clients\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done automatically, this line: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Replacing LDM with KDM\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning\n"
-"</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
-"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
-"]]"
+"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST]]"
msgstr ""
-"# installer le trousseau de clés Debian de manière sécurisée :\n"
-"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
-"# récupérer la clé de debian-multimedia de manière non-sécurisée :\n"
-"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
-"# vérifier de manière sécurisée si la clé est correcte et l'ajouter au trousseau de clés de root si c'est le cas :\n"
-"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
-"# ajouter le dépôt à sources.list - veuillez consulter les pages d'accueil pour trouver des miroirs !\n"
-"echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"# mettre à jour la liste des paquets disponibles :\n"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2225
+msgid "Part 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2227
+msgid ""
+"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
+"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
+"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
+"ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
+"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
+"and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2233
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+"ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2235
+msgid ""
+"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
+"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
+"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
+"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. "
+"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2237
+msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2243
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
+msgstr "Le son avec Flash pour les clients légers"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2245
+msgid ""
+"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
+"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
+"by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done "
+"automatically, this line:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si le client possède un dispositif de restitution du son et si ALSA est "
+"utilisé (c'est actuellement le système de son par défaut sous Debian), le "
+"module snd-pcm-oss doit être chargé par le client afin qu'esd puisse "
+"trouver /dev/dsp. Si ce n'est pas fait automatiquement, la ligne suivante :"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2247
+msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
+msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2249
+msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"doit être ajoutée dans le fichier /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf du serveur."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2254
+msgid "Upgrading the LTSP environment"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2256
+msgid ""
+"It is useful to upgrade the LTSP environment with new packages fairly often, "
+"to make sure security fixes and improvements are made available. To "
+"upgrade, run these commands as user root on each LTSP server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2257
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"chroot /opt/ltsp/i386\n"
"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
-"<title>Manuels pour les clients en réseau\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Clients légers contre stations de travail sans disque\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Les instructions permettant d'activer les stations de travail sans disque / stations de travail amnésiques / clients légers / clients mi-lourds sont disponibles depuis <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>LTSP en détail\n"
-"</title><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>lts.conf\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Pour réaliser des adaptations pour des clients légers particuliers, vous devez modifier le fichier <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput>. Consultez <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> pour trouver des exemples et savoir quels paramètres modifier. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Les valeurs par défaut définies sous l'étiquette <computeroutput>[default]\n"
-"</computeroutput> permettent de configurer un client, d'indiquer quel client utilise l'adresse MAC ou IP telle que <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Exemple : pour régler la résolution du client léger ltsp010 à 1280x1024, ajoutez ceci : \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
-"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
-"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>sous les réglages par défaut.\n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Selon les changements effectués, il peut falloir redémarrer X sur le client (en pressant alt+ctrl+backspace) ou redémarrer le client.\n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Pour utiliser les adresses IP de <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput>, vous devez ajouter l'adresse MAC du client à votre serveur DHCP. Sinon, vous devrez utiliser l'adresse MAC du client directement dans votre fichier <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Équilibrage de charge des serveurs LTSP\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> Cette fonctionnalité a été introduite dans la version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 de LTSP et est incluse dans Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 1\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Il est possible de configurer les clients pour qu'ils se connectent à un serveur parmi plusieurs pour équilibrer la charge. Ceci est possible en fournissant une liste de serveurs auxquels LDM peut se connecter, grâce au script /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts. Par ailleurs, chaque chroot LTSP a besoin d'inclure la clé hôte SSH pour chaque serveur. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Tout d'abord, vous devez choisir un serveur LTSP comme serveur d'équilibrage. Tous les clients s'amorceront par PXE depuis ce serveur et chargeront l'image Skolelinux. Après que l'image est chargée, LDM choisit à quel serveur se connecter à l'aide du script \"get_hosts\". Vous indiquez la méthode plus tard.\n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Ensuite, vous devez déplacer vos clients depuis le réseau 192.168.1.0 vers le réseau 10.0.2.0. Ceci est du au fait que quand vous utilisez l'équilibrage de charge, les clients doivent avoir un accès direct au serveur que LDM choisit. Si vous laissez vos clients sur le réseau 192.168.1.0, tout leur trafic passera par ce serveur avant d'atteindre le serveur choisi par LDM.\n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Pour que les clients fonctionnent sur le réseau 10.0.2.0, vous devez modifier /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf sur le serveur principal (tjener). À l'endroit où il est indiqué : \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
-" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
-" }\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>vous devez ajouter ceci sous \"range\" :\n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
-"next-server xxx;\n"
-"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
-"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
-"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Next-server doit indiquer l'adresse IP ou le nom d'hôte du serveur que vous avez choisi pour gérer l'équilibrage de charge. Si vous utilisez le nom d'hôte, un DNS doit être disponible. N'oubliez pas de redémarrer le service DHCP. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 2\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Maintenant que vous devez créer un script \"get_hosts\" indiquant un serveur auquel LDM peut se connecter. Le paramètre LDM_SERVER surcharge la valeur de ce script. Par conséquent, ce paramètre ne doit pas être défini si le script « get_hosts » est utilisé. Le script « get_hosts » écrit sur la sortie standard l'adresse IP ou le nom d'hôte de chaque serveur, dans un ordre aléatoire. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Modifier « /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf » comme ci-dessous : \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Remplacez xxxx par les adresses IP ou les noms d'hôte des serveurs, séparés par un espace. Ensuite, placez le script suivant dans /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts sur le serveur que vous avez choisi pour effectuer l'équilibrage de charge. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
-"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
-"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
-"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
-"for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
-"rank=$RANDOM\n"
-"let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
-"TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
-"done\n"
-"TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
-"for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
-"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
-"done\n"
-"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 3\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Maintenant que vous avez écrit un script \"get_hosts\", il est temps de créer la clé hôte SSH pour les chroots LTSP. Ceci peut être fait en créant un fichier incluant le contenu du fichier /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts de tous les serveurs LTSP qui participeront à l'équilibrage de charge. Sauvegardez ce fichier sous le nom /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra sur tous les serveurs d'équilibrage de charge. La dernière étape est très importante parce que ltsp-update-sshkeys est exécuté chaque fois qu'un serveur s'amorce, et /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra est inclus s'il existe. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> Si vous sauvegardez votre nouveau fichier hôte sous le nom /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, il sera écrasé quand vous redémarrerez le serveur.\n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Ce réglage comporte un faiblesse évidente. Tous les clients récupèrent leur image depuis le même serveur, ceci induit une charge importante sur celui-ci si de nombreux clients démarrent en même temps. De plus, les clients ont besoin que le serveur soit toujours disponible, sans lui ils ne peuvent s'amorcer ou obtenir un serveur LDM. Par conséquent, ce réglage dépend fortement d'un serveur, ce qui n'est pas une bonne chose.\n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>La charge de vos clients devrait maintenant être équilibrée ! \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Le son avec les clients LTSP\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Si le matériel du client peut gérer le son et si ALSA est utilisé (actuellement, c'est le système de gestion du son par défaut de Debian), le module snd-pcm-oss doit être chargé par le client afin qu'esd puisse trouver /dev/dsp. Si ce n'est pas fait automatiquement, cette ligne : \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>doit être ajoutée au fichier /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf du serveur.\n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Remplacement de LDM par KDM\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Skolelinux 3.0 utilise le gestionnaire de connexion LDM. Celui-ci utilise un tunnel SSH sécurisé pour la connexion. Quand KDM est utilisé, un basculement vers XDMCP est nécessaire. XDMCP utilise moins de ressources CPU sur les clients et sur le serveur. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Attention\n"
-"</emphasis> : XDMCP n'utilise pas de chiffrement. Les mots de passe circuleront en clair sur le réseau, comme les autres données. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> Note : les périphériques locaux avec <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
-"</computeroutput> ne fonctionneront plus sans LDM. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Pour vérifier si XDMCP est exécuté, lancez cette commande sur une station de travail : \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
-"]]"
+"aptitude upgrade\n"
+"aptitude dist-upgrade\n"
+"exit]]"
+msgstr ""
+"aptitude update \n"
+"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2267
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note that this is a slightly risky operation, if one of "
+"the upgraded packages break. To reduce the risk, it is a good idea to copy "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386 to be able to revert to the original "
+"environment if the new one fail to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2273
+msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2275
+msgid ""
+"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
+"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
+"less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2281
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP "
+"does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the "
+"network, as well as anything else."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Attention</emphasis> : la "
+"surveillance d'êtres humains peut être contraire à l'éthique et illégale "
+"dans votre juridiction."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2288
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
+"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2291
+msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2292
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "X -query ltspserverXX]]"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2088
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2294
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous êtes sur le réseau de clients légers, veuillez lancer la commande "
"suivante :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
-"]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2295
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "X -query 192.168.0.254]]"
msgstr ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
@@ -5679,7 +5945,7 @@ msgstr ""
"standard de Skolelinux)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2299
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
@@ -5688,71 +5954,68 @@ msgstr ""
"exécute KDM, veuillez ajouter ceci à /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"* # any host can get a login window\n"
-"]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2300
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "* # any host can get a login window]]"
msgstr ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2302
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
-"<inlinemediaobject>"
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"L'astérisque précédant le caractère de mise en commentaire « # » est "
"important."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2308
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr "Ensuite, lancez xdmcp dans kdm grâce à la commande :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2111
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
-"]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2309
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true]]"
msgstr ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2311
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr "À la fin, veuillez redémarrer kdm en lançant :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
-"]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2312
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart]]"
msgstr ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2120
-msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2314
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "(in courtesy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr "(merci à Finn-Arne Johansen)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2319
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Connexion de machines Windows au réseau / intégration de Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2129
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2323
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Rejoindre le domaine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2131
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2325
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5765,7 +6028,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utilisateurs et authentifie les utilisateurs durant la phase de connexion."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2133
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2327
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -5774,7 +6037,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nécessaires :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2135
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2329
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
@@ -5783,7 +6046,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pas déjà un)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2331
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
@@ -5799,12 +6062,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mot de passe sous Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2142
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2336
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Configurez les clients Windows en hôtes statiques"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2144
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2338
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -5826,7 +6089,7 @@ msgstr ""
"données nécessaires pour rejoindre le domaine feront défaut."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
@@ -5836,7 +6099,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configuration IP)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2344
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
@@ -5845,14 +6108,14 @@ msgstr ""
"sinon Samba ne trouvera pas l'hôte ajouté à l'étape 2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2348
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Rejoignez le domaine comme d'habitude en utilisant l'utilisateur ajouté à "
"l'étape 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2350
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5877,7 +6140,7 @@ msgstr ""
"possibilité de se connecter au domaine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5894,12 +6157,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sauvegarder les fichiers dans le volume H: à la place de « Own files »."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2358
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr "Groupes utilisateurs dans Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2162
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2360
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5917,26 +6180,34 @@ msgstr ""
"machines Windows n'auront pas connaissances des groupes."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
-#, no-wrap
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2362
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
" type=domain ntgroup=\"students\" \\\n"
-" comment=\"All students in the school\"\n"
-"]]"
+" comment=\"All students in the school\"]]"
msgstr ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
" type=domain ntgroup=\"students\" \\\n"
" comment=\"All students in the school\"\n"
"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2366
+msgid ""
+"If you want to check user groups on Windows, you need to download the tool "
+"<computeroutput>IFMEMBER.EXE </computeroutput> from Microsoft. Then you can "
+"use this for example in the logon script which resides on tjener in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/LOGON.BAT </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2374
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2177
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2376
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5950,12 +6221,12 @@ msgstr ""
"voisinage réseau (ou quel que soit son nom)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2182
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2381
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Gérer les profils itinérants"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2383
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5974,7 +6245,7 @@ msgstr ""
"connecte, à condition que le serveur soit accessible."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2385
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
@@ -5994,7 +6265,7 @@ msgstr ""
"temporaire ou pour enregistrer d'autres données."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2188
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2387
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
@@ -6008,7 +6279,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nécessaire à la connexion."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2390
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way "
"to deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect "
@@ -6026,26 +6297,26 @@ msgstr ""
"itinérant."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196 release-manual.xml:2279
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2395 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2509
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Utilisation des stratégies machine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2397
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr ""
"Les stratégies machine peuvent être modifiées et copiées sur tous les autres "
"ordinateurs."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2199
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2399
msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
"Sur un ordinateur disposant d'un Windows récemment installé, lancez gpedit."
"msc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2201
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2402
msgid ""
"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> "
"System -> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you "
@@ -6062,37 +6333,37 @@ msgstr ""
"qu'ils le sont dans le profil. Exemples de répertoires à exclure :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2404
msgid "log"
msgstr "log"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2203
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2407
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Local settings"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2204 release-manual.xml:2207
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2410 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2419
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "Temporary Internet Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2413
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "Mes Documents"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2416
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Application Data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2424
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Sauvegardez vos modifications et fermez l'éditeur."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2427
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -6101,7 +6372,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sur toutes les autres machines Windows."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2214
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2430
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -6110,19 +6381,18 @@ msgstr ""
"idée afin d'en disposer au moment de l'installation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222 release-manual.xml:2295 release-manual.xml:2320
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2439
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Utilisation de stratégies globales"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2441
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
-"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
-"This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all machines. "
-"But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite easily lock "
-"yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this "
-"please elaborate here..."
+"By using the legacy windows policy editor (<computeroutput>poledit.exe </"
+"computeroutput>), you can can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and "
+"put it in your netlogon share on tjener. This has the advantage of working "
+"almost instantly on all windows machines."
msgstr ""
"En utilisant l'éditeur de stratégie de Windows (poledit.exe), vous pouvez "
"créer un fichier de stratégie (NTConfig.pol) et le mettre dans votre "
@@ -6132,13 +6402,54 @@ msgstr ""
"vos machines Windows. Si vous avez de l'expérience sur ce sujet, veuillez la "
"faire partager ici..."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2444
+msgid ""
+"Since some time the policy editor standalone download has been removed from "
+"the Microsoft website, but it's still available as part of the ORK Tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2446
+msgid ""
+"With poledit.exe you can create .pol files. If you put such a file on tjener "
+"as <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/NTLOGON.POL </computeroutput> it will "
+"be read by the windows machine automatically and temporarily overwrite the "
+"registry, thus applying the changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2449
+msgid ""
+"To make sensible use of poledit.exe you also need to download appriate .adm "
+"files for your operating system and applications, otherwise you cannot "
+"define many settings in poledit.exe."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#. transclusion is not implemented in DocBook formatter
+#. transclusion is not implemented in DocBook formatter
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2451
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that the new group policy tools, gpedit.msc} and "
+"<computeroutput>gpmc.msc </computeroutput> cannot create .pol files, they "
+"either only work for the local machine or need an active directory server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2454
+msgid ""
+"If you understand german, <ulink url=\"http://gruppenrichtlinien.de\"/> is a "
+"very good website on this topic."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2229
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2459
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Édition du registre Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2231
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2461
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -6147,12 +6458,12 @@ msgstr ""
"registre sur les autres ordinateurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2463
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Lancez l'éditeur de registre."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2234
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2466
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -6161,7 +6472,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2470
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </"
"computeroutput>."
@@ -6170,12 +6481,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2242
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2474
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Nommez le <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2245
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2478
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -6184,7 +6495,7 @@ msgstr ""
"manière identique à la stratégie machine)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2482
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -6197,17 +6508,41 @@ msgstr ""
"autres machines."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2484
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Sources :"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2486
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/technologies/"
+"featured/gp/default.mspx\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2489
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/"
+"PolicyMgmt.html\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2492
+msgid "<ulink url=\"http://isg.ee.ethz.ch/tools/realmen/det/skel.en.html\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2495
+msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.css.taylor.edu/~nehresma/samba.html\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2273
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2503
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Redirection de parties du profil"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2275
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2505
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -6223,7 +6558,7 @@ msgstr ""
"répertoires partagés sur le réseau."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -6237,7 +6572,7 @@ msgstr ""
"peut être intéressant de rediriger Bureau et Mes Documents."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2513
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -6248,7 +6583,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vous ne le souhaitez pas, désactivez ce comportement dans"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2515
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
"Offline Files"
@@ -6257,7 +6592,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Fichiers hors connexion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2288
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2518
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
"Offline Files"
@@ -6265,23 +6600,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Configuration ordinateur -> Modèles d'administration -> Réseau -> "
"Fichiers hors connexion"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
-msgid "FIXME"
-msgstr "FIXME"
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2303
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2526
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Éviter les profils itinérants"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2530
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Utilisation d'une stratégie locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2532
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -6293,14 +6623,14 @@ msgstr ""
"bande passante est faible."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2534
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez utiliser la méthode de la stratégie machine décrite plus haut, "
"la clé se situe dans"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2536
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow "
"local profiles"
@@ -6308,18 +6638,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Modèles d'administration -> Système -> Profils utilisateur -> "
"Autoriser seulement les profils locaux"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
-msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
-msgstr "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2327
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2543
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "modifier la configuration de samba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2545
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -6335,24 +6660,23 @@ msgstr ""
"connexion et de répertoire personnel, et redémarrer samba."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
-#, no-wrap
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2546
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
-"logon home = \"\"\n"
-"]]"
+"logon home = \"\"]]"
msgstr ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
"logon home = \"\"\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2341
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2554
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Bureaux distants avec RDP, VNC, NX ou Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2343
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2556
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -6363,7 +6687,7 @@ msgstr ""
"depuis leur ordinateur domestique fonctionnant sous Windows, Mac ou Linux. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2558
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -6372,7 +6696,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Installer simplement le paquet <computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2349
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2562
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -6382,7 +6706,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2566
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -6395,7 +6719,7 @@ msgstr ""
"2005. Elle rapporte que cette solution est stable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2569
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -6404,40 +6728,31 @@ msgstr ""
"client Citrix ICA</ulink> pour accéder à un serveur de terminal Windows "
"depuis Skolelinux."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2362 release-manual.xml:2470
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr "Manuels de wiki.debian.org"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2581
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs\"/>"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2364 release-manual.xml:2472
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2584
msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or "
-"developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and "
-"delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of "
-"those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting "
-"it under the GPL.)"
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation"
+"\"/>"
msgstr ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or "
-"developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and "
-"delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of "
-"those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting "
-"it under the GPL.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2380
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2592
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "Manuels pour enseigner et apprendre"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2386
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2596
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2388
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2598
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -6446,7 +6761,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root pour installer moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2601
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -6464,27 +6779,21 @@ msgstr ""
"université de 200000 étudiants. Certains établissments français utilisent "
"Moodle pour gérer les étudiants."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
-msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
-msgstr "FIXME: more examples, etc."
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
-msgid ""
-"See <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\">http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
-"information on Moodle."
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2603
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "See <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\"/> for more information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
"Davantage d'informations sur Moodle sont disponibles depuis <ulink url="
"\"http://moodle.org\">http://moodle.org</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2401
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2608
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Surveillance des élèves"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2610
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
@@ -6493,33 +6802,26 @@ msgstr ""
"pour superviser leurs étudiants."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2612
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
-"index.php?title=Main_Page\">http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
-"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
+"index.php?title=Main_Page\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Consultez leur wiki : <ulink url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index."
"php?title=Main_Page\">http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
-msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
-msgstr "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
-
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2411
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
-"]]"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2613
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "apt-get install italc-client italc-master]]"
msgstr ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2619
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
"monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
@@ -6529,21 +6831,21 @@ msgstr ""
"dans votre juridiction."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2625
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr "Restreindre l'accès des élèves au réseau"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2627
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
-"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
+"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access."
msgstr ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2432
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2633
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -6554,12 +6856,12 @@ msgstr ""
"contraire à l'étique et illégal dans votre juridiction."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2639
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr "Installation de swi-prolog sur Etch"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2641
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -6570,7 +6872,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version de Sarge sur un système Etch."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2648
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -6583,16 +6885,15 @@ msgstr ""
"d'être authentifié."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2452
-#, no-wrap
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2651
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
"wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
"dpkg -i libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb \n"
"\n"
"wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/s/swi-prolog/swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
-"dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
-"]]"
+"dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb]]"
msgstr ""
"# swi-prolog dépend de libreadline4, lui aussi absent de Etch\n"
"wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
@@ -6603,19 +6904,18 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2658
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
-"<inlinemediaobject>"
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> fait partie de Etch "
-"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2672
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
-"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\"/> - "
"incomplete but interesting"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
@@ -6623,27 +6923,31 @@ msgstr ""
"inachevé mais intéressant"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2680
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2684
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Faites-vous connaître auprès de nous."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2493
-msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2686
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/worldmap.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2692
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
"us very much and therefore is already a valuable contribution. "
-"<inlinemediaobject>"
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"Il y a des utilisateurs de Debian Edu dans le monde entier. Une forme de "
"contribution très facile consiste à vous faire connaître et à faire savoir "
@@ -6651,7 +6955,7 @@ msgstr ""
"conséquent une contribution importante. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2698
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -6668,12 +6972,12 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\">utilisez ce formulaire web</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2704
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuer localement"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2512
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2706
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6684,11 +6988,13 @@ msgstr ""
"isolés » sont présents en Grèce, aux Pays-Bas, au Japon et ailleurs."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2708
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
-"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>support </emphasis> are two sides of the same coin."
+"The <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Support#"
+"\">support chapter </ulink> explains and links to localized ressources, as "
+"<emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and <emphasis>support </emphasis> are two "
+"sides of the same coin."
msgstr ""
"Le chapitre <link linkend=\"Support\">Support</link> fournit des "
"explications et fournit des liens vers des ressources locales, puisque "
@@ -6696,12 +7002,12 @@ msgstr ""
"deux faces d'une même médaille."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2716
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuer globalement"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2718
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/\">different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -6711,7 +7017,7 @@ msgstr ""
"différents sujets."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2721
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">developer mailing list "
"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
@@ -6725,7 +7031,7 @@ msgstr ""
"réelles, durant lesquelles nous nous rencontrons en personne."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2724
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/"
@@ -6737,12 +7043,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2535
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2730
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Auteurs de la documentation et traducteurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2732
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6755,14 +7061,14 @@ msgstr ""
"pensez à nous faire partager vos connaissances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2539
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2735
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
-"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and you can "
-"contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, you "
-"need to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">create a wiki "
-"user </ulink> first."
+"\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit "
+"the pages, you need to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences"
+"\">create a wiki user </ulink> first."
msgstr ""
"Le source du texte est un wiki et peut être modifié avec un simple "
"navigateur web. Faites le pointer sur <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
@@ -6773,12 +7079,14 @@ msgstr ""
"sur le wiki</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2738
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
-"be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translation chapter</link> of "
-"this book. Please consider to help the translation effort of this book!"
+"be found in the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch/Translations#\">translation chapter </ulink> of this book. Please "
+"consider to help the translation effort of this book!"
msgstr ""
"Une autre très bonne façon de contribuer et d'aider les utilisateurs "
"consiste à traduire un logiciel ou de la documentation. Des informations sur "
@@ -6787,65 +7095,72 @@ msgstr ""
"à l'effort de traduction de ce livre !"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2745
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Support"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2555
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2749
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Support fourni par des bénévoles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2559
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2753
msgid "in English"
msgstr "en anglais"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2565
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2755
+msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2758
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
-"discuss\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
-"discuss </ulink> - support mailing list"
+"discuss\"/> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss </ulink> - support par liste de diffusion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2761
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
-"<inlinemediaobject>"
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - canal IRC, centré principalement sur le "
"développement, n'attendez pas un support en temps réel même si cela arrive "
"souvent <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2772
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "en norvégien"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2774
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker"
-"\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </ulink> - "
-"support mailing list"
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker\"/"
+"> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker"
"\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </ulink> - "
"support par liste de diffusion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2586
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2777
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
-"linuxiskolen\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
-"linuxiskolen </ulink> - mailinglist for the development member organisation "
-"in Norway (FRISK)"
+"linuxiskolen\"/> - mailinglist for the development member organisation in "
+"Norway (FRISK)"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6853,81 +7168,82 @@ msgstr ""
"du développement en Norvège (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2589
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2780
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux sur irc.debian.org - canal IRC pour le support des utilisateurs "
"norvégiens"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2787
msgid "in German"
msgstr "en allemand"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2789
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\">http://www."
-"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\"/> - support "
+"mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\">http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support par liste de diffusion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2601
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2792
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> "
-"- wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\"/> - wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> "
"- wiki avec de nombreux manuels, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2604
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2795
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de sur irc.debian.org - canal IRC pour le support des "
"utilisateurs allemands"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2802
msgid "in French"
msgstr "en français"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2804
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian."
-"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
+"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support "
+"mailinglist"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support par liste de diffusion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2620
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2811
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "en espagnol"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2622
-msgid ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\">http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
-"spanish portal"
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2813
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\"/> - spanish portal"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\">http://www.skolelinux.es</ulink> - "
"portail espagnol"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2631
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2821
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Support professionnel"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2823
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
-"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\">http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Des listes de sociétés proposant un support professionnel sont disponibles "
"depuis <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/"
@@ -6935,19 +7251,21 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2829
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Droits de reproduction et auteurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2831
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
-"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
+"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008, "
+"2009), Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
"(2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), "
"Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker "
-"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007) and Joakim "
-"Seeberg (2008) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
+"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg "
+"(2008) and Jürgen Leibner (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later "
+"version. Enjoy!"
msgstr ""
"Ce document a été écrit par les personnes suivantes, auxquelles "
"appartiennent les droits de reproduction : Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
@@ -6959,7 +7277,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Profitez-en !"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2833
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -6972,12 +7290,12 @@ msgstr ""
"distribuez les sous GPL2 ou toute version ultérieure."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2652
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2839
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Droits de reproduction et auteurs des traductions"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2654
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2841
msgid ""
"The Spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6987,18 +7305,19 @@ msgstr ""
"ultérieure."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2656
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2843
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen (2007) and "
-"Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or any later "
-"version."
+"The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen (2007), Håvard "
+"Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and Tore Skogly (2008) and is released under the GPL2 "
+"or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traduction norvégienne Bokmål, dont les droits de reproduction "
"appartiennent à Petter Reinholdtsen (2007) et Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008), "
"est distribuée sous GPL2 ou toute version ultérieure."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2658
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2845
msgid ""
"The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
@@ -7012,53 +7331,59 @@ msgstr ""
"ultérieure."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2847
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The Italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
-"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The Italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008, "
+"2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traduction italienne, dont les droits de reproduction appartiennent à "
"Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008), est distribuée sous GPL2 ou toute version "
"ultérieure."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2662
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2849
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and the "
+"French l10n team (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traduction française, dont les droits de reproduction appartiennent à "
"Christophe Masson (2008), est distribuée sous GPL2 ou toute version "
"ultérieure."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2854
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traductions de ce document"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2669
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2856
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
-"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
+"translations for Italian, German, Norwegian Bokmål, French and Spanish "
+"exist, take a look for your <ulink url=\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/"
+"debian-edu-doc/\">language </ulink> here."
msgstr ""
"Des versions complètement traduites de ce document ne sont pas encore "
"disponibles. Des traductions partielles en Norvégien Bokmål, espagnol et "
"allemand existent. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2861
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Comment traduire ce document"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2675
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2863
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
-"release-manual-translations </computeroutput> for more information on this. "
-"Please read also read this, if you want to start/help translating this "
-"document."
+"debian-edu-etch-manual-translations </computeroutput> for more information "
+"on this. Please read also read this, if you want to start/help translating "
+"this document."
msgstr ""
"Les traductions de ce document sont situées dans des fichiers .po comme pour "
"de nombreux projets de logiciels libres, lisez <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/"
@@ -7067,7 +7392,7 @@ msgstr ""
"commencer/aider à traduire ce document."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2678
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2866
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -7083,7 +7408,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"</ulink>]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2682
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2870
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -7096,7 +7421,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cela) :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2686
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2874
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -7105,11 +7430,12 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2879
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
-"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
-"There are many tools for translating available, we suggest to use "
+"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-"
+"manual.$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language "
+"code). There are many tools for translating available, we suggest to use "
"<computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite éditer le fichier <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/"
@@ -7118,7 +7444,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nous vous suggerons d'utiliser <computeroutput>kbabel</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2695
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2883
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -7128,7 +7454,7 @@ msgstr ""
"diffusion."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2885
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -7138,19 +7464,20 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2700
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2888
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2705
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2893
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
-"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
-"none yet, and how to update translations. If you are new to SVN, look at the "
-"<ulink url=\"http://svnbook.org\">SVN book </ulink>, it has a chapter on the "
-"<ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.0/ch03s05.html\">basic "
-"workflow with SVN </ulink>."
+"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-etch-manual-"
+"translations to find information how to create a new .po file for your "
+"language if there is none yet, and how to update translations. If you are "
+"new to SVN, look at the <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.org\">SVN book </ulink>, "
+"it has a chapter on the <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.0/"
+"ch03s05.html\">basic workflow with SVN </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Lisez /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations pour "
"apprendre comment créer un nouveau fichier .po pour votre langue s'il n'en "
@@ -7160,33 +7487,35 @@ msgstr ""
"bean.com/en/1.0/ch03s05.html\">bases du flux de travail sous SVN</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2709
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2897
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Veuillez signaler tout problème."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2715
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2903
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Annexe A - La Licence Publique GNU"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2718
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2904
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Note aux traducteurs : il n'est pas nécessaire de traduire le texte de la license GPL. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2722
-msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2908
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manuel de Debian Edu Etch 3.0, nom de code « Terra »"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2910
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger at layer-acht."
-"org\">holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
-"\"CopyRight\"> Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of copyright "
-"owners."
+"Copyright (C) 2007-2009 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger at layer-"
+"acht.org\">holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight#"
+"\">Copyright chapter </ulink> for the full list of copyright owners."
msgstr ""
"Droits de reproduction (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:"
"holger at layer-acht.org\">holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > et autres, "
@@ -7195,7 +7524,7 @@ msgstr ""
"reproduction."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2727
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2914
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -7208,7 +7537,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2916
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -7221,7 +7550,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2918
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -7232,17 +7561,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2736
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2923
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2738
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2925
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2927
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -7255,12 +7584,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2745
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2932
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2747
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2934
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
"program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder "
@@ -7283,7 +7612,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2750
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2937
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -7300,7 +7629,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2752
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2939
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
"verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any "
@@ -7319,7 +7648,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License along with the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2755
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2942
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -7328,7 +7657,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2757
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2944
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -7341,7 +7670,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2760
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2947
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
@@ -7352,7 +7681,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of any change."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2763
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2950
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -7365,7 +7694,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2766
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2953
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -7390,7 +7719,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2771
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2958
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -7413,7 +7742,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2773
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2960
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -7426,7 +7755,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2775
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2962
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -7439,7 +7768,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2777
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2964
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -7452,7 +7781,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2780
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2967
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -7465,7 +7794,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2783
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2970
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -7482,7 +7811,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2786
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2973
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -7497,7 +7826,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2791
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2978
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -7520,7 +7849,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2793
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2980
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -7535,7 +7864,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2795
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2982
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -7554,7 +7883,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2798
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2985
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
"this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants "
@@ -7575,7 +7904,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2801
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2988
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -7594,7 +7923,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2804
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2991
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -7623,7 +7952,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2807
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2994
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -7634,7 +7963,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2809
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2996
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -7657,7 +7986,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2811
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2998
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -7666,7 +7995,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2813
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3000
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -7685,7 +8014,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2816
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3003
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -7698,7 +8027,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2819
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3006
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -7717,7 +8046,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2821
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3008
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
"of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -7738,12 +8067,12 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2824
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3011
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2827
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3014
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -7766,7 +8095,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2830
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3017
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -7789,42 +8118,42 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2836
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3023
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2842
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3029
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Annexe B - À propos du live CD/DVD Debian Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2848
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3033
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Fonctionnalités de l'image autonome"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2849
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3035
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Presque tous les paquets du profil Autonome"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2850
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3038
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Tous les paquets de la tâche portable"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2851
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3041
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Le profil de bureau KDE pour étudiants/élèves."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2857
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3048
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Activation des traductions et du support géographique"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2859
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3050
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -7845,122 +8174,122 @@ msgstr ""
"régionaux couramment utilisés :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2864
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3055
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Langue (Région) </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2868
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3059
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Code de paramètres régionaux</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2872
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3063
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Disposition de clavier </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2877
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3068
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Bokmal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2880
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3071
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2883 release-manual.xml:2893
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3074 debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3084
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2887
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3078
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Néo-norvégien"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2890
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3081
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2897
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3088
msgid "German"
msgstr "Allemand"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2900
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3091
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2903
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3094
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2907
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3098
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Français (France)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2910
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3101
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2913
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3104
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2917
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3108
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Grec (Grèce)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2920
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3111
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2923
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3114
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2927
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3118
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japonais"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2930
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3121
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2933
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3124
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2937
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3128
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Sami (Norvège)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2940
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3131
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2943
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3134
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2950
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3141
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7974,34 +8303,34 @@ msgstr ""
"dispositions de clavier peuvent être trouvés dans /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2956
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3147
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Choses à savoir"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2957
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3149
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
"Le mot de passe pour l'utilisateur est « user », root n'a pas de mot de passe "
"défini."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2963
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3156
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Problèmes connus avec l'image"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2964
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3158
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "aucun"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2970
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3165
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Téléchargement"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2972
+#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:3167
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
"org/cd-etch-live/\">FTP </ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
@@ -8012,6 +8341,1158 @@ msgstr ""
"ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/\">HTTP</ulink> ou rsync depuis ftp."
"skolelinux.org à cd-etch-live/."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>:)</phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>:-)</phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : getting-started.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : lwat-login.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>image jointe : lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if "
+#~ "you install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if "
+#~ "you install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe "
+#~ "this further"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe "
+#~ "this further"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
+#~ " mozilla-firefox-locale-it\n"
+#~ " mozilla-firefox-locale-el\n"
+#~ "E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Des erreurs se sont produites durant le traitement de :\n"
+#~ " mozilla-firefox-locale-it\n"
+#~ " mozilla-firefox-locale-el\n"
+#~ "E: le sous-processus /usr/bin/dpkg a retourné un code d'erreur (1)\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
+#~ " /var/cache/apt/archives/courier-authlib-ldap_0.58-4_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\"Des erreurs se sont produites durant le traitement de : \n"
+#~ " /var/cache/apt/archives/courier-authlib-ldap_0.58-4_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "E: le sous-processus /usr/bin/dpkg a retourné un code d'erreur (1)]]"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+#~ "# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
+#~ "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
+#~ "is:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
+#~ "# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib "
+#~ "non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "# update the list of available packages:\n"
+#~ "aptitude update\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports "
+#~ "install <packagename>\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can "
+#~ "configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though "
+#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www."
+#~ "backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on "
+#~ "backports.org\n"
+#~ "</ulink>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
+#~ "installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant "
+#~ "you need to update manually. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Java\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre "
+#~ "sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is "
+#~ "useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu "
+#~ "installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh "
+#~ "login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on "
+#~ "a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/"
+#~ "authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login "
+#~ "information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> should be similar to this: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+#~ "RPORT=1234\n"
+#~ "RUSER=backdoor\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each "
+#~ "users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 "
+#~ "a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "
+#~ "\"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make "
+#~ "comments. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
+#~ " shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
+#~ " permissions=\"770\";\n"
+#~ " created_dir=0;\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+#~ " . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " . #set the right owner and group\n"
+#~ " #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+#~ " user=$home\n"
+#~ " group=teachers\n"
+#~ " chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+#~ " else\n"
+#~ " . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists."
+#~ "\\n\"\n"
+#~ " . fi\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
+#~ "</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-"
+#~ "specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
+#~ "the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are "
+#~ "fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem>\n"
+#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
+#~ "<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para> \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
+#~ "</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student "
+#~ "desktops \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop "
+#~ "icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde "
+#~ "session \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for "
+#~ "students \n"
+#~ "</listitem>\n"
+#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
+#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
+#~ "</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file "
+#~ "group) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the "
+#~ "local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the "
+#~ "administration programs \n"
+#~ "</listitem>\n"
+#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
+#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
+#~ "</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using "
+#~ "<computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your "
+#~ "changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade "
+#~ "restores default desktop icons] \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the "
+#~ "existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for "
+#~ "example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-"
+#~ "profile\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click "
+#~ "\"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with "
+#~ "kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside "
+#~ "the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running "
+#~ "<computeroutput>i386\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the "
+#~ "workstation server(s): \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "# installer le trousseau de clé Debian de manière sécurisée :\n"
+#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+#~ "# récupérer la clé de backports.org de manière non-sécurisée :\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
+#~ "# vérifier de manière sécurisée si la clé est correcte et l'ajouter au "
+#~ "trousseau de clés de root si c'est le cas :\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
+#~ "# ajouter le dépôt backports.org à /etc/apt/sources.list :\n"
+#~ "echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib "
+#~ "non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "# mettre à jour la liste des paquets disponibles :\n"
+#~ "aptitude update\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Ensuite, vous pouvez soit utiliser <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-"
+#~ "backports install <packagename>\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> pour installer ou mettre à jour des paquets une seule "
+#~ "fois, soit configurer un paquet afin qu'il soit toujours installé depuis "
+#~ "backports.org à l'aide de <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>, ce qui est décrit dans les <ulink url=\"http://www."
+#~ "backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions "
+#~ "disponibles sur backports.org\n"
+#~ "</ulink>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>La deuxième variante a l'avantage d'installer automatiquement les "
+#~ "mises à jour de paquets rétro-portés lorsqu'elles sont disponibles. Avec "
+#~ "la première variante, vous devez effectuer les mises à jour "
+#~ "manuellement. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Java\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre "
+#~ "sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Accèder à Skolelinux à travers un pare-feu\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Un script d'amorce<computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> est fourni dans le paquet <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
+#~ "config\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> afin de franchir un pare-feu. Ceci est utile aux "
+#~ "administrateurs système responsables de plusieurs installations de Debian "
+#~ "Edu. Ce script crée un tunnel SSH vers une autre machine, permettant une "
+#~ "connexion SSH depuis une machine située au-delà du pare-feu. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Pour activer ce mécanisme, créez une clé SSH sans mot de passe, "
+#~ "créez un utilisateur sur une machine distante qui utilisera une connexion "
+#~ "SSH, copiez la clé publique dans ~/.ssh/authorized_keys pour "
+#~ "l'utilisateur distant et indiquez les informations de connexion dans "
+#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Le contenu de <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> devrait ressembler à ceci : \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+#~ "RPORT=1234\n"
+#~ "RUSER=backdoor\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Création d'un répertoire dans le répertoire personnel de tous les "
+#~ "utilisateurs\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>À l'aide de ce script, l'administrateur peut créer un répertoire "
+#~ "dans le répertoire personnel de chaque utilisateur et spécifier les "
+#~ "droits d'accès et les propriétaires.\n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Dans l'exemple ci-dessous, avec group=professeurs and "
+#~ "permissions=770, un utilisateur peut rendre un devoir en sauvegardant un "
+#~ "fichier dans le répertoire « devoirs », auquel les professeurs ont accès "
+#~ "en écriture afin de faire des commentaires. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
+#~ " shared_folder=\"devoirs\";\n"
+#~ " permissions=\"770\";\n"
+#~ " created_dir=0;\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+#~ " . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " . #set the right owner and group\n"
+#~ " #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+#~ " user=$home\n"
+#~ " group=professeurs\n"
+#~ " chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+#~ " else\n"
+#~ " . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists."
+#~ "\\n\"\n"
+#~ " . fi\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Manuels issus de wiki.debian.org\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\\\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+#~ "HowTo/\\\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\\n\"\n"
+#~ "\"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-"
+#~ "specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
+#~ "the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are "
+#~ "fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem>\n"
+#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
+#~ "<title>Manuels sur le bureau\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para> \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>mode kiosque de KDE\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Deux profils par défaut sont inclus : \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
+#~ "</emphasis> (activé pour les membres du groupe de fichiers étudiants) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>utilise un ensemble d'icônes "
+#~ "personnalisées pour le bureau\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>s'assure que les programmes attachés aux icônes du "
+#~ "bureau s'affichent aussi dans la barre KDE \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>ne démarre pas adept\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>s'assure que les étudiants ne peuvent pas démarrer "
+#~ "une autre session KDE \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>supprime la possibilité d'obtenir les droits de root "
+#~ "de pour les étudiants \n"
+#~ "</listitem>\n"
+#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
+#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
+#~ "</emphasis> (activé pour l'utilisateur root et les membres du groupe de "
+#~ "fichiers admins) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>ajoute une icône de bureau pour se "
+#~ "connecter au serveur web local sur tjener afin de fournir un accès "
+#~ "simplifié à tous les programmes d'administration\n"
+#~ "</listitem>\n"
+#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
+#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note :\n"
+#~ "</emphasis> les profils peuvent être modifiés à l'aide de "
+#~ "<computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. Cependant, à moins que vous ne suiviez la démarche "
+#~ "décrite ci-dessous, vos changements seront écrasés par les mises à jours. "
+#~ "[FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons] \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Si vous souhaitez modifier les profils du kiosque, vous pouvez soit "
+#~ "les copier et les modifier, soit créer de nouveaux profils de kiosque "
+#~ "dans (par exemple) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> et les activer dans <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-"
+#~ "profile\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. L'outil kiosque le fera pour vous si vous cliquez sur « "
+#~ "propriétés des profils » et naviguez jusqu'à un nouveau répertoire. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Changer le mode kiosque sur les stations de travail sans disque\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Après avoir effectué des changements aux réglages du mode kiosque "
+#~ "grâce à kiosktool comme décrit ci-dessus, vous devrez copier quelques "
+#~ "fichiers dans le chroot utilisé par la station de travail sans disque. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>En supposant que la station de travail sans disque est basée sur "
+#~ "l'architecture <computeroutput>i386\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>, les commandes suivantes doivents être lancées sur le"
+#~ "(s) serveur(s) de stations de travail : \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+#~ "# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
+#~ "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
+#~ "is:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
+#~ "# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for "
+#~ "mirrors!\n"
+#~ "echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources."
+#~ "list\n"
+#~ "# update the list of available packages:\n"
+#~ "aptitude update\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
+#~ "<title>HowTos for networked clients\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para> \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
+#~ "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>LTSP in detail\n"
+#~ "</title><para/>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific "
+#~ "thinclients, you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts."
+#~ "conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/"
+#~ "share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using "
+#~ "the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>"
+#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, "
+#~ "add something like this: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
+#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>somewhere below the default settings. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart "
+#~ "X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-"
+#~ "server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you "
+#~ "<computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> file. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Load balancing LTSP servers\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+#~ "</phrase>\n"
+#~ "</textobject>\n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12"
+#~ "+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Part 1\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several "
+#~ "servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/"
+#~ "lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to "
+#~ "connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh "
+#~ "host key for each of the servers. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the "
+#~ "loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and "
+#~ "load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which "
+#~ "server to connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done "
+#~ "you decide later on. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to "
+#~ "the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the "
+#~ "clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave "
+#~ "your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will "
+#~ "go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to "
+#~ "edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+#~ " range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
+#~ " }\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>you have to add this under \"range\": \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0"
+#~ "\";\n"
+#~ "next-server xxx;\n"
+#~ "option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
+#~ "option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
+#~ "use-host-decl-names on;\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you "
+#~ "chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a "
+#~ "working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Part 2\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server "
+#~ "for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In "
+#~ "consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going "
+#~ "to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each "
+#~ "server IP address or host names, in the random order. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list "
+#~ "must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/"
+#~ "usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing "
+#~ "server. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
+#~ "# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
+#~ "TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
+#~ "SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
+#~ "for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
+#~ "rank=$RANDOM\n"
+#~ "let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
+#~ "TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
+#~ "for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
+#~ "SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Part 3\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make "
+#~ "the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file "
+#~ "containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all "
+#~ "the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
+#~ "ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
+#~ "important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
+#~ "and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+#~ "</phrase>\n"
+#~ "</textobject>\n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+#~ "ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get "
+#~ "their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if "
+#~ "many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that "
+#~ "server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM "
+#~ "server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't "
+#~ "very good. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced! \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Sound with LTSP clients\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used "
+#~ "(currently, this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-"
+#~ "oss should be loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/"
+#~ "dsp. If it's not done automatically, this line: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf "
+#~ "file. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Replacing LDM with KDM\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure "
+#~ "ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. "
+#~ "XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+#~ "</phrase>\n"
+#~ "</textobject>\n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning\n"
+#~ "</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in "
+#~ "cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+#~ "</phrase>\n"
+#~ "</textobject>\n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a "
+#~ "workstation: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "# installer le trousseau de clés Debian de manière sécurisée :\n"
+#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+#~ "# récupérer la clé de debian-multimedia de manière non-sécurisée :\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
+#~ "# vérifier de manière sécurisée si la clé est correcte et l'ajouter au "
+#~ "trousseau de clés de root si c'est le cas :\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
+#~ "# ajouter le dépôt à sources.list - veuillez consulter les pages "
+#~ "d'accueil pour trouver des miroirs !\n"
+#~ "echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources."
+#~ "list\n"
+#~ "# mettre à jour la liste des paquets disponibles :\n"
+#~ "aptitude update\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
+#~ "<title>Manuels pour les clients en réseau\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para> \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Clients légers contre stations de travail sans disque\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Les instructions permettant d'activer les stations de travail sans "
+#~ "disque / stations de travail amnésiques / clients légers / clients mi-"
+#~ "lourds sont disponibles depuis <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+#~ "DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/"
+#~ "DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>LTSP en détail\n"
+#~ "</title><para/>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Pour réaliser des adaptations pour des clients légers particuliers, "
+#~ "vous devez modifier le fichier <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts."
+#~ "conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. Consultez <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/"
+#~ "ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> pour trouver des exemples et savoir quels paramètres "
+#~ "modifier. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Les valeurs par défaut définies sous l'étiquette <computeroutput>"
+#~ "[default]\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> permettent de configurer un client, d'indiquer quel "
+#~ "client utilise l'adresse MAC ou IP telle que <computeroutput>"
+#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Exemple : pour régler la résolution du client léger ltsp010 à "
+#~ "1280x1024, ajoutez ceci : \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
+#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>sous les réglages par défaut.\n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Selon les changements effectués, il peut falloir redémarrer X sur "
+#~ "le client (en pressant alt+ctrl+backspace) ou redémarrer le client.\n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Pour utiliser les adresses IP de <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>, vous devez ajouter l'adresse MAC du client à votre "
+#~ "serveur DHCP. Sinon, vous devrez utiliser l'adresse MAC du client "
+#~ "directement dans votre fichier <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Équilibrage de charge des serveurs LTSP\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+#~ "</phrase>\n"
+#~ "</textobject>\n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Cette fonctionnalité a été introduite dans la "
+#~ "version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 de LTSP et est incluse dans "
+#~ "Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Part 1\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Il est possible de configurer les clients pour qu'ils se connectent "
+#~ "à un serveur parmi plusieurs pour équilibrer la charge. Ceci est possible "
+#~ "en fournissant une liste de serveurs auxquels LDM peut se connecter, "
+#~ "grâce au script /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts. Par ailleurs, "
+#~ "chaque chroot LTSP a besoin d'inclure la clé hôte SSH pour chaque "
+#~ "serveur. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Tout d'abord, vous devez choisir un serveur LTSP comme serveur "
+#~ "d'équilibrage. Tous les clients s'amorceront par PXE depuis ce serveur et "
+#~ "chargeront l'image Skolelinux. Après que l'image est chargée, LDM choisit "
+#~ "à quel serveur se connecter à l'aide du script \"get_hosts\". Vous "
+#~ "indiquez la méthode plus tard.\n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Ensuite, vous devez déplacer vos clients depuis le réseau "
+#~ "192.168.1.0 vers le réseau 10.0.2.0. Ceci est du au fait que quand vous "
+#~ "utilisez l'équilibrage de charge, les clients doivent avoir un accès "
+#~ "direct au serveur que LDM choisit. Si vous laissez vos clients sur le "
+#~ "réseau 192.168.1.0, tout leur trafic passera par ce serveur avant "
+#~ "d'atteindre le serveur choisi par LDM.\n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Pour que les clients fonctionnent sur le réseau 10.0.2.0, vous "
+#~ "devez modifier /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf sur le serveur principal (tjener). À "
+#~ "l'endroit où il est indiqué : \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+#~ " range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
+#~ " }\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>vous devez ajouter ceci sous \"range\" :\n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0"
+#~ "\";\n"
+#~ "next-server xxx;\n"
+#~ "option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
+#~ "option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
+#~ "use-host-decl-names on;\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Next-server doit indiquer l'adresse IP ou le nom d'hôte du serveur "
+#~ "que vous avez choisi pour gérer l'équilibrage de charge. Si vous utilisez "
+#~ "le nom d'hôte, un DNS doit être disponible. N'oubliez pas de redémarrer "
+#~ "le service DHCP. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Part 2\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Maintenant que vous devez créer un script \"get_hosts\" indiquant "
+#~ "un serveur auquel LDM peut se connecter. Le paramètre LDM_SERVER "
+#~ "surcharge la valeur de ce script. Par conséquent, ce paramètre ne doit "
+#~ "pas être défini si le script « get_hosts » est utilisé. Le script « "
+#~ "get_hosts » écrit sur la sortie standard l'adresse IP ou le nom d'hôte de "
+#~ "chaque serveur, dans un ordre aléatoire. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Modifier « /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf » comme ci-dessous : \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Remplacez xxxx par les adresses IP ou les noms d'hôte des serveurs, "
+#~ "séparés par un espace. Ensuite, placez le script suivant dans /opt/ltsp/"
+#~ "i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts sur le serveur que vous avez choisi pour "
+#~ "effectuer l'équilibrage de charge. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
+#~ "# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
+#~ "TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
+#~ "SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
+#~ "for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
+#~ "rank=$RANDOM\n"
+#~ "let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
+#~ "TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
+#~ "for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
+#~ "SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Part 3\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Maintenant que vous avez écrit un script \"get_hosts\", il est "
+#~ "temps de créer la clé hôte SSH pour les chroots LTSP. Ceci peut être fait "
+#~ "en créant un fichier incluant le contenu du fichier /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+#~ "ssh/ssh_known_hosts de tous les serveurs LTSP qui participeront à "
+#~ "l'équilibrage de charge. Sauvegardez ce fichier sous le nom /etc/ltsp/"
+#~ "ssh_known_hosts.extra sur tous les serveurs d'équilibrage de charge. La "
+#~ "dernière étape est très importante parce que ltsp-update-sshkeys est "
+#~ "exécuté chaque fois qu'un serveur s'amorce, et /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts."
+#~ "extra est inclus s'il existe. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+#~ "</phrase>\n"
+#~ "</textobject>\n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Si vous sauvegardez votre nouveau fichier hôte sous "
+#~ "le nom /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, il sera écrasé quand vous "
+#~ "redémarrerez le serveur.\n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Ce réglage comporte un faiblesse évidente. Tous les clients "
+#~ "récupèrent leur image depuis le même serveur, ceci induit une charge "
+#~ "importante sur celui-ci si de nombreux clients démarrent en même temps. "
+#~ "De plus, les clients ont besoin que le serveur soit toujours disponible, "
+#~ "sans lui ils ne peuvent s'amorcer ou obtenir un serveur LDM. Par "
+#~ "conséquent, ce réglage dépend fortement d'un serveur, ce qui n'est pas "
+#~ "une bonne chose.\n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>La charge de vos clients devrait maintenant être équilibrée ! \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Le son avec les clients LTSP\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Si le matériel du client peut gérer le son et si ALSA est utilisé "
+#~ "(actuellement, c'est le système de gestion du son par défaut de Debian), "
+#~ "le module snd-pcm-oss doit être chargé par le client afin qu'esd puisse "
+#~ "trouver /dev/dsp. Si ce n'est pas fait automatiquement, cette ligne : \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>doit être ajoutée au fichier /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf du "
+#~ "serveur.\n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Remplacement de LDM par KDM\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Skolelinux 3.0 utilise le gestionnaire de connexion LDM. Celui-ci "
+#~ "utilise un tunnel SSH sécurisé pour la connexion. Quand KDM est utilisé, "
+#~ "un basculement vers XDMCP est nécessaire. XDMCP utilise moins de "
+#~ "ressources CPU sur les clients et sur le serveur. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+#~ "</phrase>\n"
+#~ "</textobject>\n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Attention\n"
+#~ "</emphasis> : XDMCP n'utilise pas de chiffrement. Les mots de passe "
+#~ "circuleront en clair sur le réseau, comme les autres données. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+#~ "</phrase>\n"
+#~ "</textobject>\n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Note : les périphériques locaux avec "
+#~ "<computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> ne fonctionneront plus sans LDM. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Pour vérifier si XDMCP est exécuté, lancez cette commande sur une "
+#~ "station de travail : \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "FIXME"
+#~ msgstr "FIXME"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
+#~ msgstr "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
+#~ msgstr "FIXME: more examples, etc."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
+#~ msgstr "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
+#~ "<inlinemediaobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> fait partie de Etch "
+#~ "<inlinemediaobject>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#~ msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
+#~ msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
@@ -8086,22 +9567,6 @@ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
#~ msgstr "FIXME: describe how to..."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "Java"
-#~ msgstr "Java"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-#~ "]]"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-#~ "]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#~ msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
-#~ msgstr "Manuels pour le bureau"
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -8218,156 +9683,6 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
-#~ "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from "
-#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Les instructions pour activer les stations de travail sans disque (ou "
-#~ "stations stateless, clients lowfat, clients half-thick) sont disponibles "
-#~ "depuis <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation</ulink>"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "LTSP in detail"
-#~ msgstr "LTSP en détail"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "lts.conf"
-#~ msgstr "lts.conf"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, "
-#~ "you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
-#~ "computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/"
-#~ "doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and "
-#~ "what parameters you can specify."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Afin d'effectuer des adpatations particulières et de configurer des "
-#~ "clients légers spécifiques, veuillez éditer le fichier <computeroutput>/"
-#~ "opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </computeroutput>. Consultez <computeroutput>/"
-#~ "opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </"
-#~ "computeroutput> pour consulter des exemples et connaître les paramètres "
-#~ "que vous pouvez spécifier."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
-#~ "computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
-#~ "client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
-#~ "computeroutput>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Les valeurs par défaut son définies sous <computeroutput>[default] </"
-#~ "computeroutput>, pour configurer un client, spécifiez son adresse MAC ou "
-#~ "son adresse IP de cette manière <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</"
-#~ "computeroutput>."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
-#~ "something like this:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Exemple : pour régler la résolution du client léger ltsp010 sur "
-#~ "1280x1024, ajoutez quelque chose comme :"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
-#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
-#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
-#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-#~ "]]"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
-#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
-#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
-#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-#~ "]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
-#~ msgstr "quelque part sous les réglages par défaut."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on "
-#~ "the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Selon les modifications effectuées, il peut être nécessaire de redémarrer "
-#~ "X sur le client (en pressant alt+ctrl+backspace) ou de redémarrer le "
-#~ "client."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you "
-#~ "should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you "
-#~ "should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts."
-#~ "conf </computeroutput> file."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Pour utiliser les adresses IP de <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
-#~ "computeroutput>, vous devrez ajouter l'adresse MAC du client à votre "
-#~ "serveur DHCP. Sinon, vous devrez utiliser l'adresse MAC du client "
-#~ "directement dans le fichier <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput>."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "load balancing LTSP servers"
-#~ msgstr "Équilibre de charge des serveurs LTSP"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
-#~ "for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
-#~ "<computeroutput>LDM_SERVER </computeroutput> in <computeroutput>lts.conf "
-#~ "</computeroutput>. Another is by providing <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/"
-#~ "i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts </computeroutput> as a script printing one or "
-#~ "more servers to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need "
-#~ "to include the ssh host key for each of the servers."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Il est possible de configurer les clients afin qu'ils se connectent à un "
-#~ "des serveurs afin d'équilibrer leur charge. Une des manières de faire "
-#~ "consiste à énumérer plusieurs serveurs à l'aide de "
-#~ "<computeroutput>LDM_SERVER</computeroutput> dans <computeroutput>lts."
-#~ "conf</computeroutput>. Une autre consiste à fournir <computeroutput>/opt/"
-#~ "ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> en tant que script "
-#~ "indiquant un ou plusieurs serveurs auxquels se connecter. De plus, chaque "
-#~ "chroot ltsp doit inclure la clé SSH hôte de chaque serveur."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12"
-#~ "+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Cette fonctionnalité est apparue avec ltsp "
-#~ "0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 devant être inclus dans la version 3.0r1."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, "
-#~ "this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be "
-#~ "loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's "
-#~ "not done automatically, this line:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Si le client possède un dispositif de restitution du son et si ALSA est "
-#~ "utilisé (c'est actuellement le système de son par défaut sous Debian), le "
-#~ "module snd-pcm-oss doit être chargé par le client afin qu'esd puisse "
-#~ "trouver /dev/dsp. Si ce n'est pas fait automatiquement, la ligne "
-#~ "suivante :"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
-#~ msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "doit être ajoutée dans le fichier /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf du serveur."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
#~ "Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities "
#~ "and credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
#~ msgstr ""
diff --git a/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.it.po b/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.it.po
index e2148e2..f44878f 100644
--- a/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.it.po
+++ b/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.it.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-01 13:45+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-08 10:29+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-13 23:42+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini at gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: italian <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-01 </computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-08 </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Questo documento è stato inserito nel pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"doc </computeroutput> il <computeroutput>2009-01-15</computeroutput>."
@@ -7472,9 +7472,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2849
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and the "
+"French l10n team (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traduzione francese è protetta da copyright di Christophe Masson (2008) "
"rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
diff --git a/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.nb.po b/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.nb.po
index d885b87..448c378 100644
--- a/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.nb.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual.nb\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-01 13:46+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-08 10:30+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-02 07:56+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: American English <kde-i18n-doc at lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-01 </computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-08 </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dette dokumentet ble plassert i pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
"computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>209-01-15</computeroutput>."
@@ -7399,9 +7399,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2849
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and the "
+"French l10n team (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"Den italienske oversettelsen er gjort av Claudio Carboncini med opphavsrett "
"2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
diff --git a/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.pot b/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.pot
index 74e0bf9..abfb2fc 100644
--- a/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.pot
+++ b/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.pot
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-01 13:44+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-08 10:27+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:10
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc "
-"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-01 </computeroutput>."
+"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-08 </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -5754,8 +5754,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-etch-manual.xml:2849
msgid ""
-"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and the "
+"French l10n team (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
diff --git a/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.xml b/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.xml
index 87d5ebe..e2b5a30 100644
--- a/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/debian-edu-etch/debian-edu-etch-manual.xml
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
</emphasis>) manual for the Debian Edu Etch 3.0 release.
</para>
<para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-01
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-08
</computeroutput>.
</para>
<para>The version at <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch"/> is a wiki and updated frequently.
@@ -2846,7 +2846,7 @@ FIXMEs within the text. If you happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explai
</para>
<para>The Italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008, 2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
</para>
-<para>The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
+<para>The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and the French l10n team (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
</para>
</section>
diff --git a/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.de.po b/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.de.po
index a0bd027..6070a1b 100644
--- a/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.de.po
+++ b/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.de.po
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual.de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-06-10 20:35+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-08 09:54+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-26 19:10+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Kurt Gramlich <kurt at skolelinux.de>\n"
"Language-Team: <en at li.org>\n"
@@ -41,26 +41,48 @@ msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu Etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:7
#, fuzzy
-msgid "This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete </emphasis>) manual for the Debian Edu Lenny 5.0.1+edu0 release."
-msgstr "Dies ist das (<emphasis>noch unvollständige </emphasis>) Release Manual für das Debian Edu Etch 3.0 Release."
+msgid ""
+"This is the (<emphasis>still incomplete </emphasis>) manual for the Debian "
+"Edu Lenny 5.0.1+edu0 release."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies ist das (<emphasis>noch unvollständige </emphasis>) Release Manual für "
+"das Debian Edu Etch 3.0 Release."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:10
#, fuzzy
-msgid "This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-06-10 </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2008-07-15</computeroutput> in das Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt."
+msgid ""
+"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-08 </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2008-07-15</computeroutput> in das "
+"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:14
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The version at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently."
-msgstr "Die Version auf <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> ist ein Wiki und wird häufig aktualisiert."
+msgid ""
+"The version at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Lenny\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Version auf <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> ist ein "
+"Wiki und wird häufig aktualisiert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:16
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/Translations#\">Translations </ulink> are part of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> package, which can be <ulink url=\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/\">installed on a webserver </ulink>."
-msgstr "<link linkend=\"Translations\">Übersetzungen</link> sind Teil des <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> Pakets, das auf einem Webserver <ulink url=\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.no/debian-edu-doc/\"> installiert sein kann </ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/"
+"Translations#\">Translations </ulink> are part of the <computeroutput>debian-"
+"edu-doc </computeroutput> package, which can be <ulink url=\"http://"
+"maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/\">installed on a webserver </"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Übersetzungen</link> sind Teil des "
+"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> Pakets, das auf einem "
+"Webserver <ulink url=\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.no/debian-edu-doc/\"> "
+"installiert sein kann </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:24
@@ -69,18 +91,37 @@ msgstr "Über Debian Edu und Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:26
-msgid "Skolelinux is a Linux distribution made by the Debian Edu project. Being a <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian\">Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org\">Debian </ulink>."
-msgstr "Skolelinux ist eine Linuxdistribution die vom Debian Edu Projekt erstellt wurde. Sie ist Teil von <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org\">Debian </ulink>, da sie eine sogenannte <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian\">Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CCD) ist."
+msgid ""
+"Skolelinux is a Linux distribution made by the Debian Edu project. Being a "
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian\">Custom Debian "
+"Distribution </ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org"
+"\">Debian </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Skolelinux ist eine Linuxdistribution die vom Debian Edu Projekt erstellt "
+"wurde. Sie ist Teil von <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org\">Debian </"
+"ulink>, da sie eine sogenannte <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"CustomDebian\">Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CCD) ist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:30
-msgid "What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network."
-msgstr "Das bedeutet dass Skolelinux eine Version von Debian ist, die eine gebrauchsfertige Umgebung für ein komplett konfiguriertes Schulnetzwerk bietet."
+msgid ""
+"What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-"
+"of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network."
+msgstr ""
+"Das bedeutet dass Skolelinux eine Version von Debian ist, die eine "
+"gebrauchsfertige Umgebung für ein komplett konfiguriertes Schulnetzwerk "
+"bietet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:32
-msgid "In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools serving the 6-16 years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several countries around the world, with most installations in Norway, Germany and France."
-msgstr "Das System wird weltweit in verschiedenen Ländern eingesetzt, mit den meisten Installationen in Norwegen, Deutschland und Frankreich."
+msgid ""
+"In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools "
+"serving the 6-16 years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several "
+"countries around the world, with most installations in Norway, Germany and "
+"France."
+msgstr ""
+"Das System wird weltweit in verschiedenen Ländern eingesetzt, mit den "
+"meisten Installationen in Norwegen, Deutschland und Frankreich."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:37
@@ -89,8 +130,12 @@ msgstr "Architektur"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:39
-msgid "This section of the document describes the network architecture and services provided by a Skolelinux installation."
-msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt erläutert die Netzwerktopologie und die Serverdienste einer Skolelinux-Installation."
+msgid ""
+"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
+"provided by a Skolelinux installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieser Abschnitt erläutert die Netzwerktopologie und die Serverdienste einer "
+"Skolelinux-Installation."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:43
@@ -99,65 +144,97 @@ msgstr "Netzwerk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:45
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/network-arch.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/network-arch.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/network-arch."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/network-arch."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:49
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:476
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:542
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:761
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:837
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:843
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:849
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:855
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:861
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:867
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:873
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:879
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:885
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:891
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:897
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:903
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:909
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:915
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:923
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:952
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1001
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1070
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1088
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1096
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1216
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1269
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1888
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2496
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2886
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2929
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2935
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3004
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:49 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:476
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:542 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:761
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:837 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:843
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:849 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:855
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:861 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:867
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:873 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:879
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:885 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:891
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:897 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:903
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:909 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:915
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:923 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:952
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1001 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1070
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1088 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1096
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1216 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1269
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1888 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2496
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2886 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2929
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2935 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3004
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3405
msgid "</inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr "</inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:51
-msgid "(The <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source package contains this image as a <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> file.)"
-msgstr "(Das <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> Quellpaket enthält dieses Bild als <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> Datei.)"
+msgid ""
+"(The <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source package "
+"contains this image as a <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> file.)"
+msgstr ""
+"(Das <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> Quellpaket enthält "
+"dieses Bild als <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> Datei.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:55
-msgid "The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and thin-client-servers (with associated thin-clients). The number of workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for the thin-client servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the traffic between the thin-clients and the thin-client server doesn't affect the rest of the network services."
-msgstr "Die Abbildung ist eine Skizze der angenommenen Netzwerktopologie. Die Grundeinstellungen von Skolelinux gehen davon aus, dass es genau einen Hauptserver ('Tjener') gibt, während normale Arbeitsstationen und Terminalserver (mit ihren zugehörigen Thin-Client-Terminals) eingebunden werden können. Die Anzahl der Arbeitsstationen ist beliebig (zwischen 0 und 400). Gleiches gilt für Terminalserver, die ihre Thin-Clients jeweils auf einem separaten Netzwerksegment bedienen, so dass der Netzwerkverkehr zwischen den Thin-Clients und ihrem Terminalserver den Rest der Netzwerkdienste nicht stört."
+msgid ""
+"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
+"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
+"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and thin-client-"
+"servers (with associated thin-clients). The number of workstations can be as "
+"large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for "
+"the thin-client servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the "
+"traffic between the thin-clients and the thin-client server doesn't affect "
+"the rest of the network services."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Abbildung ist eine Skizze der angenommenen Netzwerktopologie. Die "
+"Grundeinstellungen von Skolelinux gehen davon aus, dass es genau einen "
+"Hauptserver ('Tjener') gibt, während normale Arbeitsstationen und "
+"Terminalserver (mit ihren zugehörigen Thin-Client-Terminals) eingebunden "
+"werden können. Die Anzahl der Arbeitsstationen ist beliebig (zwischen 0 und "
+"400). Gleiches gilt für Terminalserver, die ihre Thin-Clients jeweils auf "
+"einem separaten Netzwerksegment bedienen, so dass der Netzwerkverkehr "
+"zwischen den Thin-Clients und ihrem Terminalserver den Rest der "
+"Netzwerkdienste nicht stört."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:57
-msgid "The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and subsequently updating the DNS-configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that service to the right computer."
-msgstr "Der Grund dafür, dass es nur einen Hauptserver in jedem Schulnetzwerk geben kann, ist dass der Hauptserver DHCP anbietet. Dies kann immer nur eine Maschine in einem Netzwerk machen. Es ist möglich, die Dienste des Hauptservers auf andere Maschinen auszulagern, indem man diese Dienste dort aufsetzt und die DNS-Konfiguration auf dem Hauptserver so abändert, dass der DNS-Alias für die geänderten Dienste auf die richtige Maschine zeigt. "
+msgid ""
+"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
+"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
+"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to "
+"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and "
+"subsequently updating the DNS-configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that "
+"service to the right computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Der Grund dafür, dass es nur einen Hauptserver in jedem Schulnetzwerk geben "
+"kann, ist dass der Hauptserver DHCP anbietet. Dies kann immer nur eine "
+"Maschine in einem Netzwerk machen. Es ist möglich, die Dienste des "
+"Hauptservers auf andere Maschinen auszulagern, indem man diese Dienste dort "
+"aufsetzt und die DNS-Konfiguration auf dem Hauptserver so abändert, dass der "
+"DNS-Alias für die geänderten Dienste auf die richtige Maschine zeigt. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:59
-msgid "In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with both a modem and an ISDN connection, however no attempt is made to make such a setup work out of the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust the default situation to this should be documented separately)."
-msgstr "Um die Standardinstallation von Skolelinux einfach zu halten, läuft die Internetverbindung über einen separaten Router. Es besteht die Möglichkeit, eine separate Maschine mit Debian zu installieren und sie als Router für Skolelinux mit der von ihnen bevorzugten Internet-Einwahlmethode zu konfigurieren (Die notwendige Einrichtung um die Standardsituation an die Gegebenheiten anzupassen, sollte separat dokumentiert werden)."
+msgid ""
+"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
+"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
+"both a modem and an ISDN connection, however no attempt is made to make such "
+"a setup work out of the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust the "
+"default situation to this should be documented separately)."
+msgstr ""
+"Um die Standardinstallation von Skolelinux einfach zu halten, läuft die "
+"Internetverbindung über einen separaten Router. Es besteht die Möglichkeit, "
+"eine separate Maschine mit Debian zu installieren und sie als Router für "
+"Skolelinux mit der von ihnen bevorzugten Internet-Einwahlmethode zu "
+"konfigurieren (Die notwendige Einrichtung um die Standardsituation an die "
+"Gegebenheiten anzupassen, sollte separat dokumentiert werden)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:64
@@ -166,18 +243,56 @@ msgstr "Dienste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:66
-msgid "With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance reasons, the thin-client-server should be a separate machine (though it is possible to install both the main server and thin-client server profiles on the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services from the main-server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service on the main-server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new location of the service (which should be setup on that machine first of course)."
-msgstr "Abgesehen von der Steuerung der Thin-Client-Terminals, werden alle Netzwerkdienste von einem zentralen Server (Hauptserver oder 'Tjener') bereitgestellt. Es ist möglich, das Terminalserver-Profil ebenfalls auf dem Hauptserver zu installieren (Kombiserver), wovon aus Performanzgründen abzuraten ist. Den unterschiedlichen Diensten wird ein zuständiger DNS-Name zugewiesen (IPv4). Dadurch lassen sich einzelne Dienste leicht auf dezidierte Server auslagern, indem man sie auf dem Hauptserver abschaltet und die DNS-Konfiguration entsprechend anpasst. "
+msgid ""
+"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
+"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
+"reasons, the thin-client-server should be a separate machine (though it is "
+"possible to install both the main server and thin-client server profiles on "
+"the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are "
+"offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move "
+"individual services from the main-server to a different machine, by simply "
+"stopping the service on the main-server, and changing the DNS configuration "
+"to point to the new location of the service (which should be setup on that "
+"machine first of course)."
+msgstr ""
+"Abgesehen von der Steuerung der Thin-Client-Terminals, werden alle "
+"Netzwerkdienste von einem zentralen Server (Hauptserver oder 'Tjener') "
+"bereitgestellt. Es ist möglich, das Terminalserver-Profil ebenfalls auf dem "
+"Hauptserver zu installieren (Kombiserver), wovon aus Performanzgründen "
+"abzuraten ist. Den unterschiedlichen Diensten wird ein zuständiger DNS-Name "
+"zugewiesen (IPv4). Dadurch lassen sich einzelne Dienste leicht auf "
+"dezidierte Server auslagern, indem man sie auf dem Hauptserver abschaltet "
+"und die DNS-Konfiguration entsprechend anpasst. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:68
-msgid "To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain text."
-msgstr "Aus Sicherheitsgründen werden Passwörter stets verschlüsselt übertragen , so dass keine Klartextpasswörter in das Netzwerk gelangen."
+msgid ""
+"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
+"network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
+"text."
+msgstr ""
+"Aus Sicherheitsgründen werden Passwörter stets verschlüsselt übertragen , so "
+"dass keine Klartextpasswörter in das Netzwerk gelangen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:70
-msgid "Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux network, with the DNS name of each service given in square brackets. Where possible the DNS name correspond to the service name in <computeroutput>/etc/services </computeroutput>, where this is not possible the common name of the service is used as the DNS name. All configuration files will, if possible, refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an own DNS domain), or their IP address."
-msgstr "Unten ist eine Liste von Diensten, die standardmässig in einem Skolelinuxnetzwerk eingerichtet sind, mit dem DNS Namen jedes einzelnen Dienstes in rechteckigen Klammern. Wo es möglich ist, entspricht der DNS Name dem Dienstenamen in <computeroutput>/etc/services </computeroutput>,sonst wurde die allgemeine Bezeichnung des Dienstes als DNS-Name verwendet. Alle Konfigurationsdateien verwenden möglichst den DNS Namen (ohne Domäne), um die Änderung von IP-Bereichen oder Domänennamen zu erleichtern."
+msgid ""
+"Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
+"network, with the DNS name of each service given in square brackets. Where "
+"possible the DNS name correspond to the service name in <computeroutput>/etc/"
+"services </computeroutput>, where this is not possible the common name of "
+"the service is used as the DNS name. All configuration files will, if "
+"possible, refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus making "
+"it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an own DNS "
+"domain), or their IP address."
+msgstr ""
+"Unten ist eine Liste von Diensten, die standardmässig in einem "
+"Skolelinuxnetzwerk eingerichtet sind, mit dem DNS Namen jedes einzelnen "
+"Dienstes in rechteckigen Klammern. Wo es möglich ist, entspricht der DNS "
+"Name dem Dienstenamen in <computeroutput>/etc/services </computeroutput>,"
+"sonst wurde die allgemeine Bezeichnung des Dienstes als DNS-Name verwendet. "
+"Alle Konfigurationsdateien verwenden möglichst den DNS Namen (ohne Domäne), "
+"um die Änderung von IP-Bereichen oder Domänennamen zu erleichtern."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:73
@@ -256,68 +371,198 @@ msgstr "Terminal Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:118
-msgid "Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and History on the Web. Error Reporting by E-mail (munin,nagios and site-summary)"
-msgstr "Maschinen- und Dienste-Überwachung mit Fehlerberichterstattung, sowie Status und Trendaufzeichnungen im Webinterface und Benachrichtigung per E-mail (munin,nagios and site-summary)"
+msgid ""
+"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and "
+"History on the Web. Error Reporting by E-mail (munin,nagios and site-summary)"
+msgstr ""
+"Maschinen- und Dienste-Überwachung mit Fehlerberichterstattung, sowie Status "
+"und Trendaufzeichnungen im Webinterface und Benachrichtigung per E-mail "
+"(munin,nagios and site-summary)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:122
-msgid "Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine they are using. The server is operating system agnostic in offering access using NFS for Unix Clients, SMB for Windows and Macintosh clients."
-msgstr "Jeder Nutzer speichert seine persönlichen Dateien in seinem Nutzerverzeichnis, die der Server bereitstellt. Nutzerverzeichnisse sind von jedem Rechner aus verfügbar, unabhängig vom Arbeitsplatz, an dem ein Nutzer gerade sitzt. Der Server lässt sich plattformübergreifend nutzen, da er neben NFS für Unix-Clients per SMB auch Windows- und Macintosh-Clients bedient."
+msgid ""
+"Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
+"available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, "
+"giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine they are "
+"using. The server is operating system agnostic in offering access using NFS "
+"for Unix Clients, SMB for Windows and Macintosh clients."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeder Nutzer speichert seine persönlichen Dateien in seinem "
+"Nutzerverzeichnis, die der Server bereitstellt. Nutzerverzeichnisse sind von "
+"jedem Rechner aus verfügbar, unabhängig vom Arbeitsplatz, an dem ein Nutzer "
+"gerade sitzt. Der Server lässt sich plattformübergreifend nutzen, da er "
+"neben NFS für Unix-Clients per SMB auch Windows- und Macintosh-Clients "
+"bedient."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:124
-msgid "By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has a fixed Internet-connection. Mailing lists are set up based on the user database, giving each class their own mailing list. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access their personal mail through either POP3 or IMAP."
-msgstr "E-Mail ist nur zur lokalen Auslieferung vorkonfiguriert (z.B. innerhalb der Schule), aber die E-Mailzustellung kann, sofern die Schule einen festen Internetzugang hat, so konfiguriert werden, dass auch in das Internet E-Mail ausgeliefert werden kann. Mailinglisten werden basierend auf der Benutzerdatenbank eingerichtet, so dass jede Klasse ihre eigene Mailingliste hat. Client PC's sind so konfiguriert, dass sie ihre E-Mails an den Server ('smarthost') senden. Benutzer können auf ihre E-Mails mit den Protokollen POP3 oder IMAP zugreifen."
+msgid ""
+"By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
+"only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the "
+"school has a fixed Internet-connection. Mailing lists are set up based on "
+"the user database, giving each class their own mailing list. Clients are set "
+"up to deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access "
+"their personal mail through either POP3 or IMAP."
+msgstr ""
+"E-Mail ist nur zur lokalen Auslieferung vorkonfiguriert (z.B. innerhalb der "
+"Schule), aber die E-Mailzustellung kann, sofern die Schule einen festen "
+"Internetzugang hat, so konfiguriert werden, dass auch in das Internet E-Mail "
+"ausgeliefert werden kann. Mailinglisten werden basierend auf der "
+"Benutzerdatenbank eingerichtet, so dass jede Klasse ihre eigene Mailingliste "
+"hat. Client PC's sind so konfiguriert, dass sie ihre E-Mails an den Server "
+"('smarthost') senden. Benutzer können auf ihre E-Mails mit den Protokollen "
+"POP3 oder IMAP zugreifen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:126
-msgid "All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to the central user database for authentication and authorization."
-msgstr "Eine zentrale Nutzerdatenbank (LDAP) ermöglicht, dass alle Dienste mit einheitlichen Zugangsdaten (Nutzername/Kennwort) genutzt werden können."
+msgid ""
+"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
+"the central user database for authentication and authorization."
+msgstr ""
+"Eine zentrale Nutzerdatenbank (LDAP) ermöglicht, dass alle Dienste mit "
+"einheitlichen Zugangsdaten (Nutzername/Kennwort) genutzt werden können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:128
-msgid "To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual machines."
-msgstr "Um die Leistung bei häufig zugegriffenen Web-Sites zu steigern, wird ein lokaler proxy-server (squid) benutzt, der die angefragten Web-Seiten für den wiederholten Zugriff zwischenspeichert. In Verbindung mit der Sperrung des Netzwerkverkehrs in dem Router, ermöglicht dies ebenso die Kontrolle über den Internetzugriff einzelner Maschinen."
+msgid ""
+"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
+"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
+"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual "
+"machines."
+msgstr ""
+"Um die Leistung bei häufig zugegriffenen Web-Sites zu steigern, wird ein "
+"lokaler proxy-server (squid) benutzt, der die angefragten Web-Seiten für den "
+"wiederholten Zugriff zwischenspeichert. In Verbindung mit der Sperrung des "
+"Netzwerkverkehrs in dem Router, ermöglicht dies ebenso die Kontrolle über "
+"den Internetzugriff einzelner Maschinen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:130
-msgid "Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, while thin clients are connected to the corresponding thin-client-server via the seperate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this to ensure that the network traffic of the thin clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services)."
-msgstr "Die Netzwerkeinrichtung der Client-PC's erfolgt automatisch mit DHCP. Normale Client-PC's bekommen IP-Adressen aus dem privaten Subnetz 10.0.2.0/23 zugeteilt, während Thinclients über das dem zugehörigen Thinclient-Server entsprechende Subnetz 192.168.0.0/24 mit ihm verbunden sind (damit der Netzwerkverkehr der Thinclients nicht den Rest der Netzwerkdienste stören)."
+msgid ""
+"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
+"Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, "
+"while thin clients are connected to the corresponding thin-client-server via "
+"the seperate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this to ensure that the network traffic "
+"of the thin clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services)."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Netzwerkeinrichtung der Client-PC's erfolgt automatisch mit DHCP. "
+"Normale Client-PC's bekommen IP-Adressen aus dem privaten Subnetz "
+"10.0.2.0/23 zugeteilt, während Thinclients über das dem zugehörigen "
+"Thinclient-Server entsprechende Subnetz 192.168.0.0/24 mit ihm verbunden "
+"sind (damit der Netzwerkverkehr der Thinclients nicht den Rest der "
+"Netzwerkdienste stören)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:132
-msgid "Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts incoming messages from the local network."
-msgstr "Zentrales Mitschreiben von Systemnachrichten ist so konfiguriert, dass alle Maschinen ihre syslog Meldungen zum Server übertragen. Der Syslogdienst akzeptiert nur eingehende Nachrichten aus dem lokalen Netzwerk."
+msgid ""
+"Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
+"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
+"incoming messages from the local network."
+msgstr ""
+"Zentrales Mitschreiben von Systemnachrichten ist so konfiguriert, dass alle "
+"Maschinen ihre syslog Meldungen zum Server übertragen. Der Syslogdienst "
+"akzeptiert nur eingehende Nachrichten aus dem lokalen Netzwerk."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:134
-msgid "By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network can use it as the main DNS Server."
-msgstr "Standardmäßig ist der DNS-Server mit einer domain nur für interne Benutzung konfiguriert (*.intern), bis eine richtige (\"external\") DNS domain konfiguriert werden kann. Der DNS-Server ist als ein zwischenspeichernder DNS-Server konfiguriert, so dass alle Maschinen des Netzwerks ihn als Haupt-DNS-Server benutzen können."
+msgid ""
+"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
+"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
+"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network "
+"can use it as the main DNS Server."
+msgstr ""
+"Standardmäßig ist der DNS-Server mit einer domain nur für interne Benutzung "
+"konfiguriert (*.intern), bis eine richtige (\"external\") DNS domain "
+"konfiguriert werden kann. Der DNS-Server ist als ein zwischenspeichernder "
+"DNS-Server konfiguriert, so dass alle Maschinen des Netzwerks ihn als Haupt-"
+"DNS-Server benutzen können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:136
-msgid "Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to individual pages and subdiretories to certain users and groups. Users will have the possibility to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be programmable on the server side."
-msgstr "Schüler und Lehrer haben die Möglichkeit, Webseiten zu veröffentlichen. Der Webserver bietet Mechanismen zur Authentifizierung von Benutzern und Einschränkung des Zugriffs auf individuelle Seiten und Unterverzeichnisse für bestimmte Benutzer und Gruppen. Benutzer haben die Möglichkeit dynamische Webseiten zu erstellen, da der Server programmierbar ist."
+msgid ""
+"Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
+"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
+"individual pages and subdiretories to certain users and groups. Users will "
+"have the possibility to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be "
+"programmable on the server side."
+msgstr ""
+"Schüler und Lehrer haben die Möglichkeit, Webseiten zu veröffentlichen. Der "
+"Webserver bietet Mechanismen zur Authentifizierung von Benutzern und "
+"Einschränkung des Zugriffs auf individuelle Seiten und Unterverzeichnisse "
+"für bestimmte Benutzer und Gruppen. Benutzer haben die Möglichkeit "
+"dynamische Webseiten zu erstellen, da der Server programmierbar ist."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:138
-msgid "Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To achieve this a centralized directory server is set up. The directory will have information on users, user groups, machines, and groups of machines. To avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups, mailing lists, and network groups. This implies that groups of machines which have to be network groups, have the same namespace as user groups and mailing lists."
-msgstr "Informationen über Benutzer und Maschinen können an zentraler Stelle geändert werden und sind automatisch für alle Maschinen zugreifbar. Um dies zu erreichen, ist ein zentralisierter Verzeichnisserver eingerichtet. Das Verzeichnis hält Informationen über Benutzer, Benutzergruppen, Maschinen und Maschinengruppen. Um eine Verwirrung des Benutzers zu vermeiden, wird kein Unterschied zwischen Datei Gruppen, Mailinglisten und Netzwerkgruppen gemacht. Dies impliziert, dass Gruppen von Maschinen, die Netzwerkgruppen sein müsen, den gleichen Namensraum wie Benutzergruppen und Mailinglisten haben."
+msgid ""
+"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
+"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
+"achieve this a centralized directory server is set up. The directory will "
+"have information on users, user groups, machines, and groups of machines. To "
+"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups, "
+"mailing lists, and network groups. This implies that groups of machines "
+"which have to be network groups, have the same namespace as user groups and "
+"mailing lists."
+msgstr ""
+"Informationen über Benutzer und Maschinen können an zentraler Stelle "
+"geändert werden und sind automatisch für alle Maschinen zugreifbar. Um dies "
+"zu erreichen, ist ein zentralisierter Verzeichnisserver eingerichtet. Das "
+"Verzeichnis hält Informationen über Benutzer, Benutzergruppen, Maschinen und "
+"Maschinengruppen. Um eine Verwirrung des Benutzers zu vermeiden, wird kein "
+"Unterschied zwischen Datei Gruppen, Mailinglisten und Netzwerkgruppen "
+"gemacht. Dies impliziert, dass Gruppen von Maschinen, die Netzwerkgruppen "
+"sein müsen, den gleichen Namensraum wie Benutzergruppen und Mailinglisten "
+"haben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:140
-msgid "Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user groups will be made possible by the administration systems."
-msgstr "Die Verwaltung von Diensten und Benutzern wird meistens und überwiegend web(-basiert) durchgeführt und folgt dabei etablierten Standards, die mit den in Skolelinux enthaltenen Webbrowsern gut funktionieren. Die Übertragung von bestimmten Aufgaben an individuelle Benutzer oder Benutzergruppen wird von dem Verwaltungssystem ermöglicht."
+msgid ""
+"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
+"follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
+"part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or "
+"user groups will be made possible by the administration systems."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Verwaltung von Diensten und Benutzern wird meistens und überwiegend web(-"
+"basiert) durchgeführt und folgt dabei etablierten Standards, die mit den in "
+"Skolelinux enthaltenen Webbrowsern gut funktionieren. Die Übertragung von "
+"bestimmten Aufgaben an individuelle Benutzer oder Benutzergruppen wird von "
+"dem Verwaltungssystem ermöglicht."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:142
-msgid "In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronize their clock with the server. The server itself should synchronize its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct time."
-msgstr "Um bestimmte Probleme mit NFS zu vermeiden und um die Fehlersuche zu vereinfachen, muss die Zeit der verschiedenen Maschinen im Netzwerk synchronisiert werden. Um dies zu gewährleisten, ist der Skolelinux Server als ein lokaler Netzwerk-Zeitprotokollserver (NTP) eingerichtet und alle Arbeitsstationen und Clients sind so eingerichtet, dass sie ihre Uhr mit der des Servers synchronisieren. Der Server selbst sollte sich mit NTP über das Internet gegen Zeitservern höherer Ordnung (Stratuum) synchronisieren, um sicherzustellen, dass das ganze Netzwerk die korrekte Zeit führt."
+msgid ""
+"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
+"problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
+"achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time "
+"Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to "
+"synchronize their clock with the server. The server itself should "
+"synchronize its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus "
+"ensuring the whole network has the correct time."
+msgstr ""
+"Um bestimmte Probleme mit NFS zu vermeiden und um die Fehlersuche zu "
+"vereinfachen, muss die Zeit der verschiedenen Maschinen im Netzwerk "
+"synchronisiert werden. Um dies zu gewährleisten, ist der Skolelinux Server "
+"als ein lokaler Netzwerk-Zeitprotokollserver (NTP) eingerichtet und alle "
+"Arbeitsstationen und Clients sind so eingerichtet, dass sie ihre Uhr mit der "
+"des Servers synchronisieren. Der Server selbst sollte sich mit NTP über das "
+"Internet gegen Zeitservern höherer Ordnung (Stratuum) synchronisieren, um "
+"sicherzustellen, dass das ganze Netzwerk die korrekte Zeit führt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:144
-msgid "Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they belong to, this will be achieved by using quota and access control for printers."
-msgstr "Drucker können entweder an das Netzwerk, an einen Server, eine Arbeitsstation oder einen Thin-Client-Server angeschlossen werden. Zugriff auf Drucker kann für bestimmte Benutzer entsprechend ihrer Gruppenzugehörigkeit kontrolliert werden. Dies wird durch die Benutzung von Mengenbegrenzungen und Zugriffskontrollisten für Drucker erreicht."
+msgid ""
+"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
+"or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to "
+"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they "
+"belong to, this will be achieved by using quota and access control for "
+"printers."
+msgstr ""
+"Drucker können entweder an das Netzwerk, an einen Server, eine "
+"Arbeitsstation oder einen Thin-Client-Server angeschlossen werden. Zugriff "
+"auf Drucker kann für bestimmte Benutzer entsprechend ihrer "
+"Gruppenzugehörigkeit kontrolliert werden. Dies wird durch die Benutzung von "
+"Mengenbegrenzungen und Zugriffskontrollisten für Drucker erreicht."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:148
@@ -326,18 +571,48 @@ msgstr "Thin Clients"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:150
-msgid "A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. This means that this machine boots from a diskette or directly from the server using network-PROM (or PXE) without using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup used is that of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP)."
-msgstr "Eine Einrichtung als Thin-Client ermöglicht es einem gewöhnlichen PC, als (X)Terminal zu funktionieren. Das heisst, dass diese Maschine von einer Diskette startet, oder unter Benutzung des Netzwerkkarten PROM direkt von dem Server , ohne die lokale Festplatte zu benutzen. Die benutzte Thin-Client Einrichtung, ist die des Linux Terminal Server Projekts (LTSP)."
+msgid ""
+"A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. "
+"This means that this machine boots from a diskette or directly from the "
+"server using network-PROM (or PXE) without using the local client hard "
+"drive. The thin client setup used is that of the Linux Terminal Server "
+"Project (LTSP)."
+msgstr ""
+"Eine Einrichtung als Thin-Client ermöglicht es einem gewöhnlichen PC, als (X)"
+"Terminal zu funktionieren. Das heisst, dass diese Maschine von einer "
+"Diskette startet, oder unter Benutzung des Netzwerkkarten PROM direkt von "
+"dem Server , ohne die lokale Festplatte zu benutzen. Die benutzte Thin-"
+"Client Einrichtung, ist die des Linux Terminal Server Projekts (LTSP)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:152
-msgid "Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted via NFS from the LTSP-server, and finally X11 is started and connected to the same LTSP-server by XDMCP, thus ensuring that all programs are run on the LTSP-server."
-msgstr "Thin Clients sind ein guter Weg, um ältere schwächere Maschinen zu benutzen, da sie alle Programme effektiv auf dem LTSP-Server ausführen. Dies funktioniert wie folgt: Der Dienst benutzt DHCP und TFTP um sich mit dem Netzwerk zu verbinden und davon zu starten. Als nächstes wird das Dateisystem per NFS vom LTSP-Server eingehängt und letztendlich X11 gestartet und mit dem selben LTSP-Server über XDMCP verbunden, damit sichergestellt ist, dass alle Programme auf dem LTSP-Server ausgeführt werden."
+msgid ""
+"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
+"effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
+"service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the "
+"network. Next, the file system is mounted via NFS from the LTSP-server, and "
+"finally X11 is started and connected to the same LTSP-server by XDMCP, thus "
+"ensuring that all programs are run on the LTSP-server."
+msgstr ""
+"Thin Clients sind ein guter Weg, um ältere schwächere Maschinen zu benutzen, "
+"da sie alle Programme effektiv auf dem LTSP-Server ausführen. Dies "
+"funktioniert wie folgt: Der Dienst benutzt DHCP und TFTP um sich mit dem "
+"Netzwerk zu verbinden und davon zu starten. Als nächstes wird das "
+"Dateisystem per NFS vom LTSP-Server eingehängt und letztendlich X11 "
+"gestartet und mit dem selben LTSP-Server über XDMCP verbunden, damit "
+"sichergestellt ist, dass alle Programme auf dem LTSP-Server ausgeführt "
+"werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:154
-msgid "The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient."
-msgstr "Der Thin Client Server ist eingerichtet um Systemmeldungen (syslog) der Thin Clients zu empfangen und diese an den zentralen Systemmeldungsempfänger weiterzuleiten (weitere Anmerkungen zur Identifikation von Thin Clients auf dem Hauptserver)."
+msgid ""
+"The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
+"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient."
+msgstr ""
+"Der Thin Client Server ist eingerichtet um Systemmeldungen (syslog) der Thin "
+"Clients zu empfangen und diese an den zentralen Systemmeldungsempfänger "
+"weiterzuleiten (weitere Anmerkungen zur Identifikation von Thin Clients auf "
+"dem Hauptserver)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:159
@@ -346,23 +621,57 @@ msgstr "LowFat Arbeitsplatzrechner (ohne Festplatte)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:161
-msgid "For diskless workstations the terms stateless workstations, lowfat clients or half-thick clients are also used."
-msgstr "Für Arbeitsplatzrechner ohne Festplatte wird auch der Begriff \"stateless workstation\", \"lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechner\" oder \"half-thick Client\" benutzt."
+msgid ""
+"For diskless workstations the terms stateless workstations, lowfat clients "
+"or half-thick clients are also used."
+msgstr ""
+"Für Arbeitsplatzrechner ohne Festplatte wird auch der Begriff \"stateless "
+"workstation\", \"lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechner\" oder \"half-thick Client\" "
+"benutzt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:163
-msgid "A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally installed operating system. This means that client machines boot direcly from the servers hard drive without running software installed on a local hard drive."
-msgstr "Bei einem lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechner läuft alle Software auf dem diesem selbst, ohne direkt dort installiert zu sein. Das heisst, der Rechner bootet direkt von der Festplatte des Servers ohne dass auf einer lokalen Festplatte lauffähige Software installiert ist. Das Konzept des lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechners ist nicht neu. Es wurde erstmalig vor 20 jahren von Novell eingesetzt, um Windows-PC's über das Netzwerk zu booten. Inzwischen ist der lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechners Teil des Linux Terminal Server Projektes (LTSP)."
+msgid ""
+"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally "
+"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot direcly "
+"from the servers hard drive without running software installed on a local "
+"hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Bei einem lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechner läuft alle Software auf dem diesem "
+"selbst, ohne direkt dort installiert zu sein. Das heisst, der Rechner bootet "
+"direkt von der Festplatte des Servers ohne dass auf einer lokalen Festplatte "
+"lauffähige Software installiert ist. Das Konzept des lowfat "
+"Arbeitsplatzrechners ist nicht neu. Es wurde erstmalig vor 20 jahren von "
+"Novell eingesetzt, um Windows-PC's über das Netzwerk zu booten. Inzwischen "
+"ist der lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechners Teil des Linux Terminal Server Projektes "
+"(LTSP)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:165
-msgid "Diskless workstations are an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too."
-msgstr "Ein lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechner ist eine gute Möglichkeit um neuere Hardware mit ebenso niedrigen Wartungskosten wie bei Thinclients zu benutzen. Bei einem lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechner laufen alle Anwendunge lokal auf dem Clientrechner. Die Software wird auf dem Server administriert und gewartet, ohne dass sie auf den Clients installiert werden muss. Ebenso werden Benutzerverzeichnisse und Systemeinstellungen auf dem Server gespeichert. Empfohlene Mindestanforderungen sind 256 MB RAM und eine 800 MHZ CPU oder besser. Falls Multimedia oder ähnliche Programme verwendet werden sollen, wird eine lokale Swapplatte empfohlen."
+msgid ""
+"Diskless workstations are an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the "
+"same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and "
+"maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the "
+"clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too."
+msgstr ""
+"Ein lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechner ist eine gute Möglichkeit um neuere Hardware "
+"mit ebenso niedrigen Wartungskosten wie bei Thinclients zu benutzen. Bei "
+"einem lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechner laufen alle Anwendunge lokal auf dem "
+"Clientrechner. Die Software wird auf dem Server administriert und gewartet, "
+"ohne dass sie auf den Clients installiert werden muss. Ebenso werden "
+"Benutzerverzeichnisse und Systemeinstellungen auf dem Server gespeichert. "
+"Empfohlene Mindestanforderungen sind 256 MB RAM und eine 800 MHZ CPU oder "
+"besser. Falls Multimedia oder ähnliche Programme verwendet werden sollen, "
+"wird eine lokale Swapplatte empfohlen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:167
-msgid "Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP) with version 5.0."
-msgstr "Festplattenlose Arbeitsplatzrechner wurden als Teil des Linux Terminal Server Projektes in Version 5.0 vorgestellt."
+msgid ""
+"Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server "
+"Project (LTSP) with version 5.0."
+msgstr ""
+"Festplattenlose Arbeitsplatzrechner wurden als Teil des Linux Terminal "
+"Server Projektes in Version 5.0 vorgestellt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:173
@@ -371,8 +680,14 @@ msgstr "Netzwerkclients"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:175
-msgid "The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin clients and diskless workstations as well as computers running MacOS or Windows."
-msgstr "Mit dem Ausdruck \"Netzwerkclient\" werden in dieser Anleitung sowohl Thin Clients und festplattenlose Arbeitsplatzrechner als auch Computer die MacOS oder Windows verwenden bezeichnet."
+msgid ""
+"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin "
+"clients and diskless workstations as well as computers running MacOS or "
+"Windows."
+msgstr ""
+"Mit dem Ausdruck \"Netzwerkclient\" werden in dieser Anleitung sowohl Thin "
+"Clients und festplattenlose Arbeitsplatzrechner als auch Computer die MacOS "
+"oder Windows verwenden bezeichnet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:180
@@ -381,22 +696,41 @@ msgstr "Administration"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:182
-msgid "All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be possible to login to all machines by ssh, and thereby have full access to the machines"
-msgstr "Alle Linux Maschinen die durch eine Skolelinux CD oder DVD installiert wurden, sind durch einen zenttalen Computer verwaltbar, üblicherweise dem Hauptserver. Es ist möglich, sich auf allen Maschinen mit ssh einzuloggen und somit vollen Zugriff auf die Maschinen zu haben."
+msgid ""
+"All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
+"will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
+"will be possible to login to all machines by ssh, and thereby have full "
+"access to the machines"
+msgstr ""
+"Alle Linux Maschinen die durch eine Skolelinux CD oder DVD installiert "
+"wurden, sind durch einen zenttalen Computer verwaltbar, üblicherweise dem "
+"Hauptserver. Es ist möglich, sich auf allen Maschinen mit ssh einzuloggen "
+"und somit vollen Zugriff auf die Maschinen zu haben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:184
-msgid "We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it suffices to edit the server configuration and let the automatation distribute the changes."
-msgstr "Wir benutzen cfengine um Konfigurationsdateien zu editieren.Diese Dateien werden durch den Server auf den Clients auf Stand gehalten."
+msgid ""
+"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
+"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
+"suffices to edit the server configuration and let the automatation "
+"distribute the changes."
+msgstr ""
+"Wir benutzen cfengine um Konfigurationsdateien zu editieren.Diese Dateien "
+"werden durch den Server auf den Clients auf Stand gehalten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:186
-msgid "All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts are made against this database and is used by the clients for user authentication."
-msgstr "Alle Benutzerinformationen werden in einem LDAP-Verzeichnis gehalten. Aktualisierungen von Benutzerkonten werden in dieser Datenbank durchgeführt, die auch von den Clients zur Authentifizierung der Benutzer benutzt wird."
+msgid ""
+"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
+"are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
+"authentication."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle Benutzerinformationen werden in einem LDAP-Verzeichnis gehalten. "
+"Aktualisierungen von Benutzerkonten werden in dieser Datenbank durchgeführt, "
+"die auch von den Clients zur Authentifizierung der Benutzer benutzt wird."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:191
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:524
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:191 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:524
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Installation"
@@ -407,13 +741,31 @@ msgstr "Die Installation ist entweder von CD oder von DVD möglich."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:195
-msgid "The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD installation works without access to the Internet."
-msgstr "Das Ziel ist, in der Lage zu sein, einen Server von CD/DVD zu installieren und Clients über das Netzwerk zu installieren indem alle anderen Maschinen vom Netzwerk starten. Die DVD Installation arbeitet ohne Zugriff auf das Internet."
+msgid ""
+"The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
+"over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
+"installation works without access to the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Das Ziel ist, in der Lage zu sein, einen Server von CD/DVD zu installieren "
+"und Clients über das Netzwerk zu installieren indem alle anderen Maschinen "
+"vom Netzwerk starten. Die DVD Installation arbeitet ohne Zugriff auf das "
+"Internet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:197
-msgid "The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, workstation, thin client server). All other configuration will be set up automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a centrally location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation."
-msgstr "Die Installation sollte keine Fragen stellen, mit der Ausnahme der gewünschten Sprache (z.B. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami, German, ...) und dem Maschinen Profil (Server, Arbeitsstation, Thin Client Server). Alle anderen Einstellungen werden automatisch mit vernünftigen Werten vorbelegt, um von dem Systemadministrator von einer zentraler Stelle nach der Installation geändert werden zu können."
+msgid ""
+"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
+"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
+"workstation, thin client server). All other configuration will be set up "
+"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a centrally "
+"location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Installation sollte keine Fragen stellen, mit der Ausnahme der "
+"gewünschten Sprache (z.B. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami, German, ...) und "
+"dem Maschinen Profil (Server, Arbeitsstation, Thin Client Server). Alle "
+"anderen Einstellungen werden automatisch mit vernünftigen Werten vorbelegt, "
+"um von dem Systemadministrator von einer zentraler Stelle nach der "
+"Installation geändert werden zu können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:202
@@ -422,38 +774,152 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration des Dateisystem-Zugriffs"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:204
-msgid "Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by everyone on the internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by anyone but the user."
-msgstr "Jedem Skolelinux Benutzerkonto ist ein Abschnitt des Dateisystems auf dem Server zugewiesen. Dieser Abschnitt (Benutzerverzeichnis) beinhaltet die Konfigurationsdateien, Dokumente, E-Mails und Webseiten des Benutzer. Einige der Dateien sollten mit Lesezugriff für andere Benutzer auf dem System ausgestattet sein, einige sollten lesbar für Jedermann im Internet und manche sollten für Keinen, außer dem Benutzer selbst, lesbar sein."
+msgid ""
+"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
+"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
+"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to "
+"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by "
+"everyone on the internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by "
+"anyone but the user."
+msgstr ""
+"Jedem Skolelinux Benutzerkonto ist ein Abschnitt des Dateisystems auf dem "
+"Server zugewiesen. Dieser Abschnitt (Benutzerverzeichnis) beinhaltet die "
+"Konfigurationsdateien, Dokumente, E-Mails und Webseiten des Benutzer. Einige "
+"der Dateien sollten mit Lesezugriff für andere Benutzer auf dem System "
+"ausgestattet sein, einige sollten lesbar für Jedermann im Internet und "
+"manche sollten für Keinen, außer dem Benutzer selbst, lesbar sein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:206
-msgid "To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/ </computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/ </computeroutput>, in which all the user accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed, to accomodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage."
-msgstr "Um sicherzustellen, dass alle Festplatten, die für Benutzerverzeichnisse oder gemeinsame Verzeichnisse auf allen Computern in der Installation benutzt werden, einheitlich benannt werden können, sind sie als <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/ </computeroutput>. Zunächst ist ein Verzeichnis auf dem Dateiserver erstellt, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/ </computeroutput>, in dem all die Benutzerverzeichnisse erstellt wurden. Mehr Verzeichnisse können dann erzeugt werden, wenn sie benötigt werden, um bestimmten Benutzergruppen oder bestimmte Muster der Nutzung unterzubringen."
+msgid ""
+"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
+"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
+"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/ "
+"</computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, "
+"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/ </computeroutput>, in which all the "
+"user accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed, "
+"to accomodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage."
+msgstr ""
+"Um sicherzustellen, dass alle Festplatten, die für Benutzerverzeichnisse "
+"oder gemeinsame Verzeichnisse auf allen Computern in der Installation "
+"benutzt werden, einheitlich benannt werden können, sind sie als "
+"<computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/ </computeroutput>. Zunächst ist ein "
+"Verzeichnis auf dem Dateiserver erstellt, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/"
+"home0/ </computeroutput>, in dem all die Benutzerverzeichnisse erstellt "
+"wurden. Mehr Verzeichnisse können dann erzeugt werden, wenn sie benötigt "
+"werden, um bestimmten Benutzergruppen oder bestimmte Muster der Nutzung "
+"unterzubringen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:210
-msgid "To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private group should be identical to the username. (<ulink url=\"http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups.html\">More info on private groups </ulink> is available from Redhat.) This allows for all new files created by the user to be set with full access for the file's group. Together with set-gid bit on directories and inheritance of rights, this enables controlled file sharing between the members of a file group. Therefore, the users' umask should be 00X. (If all users initially should be able to read newly created files, then X=2. If only the relevant group should be given initial read access then X=7.)"
-msgstr "Um die Kontrolle von geteiltem Dateizugriff unter Benutzung von Dateigruppen zu ermöglichen, jeder Benutzer muss einer primären Gruppe ohne anderen Mitgliedern zugeordnet sein. Der Name dieser privaten Gruppe sollte identisch mit dem Benutzernamen sein. (<ulink url=\"http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups.html\">Mehr Info über private Gruppen </ulink> ist von Redhat verfügbar.) Dies erlaubt für alle neuen von dem Benutzer erzeugten Dateien das Setzen des vollen Zugriffs für die Dateigruppe. Zusammen mit dem set-gid Bit auf Verzeichnissen und der Vererbung von Rechten, ermöglicht es kontrollierten gemeinsamen Dateizugriff zwischen den Mitgliedern einer Dateigruppe. Dazu sollte die umask 00X des Benutzer sein. (Falls alle Benutzer anfänglich in der Lage sein sollen, neue erstellte Dateien zu lesen, dann X=2. Falls nur der relevanten Gruppe anfänglicher Lesezugriff gegeben werden soll, dann ist X=7.)"
+msgid ""
+"To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
+"be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
+"group should be identical to the username. (<ulink url=\"http://www.redhat."
+"com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups."
+"html\">More info on private groups </ulink> is available from Redhat.) This "
+"allows for all new files created by the user to be set with full access for "
+"the file's group. Together with set-gid bit on directories and inheritance "
+"of rights, this enables controlled file sharing between the members of a "
+"file group. Therefore, the users' umask should be 00X. (If all users "
+"initially should be able to read newly created files, then X=2. If only the "
+"relevant group should be given initial read access then X=7.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Um die Kontrolle von geteiltem Dateizugriff unter Benutzung von Dateigruppen "
+"zu ermöglichen, jeder Benutzer muss einer primären Gruppe ohne anderen "
+"Mitgliedern zugeordnet sein. Der Name dieser privaten Gruppe sollte "
+"identisch mit dem Benutzernamen sein. (<ulink url=\"http://www.redhat.com/"
+"docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups.html"
+"\">Mehr Info über private Gruppen </ulink> ist von Redhat verfügbar.) Dies "
+"erlaubt für alle neuen von dem Benutzer erzeugten Dateien das Setzen des "
+"vollen Zugriffs für die Dateigruppe. Zusammen mit dem set-gid Bit auf "
+"Verzeichnissen und der Vererbung von Rechten, ermöglicht es kontrollierten "
+"gemeinsamen Dateizugriff zwischen den Mitgliedern einer Dateigruppe. Dazu "
+"sollte die umask 00X des Benutzer sein. (Falls alle Benutzer anfänglich in "
+"der Lage sein sollen, neue erstellte Dateien zu lesen, dann X=2. Falls nur "
+"der relevanten Gruppe anfänglicher Lesezugriff gegeben werden soll, dann ist "
+"X=7.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:213
-msgid "The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be removed by explicit user action, or they may be initially blocked, necessitating user action to make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material they create will be accessible to all other users. This is detectable only upon inspection of other users' directories, where one can see that the files are readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration issues)."
-msgstr "Die anfängliche Einstellung der Zugriffsrechte für neu erstellte Dateien ist eine Sache der Politik. Sie können einerseits so eingestellt sein, dass jedem Lesezugriff gegeben wird, der später durch den Benutzer gezielt wieder entfernt werden kann, oder sie sind anfänglich gesperrt, mit der Notwendigkeit sie durch gezielten Benutzereingriff zugreifbar zu machen. Der erste Ansatz fördert das Teilen von Wissen und macht das System mehr transparent, wogegen die zweite Methode das Risiko von ungewünschter Verbreitung von empfindlichen Informationen senkt. Das Problem mit der ersten Lösung ist, dass es für die Benutzer nicht ersichtlich ist, dass das von ihnen erstellte Material durch alle anderen zugreifbar ist. Dies ist nur durch die Untersuchung der Benutzerverzeichnisse erkennbar, wo man sehen kann, dass die Dateien lesbar sind. Das Problem mit der zweiten Lösung besteht darin, dass wahrscheinlich wenig Leute ihre Dateien zugreifbar machen möchten, selbst wenn sie keine empfindlichen Informationen enthalten und der Inhalt hilfreich für neugierige Benutzer wäre, die lernen wollen, wie andere bestimmte Probleme gelöst haben (typischerweise Konfigurationsthemen)."
+msgid ""
+"The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. "
+"They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be "
+"removed by explicit user action, or they may be initially blocked, "
+"necessitating user action to make them accessible. The first approach "
+"encourages knowledge sharing, and makes the system more transparent, whereas "
+"the second method decreases the risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive "
+"information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent "
+"to the users that the material they create will be accessible to all other "
+"users. This is detectable only upon inspection of other users' directories, "
+"where one can see that the files are readable. The problem with the second "
+"solution is that few people are likely to make their files accessible, even "
+"if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be "
+"helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved "
+"particular problems (typically configuration issues)."
+msgstr ""
+"Die anfängliche Einstellung der Zugriffsrechte für neu erstellte Dateien ist "
+"eine Sache der Politik. Sie können einerseits so eingestellt sein, dass "
+"jedem Lesezugriff gegeben wird, der später durch den Benutzer gezielt wieder "
+"entfernt werden kann, oder sie sind anfänglich gesperrt, mit der "
+"Notwendigkeit sie durch gezielten Benutzereingriff zugreifbar zu machen. Der "
+"erste Ansatz fördert das Teilen von Wissen und macht das System mehr "
+"transparent, wogegen die zweite Methode das Risiko von ungewünschter "
+"Verbreitung von empfindlichen Informationen senkt. Das Problem mit der "
+"ersten Lösung ist, dass es für die Benutzer nicht ersichtlich ist, dass das "
+"von ihnen erstellte Material durch alle anderen zugreifbar ist. Dies ist nur "
+"durch die Untersuchung der Benutzerverzeichnisse erkennbar, wo man sehen "
+"kann, dass die Dateien lesbar sind. Das Problem mit der zweiten Lösung "
+"besteht darin, dass wahrscheinlich wenig Leute ihre Dateien zugreifbar "
+"machen möchten, selbst wenn sie keine empfindlichen Informationen enthalten "
+"und der Inhalt hilfreich für neugierige Benutzer wäre, die lernen wollen, "
+"wie andere bestimmte Probleme gelöst haben (typischerweise "
+"Konfigurationsthemen)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:215
-msgid "Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but particular directories are created in which the content is initially blocked. This will simplify deciding whether the file should be made readable or not. Concretely, umask should be set to 002, and <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> created with privileges 0775, <computeroutput>~/priv/ </computeroutput> given 0750,and <computeroutput>~/pub/ </computeroutput> given 0775. Files that should not be readable by others should be put in <computeroutput>~/priv/ </computeroutput>, whereas public files will be put in <computeroutput>~/pub/ </computeroutput>. Other files will initially be accessible, but may be blocked as needed."
-msgstr "Empfehlung: Die Dateien werden anfänglich auf lesbar für alle gesetzt, aber bestimmte Verzeichnisse werden erzeugt, in denen der Inhalt anfänglich gesperrt ist. Dies wird einfach entscheiden, ob die Datei lesbar gemacht werden soll, oder nicht. Konkret sollte umask auf 002 gesetzt werden und <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> mit den Privilegien0775 erzeugt werden, <computeroutput>~/priv/ </computeroutput> mit 0750 und <computeroutput>~/pub/ </computeroutput> mit 0775. Dateien, die nicht lesbar für andere sein sollen, sollten in <computeroutput>~/priv/ </computeroutput> gespeichert werden, wogegen öffentliche Dateien in <computeroutput>~/pub/ </computeroutput> gespeichert werden. Andere Dateien werden anfänglich zugreifbar sein, können aber wie benötigt gesperrt werden."
+msgid ""
+"Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
+"particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
+"blocked. This will simplify deciding whether the file should be made "
+"readable or not. Concretely, umask should be set to 002, and "
+"<computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> created with privileges 0775, "
+"<computeroutput>~/priv/ </computeroutput> given 0750,and <computeroutput>~/"
+"pub/ </computeroutput> given 0775. Files that should not be readable by "
+"others should be put in <computeroutput>~/priv/ </computeroutput>, whereas "
+"public files will be put in <computeroutput>~/pub/ </computeroutput>. Other "
+"files will initially be accessible, but may be blocked as needed."
+msgstr ""
+"Empfehlung: Die Dateien werden anfänglich auf lesbar für alle gesetzt, aber "
+"bestimmte Verzeichnisse werden erzeugt, in denen der Inhalt anfänglich "
+"gesperrt ist. Dies wird einfach entscheiden, ob die Datei lesbar gemacht "
+"werden soll, oder nicht. Konkret sollte umask auf 002 gesetzt werden und "
+"<computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> mit den Privilegien0775 erzeugt werden, "
+"<computeroutput>~/priv/ </computeroutput> mit 0750 und <computeroutput>~/"
+"pub/ </computeroutput> mit 0775. Dateien, die nicht lesbar für andere sein "
+"sollen, sollten in <computeroutput>~/priv/ </computeroutput> gespeichert "
+"werden, wogegen öffentliche Dateien in <computeroutput>~/pub/ </"
+"computeroutput> gespeichert werden. Andere Dateien werden anfänglich "
+"zugreifbar sein, können aber wie benötigt gesperrt werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:222
-msgid "ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> is 755."
-msgstr "ssh erfordert, dass das Heimatverzeichnis des Benutzers nur durch den Benutzer beschreibbar ist, somit ist das maximum an Zugriffsprivilegien 755 für <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput>."
+msgid ""
+"ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
+"thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> "
+"is 755."
+msgstr ""
+"ssh erfordert, dass das Heimatverzeichnis des Benutzers nur durch den "
+"Benutzer beschreibbar ist, somit ist das maximum an Zugriffsprivilegien 755 "
+"für <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:225
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
-msgstr "- Zugriff auf Heimatverzeichnisse (*~/.)? - Heimatverzeichnisse - Gemeinsame Verzeichnisse?"
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+msgstr ""
+"- Zugriff auf Heimatverzeichnisse (*~/.)? - Heimatverzeichnisse - Gemeinsame "
+"Verzeichnisse?"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:232
@@ -462,18 +928,31 @@ msgstr "Zufällige Notizen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:234
-msgid "These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this document."
-msgstr "Diese zufälligen Notizen betreffen Dinge, die in diesem Dokument enthalten sein sollten."
+msgid ""
+"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
+"document."
+msgstr ""
+"Diese zufälligen Notizen betreffen Dinge, die in diesem Dokument enthalten "
+"sein sollten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:236
-msgid "Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which groups have access to which machines."
-msgstr "Zentralisierte Benutzerdatenbank mit Gruppierung und der Fähigkeit zu kontrollieren, welche Gruppen auf welche Maschinen Zugriff haben."
+msgid ""
+"Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which "
+"groups have access to which machines."
+msgstr ""
+"Zentralisierte Benutzerdatenbank mit Gruppierung und der Fähigkeit zu "
+"kontrollieren, welche Gruppen auf welche Maschinen Zugriff haben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:239
-msgid "Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)"
-msgstr "Gruppierung von Maschinen und der Fähigkeit der Zugriffskontrolle auf Netzwerkdienste für diese Gruppen (Zugriffssperre auf das Internet durch squid)"
+msgid ""
+"Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for "
+"these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)"
+msgstr ""
+"Gruppierung von Maschinen und der Fähigkeit der Zugriffskontrolle auf "
+"Netzwerkdienste für diese Gruppen (Zugriffssperre auf das Internet durch "
+"squid)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:242
@@ -483,8 +962,23 @@ msgstr "Sollte auf einen DNS Namen nach RFC 2606 prüfen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:246
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink url=\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en\"/> ( at that time it was Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter Reinholdtsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:pere at hungry.com\">pere at hungry.com </ulink> >, released under the GPL) - note to translators: there are translations for this document already, which you can also copy and paste. But keep those copyright notes as well. </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Dieses Kapitel wurde kopiert und eingefügt von <ulink url=\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en\">http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en </ulink> ( zu diesem Zeitpunkt war es Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter Reinholdtsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:pere at hungry.com\">pere at hungry.com </ulink>>, released under the GPL) - Notiz an Übersetzer: es gibt bereits Übersetzungen für dieses Dokument, die Sie auch kopieren und einfügen können. Aber erhalten Sie jene Copyright Notizen ebenso. </emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink url="
+"\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en\"/> ( at that "
+"time it was Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter Reinholdtsen < "
+"<ulink url=\"mailto:pere at hungry.com\">pere at hungry.com </ulink> >, "
+"released under the GPL) - note to translators: there are translations for "
+"this document already, which you can also copy and paste. But keep those "
+"copyright notes as well. </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Dieses Kapitel wurde kopiert und eingefügt von "
+"<ulink url=\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en"
+"\">http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en </ulink> "
+"( zu diesem Zeitpunkt war es Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter "
+"Reinholdtsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:pere at hungry.com\">pere at hungry.com </"
+"ulink>>, released under the GPL) - Notiz an Übersetzer: es gibt bereits "
+"Übersetzungen für dieses Dokument, die Sie auch kopieren und einfügen "
+"können. Aber erhalten Sie jene Copyright Notizen ebenso. </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:254
@@ -494,32 +988,28 @@ msgstr "Funktionen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:258
#, fuzzy
-msgid "New features in the Debian Edu 5.0.1+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\" release 2009-??-??"
+msgid ""
+"New features in the Debian Edu 5.0.1+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\" release "
+"2009-??-??"
msgstr "Neue Funktionen im \"3.0 Terra\" Release 2007-12-05"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:260
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:526
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1218
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1245
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1281
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1376
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1520
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1527
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2003
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2108
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2399
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2433
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2449
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2467
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2474
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2830
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2845
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2857
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2867
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3397
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:260 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:526
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1218 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1245
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1281 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1376
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1520 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1527
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2003 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2108
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2399 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2433
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2449 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2467
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2474 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2830
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2845 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2857
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2867 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3397
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:264
@@ -539,13 +1029,21 @@ msgstr "Neue Funktionen im \"3.0 Terra\" Release 2007-12-05"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:276
-msgid "much improved documentation with updated translations to German, Norwegian Bokmal and Italian"
-msgstr "stark verbesserte Dokumentation mit upgedateten Übersetzungen in die Sprachen Deutsch, Norwegisch, Bokmal und Italienisch"
+msgid ""
+"much improved documentation with updated translations to German, Norwegian "
+"Bokmal and Italian"
+msgstr ""
+"stark verbesserte Dokumentation mit upgedateten Übersetzungen in die "
+"Sprachen Deutsch, Norwegisch, Bokmal und Italienisch"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:279
-msgid "includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that came to our attentention after the 3.0r0 release"
-msgstr "beinhaltet mehr als 40 Bugfixes, Verbesserungen und Security Updates auf die wir nach dem Release von Version 3.0r0 aufmerksam wurden."
+msgid ""
+"includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that came "
+"to our attentention after the 3.0r0 release"
+msgstr ""
+"beinhaltet mehr als 40 Bugfixes, Verbesserungen und Security Updates auf die "
+"wir nach dem Release von Version 3.0r0 aufmerksam wurden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:286
@@ -610,22 +1108,29 @@ msgstr "Automatische Verfolgung von installierten Maschinen mit Sitesummary."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:322
msgid "Automatic configuration of munin using data from Sitesummary."
-msgstr "Automatische Konfiguration von Munin unter Benutzung der Daten von Sitesummary."
+msgstr ""
+"Automatische Konfiguration von Munin unter Benutzung der Daten von "
+"Sitesummary."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:325
msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk."
-msgstr "Automatische Versionskontrolle von Konfigurationsdateien in /etc/ mit svk."
+msgstr ""
+"Automatische Versionskontrolle von Konfigurationsdateien in /etc/ mit svk."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:328
msgid "File systems sizes can be extended while the file system is mounted."
-msgstr "Dateisystemgrößen können erweitert werden, während das Dateisystem eingehängt ist."
+msgstr ""
+"Dateisystemgrößen können erweitert werden, während das Dateisystem "
+"eingehängt ist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:330
msgid "Support automatically extending file system based on predefined rules."
-msgstr "Unterstützung der automatischen Erweiterung des Dateisystems nach vordefinierten Regeln."
+msgstr ""
+"Unterstützung der automatischen Erweiterung des Dateisystems nach "
+"vordefinierten Regeln."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:335
@@ -634,8 +1139,14 @@ msgstr "Lokale Geräteunterstützung auf Thin Clients."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:338
-msgid "New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc (experimental support, installation media only boots on the newworld subarchitecture)"
-msgstr "Neue Prozessor Architekturen: amd64 (voll unterstützt) und powerpc (experimentelle Unterstützung, Installationsmedium startet nur auf Newworld Unterarchitektur)"
+msgid ""
+"New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc "
+"(experimental support, installation media only boots on the newworld "
+"subarchitecture)"
+msgstr ""
+"Neue Prozessor Architekturen: amd64 (voll unterstützt) und powerpc "
+"(experimentelle Unterstützung, Installationsmedium startet nur auf Newworld "
+"Unterarchitektur)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:341
@@ -644,19 +1155,44 @@ msgstr "Multiarchitektur-DVD's für i386, amd64 und powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:344
-msgid "Regression: the CD-install requires Internet access during installation. Previous versions could be installed from one CD without Internet access."
-msgstr "Rückschritt: Die CD-Installation erfordert Internetzugriff während der Installation. Vorherige Versionen konnten von einer CD ohne Internetzugriff installiert werden."
+msgid ""
+"Regression: the CD-install requires Internet access during installation. "
+"Previous versions could be installed from one CD without Internet access."
+msgstr ""
+"Rückschritt: Die CD-Installation erfordert Internetzugriff während der "
+"Installation. Vorherige Versionen konnten von einer CD ohne Internetzugriff "
+"installiert werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:347
-msgid "Regression: <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput> is now removed from Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based user administration tool named <computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>, which doesn't has the same functionality as <computeroutput>wlus </computeroutput>, the old user administration tool. But <computeroutput>wlus </computeroutput> requires <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Rückschritt: <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput> ist jetzt aus Debian entfernt worden, wegen Problemen es zu unterstützen. Wir haben ein neues webbasiertes Benutzer Administrationswerkzeug namens <computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput> hinzugefügt, das nicht die gleichen Funktionen wie <computeroutput>wlus </computeroutput> hat, dem alten Benutzer Administrationswerkzeug. Aber <computeroutput>wlus </computeroutput> erfordert <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput>."
+msgid ""
+"Regression: <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput> is now removed from "
+"Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based user "
+"administration tool named <computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>, which "
+"doesn't has the same functionality as <computeroutput>wlus </"
+"computeroutput>, the old user administration tool. But <computeroutput>wlus "
+"</computeroutput> requires <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Rückschritt: <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput> ist jetzt aus Debian "
+"entfernt worden, wegen Problemen es zu unterstützen. Wir haben ein neues "
+"webbasiertes Benutzer Administrationswerkzeug namens <computeroutput>lwat </"
+"computeroutput> hinzugefügt, das nicht die gleichen Funktionen wie "
+"<computeroutput>wlus </computeroutput> hat, dem alten Benutzer "
+"Administrationswerkzeug. Aber <computeroutput>wlus </computeroutput> "
+"erfordert <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:355
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Regression: swi-prolog is not part of etch, but was part of sarge. The <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/TeachAndLearn#\">HowTo teach and learn </ulink> Chapter describes how to install swi-prolog on etch."
-msgstr "Rückschritt: swi-prolog ist nicht Teil von etch, aber es war Teil von sarge. Das <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">HowTo teach and learn</link> Kapitel beschreibt wie swi-prolog auf etch installiert wird."
+msgid ""
+"Regression: swi-prolog is not part of etch, but was part of sarge. The "
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/"
+"TeachAndLearn#\">HowTo teach and learn </ulink> Chapter describes how to "
+"install swi-prolog on etch."
+msgstr ""
+"Rückschritt: swi-prolog ist nicht Teil von etch, aber es war Teil von sarge. "
+"Das <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">HowTo teach and learn</link> Kapitel "
+"beschreibt wie swi-prolog auf etch installiert wird."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:363
@@ -721,8 +1257,13 @@ msgstr "Mehr Informationen zu älteren Releases"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:404
#, fuzzy
-msgid "More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url=\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\"/>."
-msgstr "Mehr Informationen zu älteren Releases können auf <ulink url=\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\">http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html </ulink> gefunden werden.."
+msgid ""
+"More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url=\"http://"
+"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Mehr Informationen zu älteren Releases können auf <ulink url=\"http://"
+"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\">http://developer."
+"skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html </ulink> gefunden werden.."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:410
@@ -731,8 +1272,18 @@ msgstr "Vorraussetzungen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:412
-msgid "There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many schools operated centrally. This variety of configurations makes a huge difference on how things are set up regarding network components, servers and client machines."
-msgstr "Es gibt verschiedene Möglichkeiten eine Skolelinux Lösung einzurichten. Es kann einfach auf einem alleinstehendem PC, oder einer regionalen Lösung mit vielen Schulen installiert werden. Diese Vielfalt an Konfigurationen macht einen großen Unterschied aus, wie eingerichtet werden, Netzwerkkomponenten, Servern und Clients betreffend."
+msgid ""
+"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
+"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
+"schools operated centrally. This variety of configurations makes a huge "
+"difference on how things are set up regarding network components, servers "
+"and client machines."
+msgstr ""
+"Es gibt verschiedene Möglichkeiten eine Skolelinux Lösung einzurichten. Es "
+"kann einfach auf einem alleinstehendem PC, oder einer regionalen Lösung mit "
+"vielen Schulen installiert werden. Diese Vielfalt an Konfigurationen macht "
+"einen großen Unterschied aus, wie eingerichtet werden, Netzwerkkomponenten, "
+"Servern und Clients betreffend."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:416
@@ -741,18 +1292,32 @@ msgstr "Hardwareanforderungen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:418
-msgid "the computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either i386, amd64 or powerpc processors."
-msgstr "Der Computers, auf dem Debian Edu / Skolelinux ausgeführt werden soll, muß entweder einen i386, amd64 oder powerpc Prozessor haben."
+msgid ""
+"the computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either i386, amd64 "
+"or powerpc processors."
+msgstr ""
+"Der Computers, auf dem Debian Edu / Skolelinux ausgeführt werden soll, muß "
+"entweder einen i386, amd64 oder powerpc Prozessor haben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:420
-msgid "On powerpc, the installation media will only boot on machines of the newworld sub-architecture, which are the systems from apple with a translucent case"
-msgstr "Auf powerpc wird das Installationsmedium nur auf den newworld sub-architektur Maschinen starten, die Apple-Systeme mit einem transparenten Gehäuse sind."
+msgid ""
+"On powerpc, the installation media will only boot on machines of the "
+"newworld sub-architecture, which are the systems from apple with a "
+"translucent case"
+msgstr ""
+"Auf powerpc wird das Installationsmedium nur auf den newworld sub-"
+"architektur Maschinen starten, die Apple-Systeme mit einem transparenten "
+"Gehäuse sind."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:425
-msgid "thin client (LTSP) servers need two network cards when using the default network architecture:"
-msgstr "Thin-Client-Server (LTSP) benötigen zwei Netzwerkkarten, wenn sie die Standard Netzwerkarchitektur nutzen sollen."
+msgid ""
+"thin client (LTSP) servers need two network cards when using the default "
+"network architecture:"
+msgstr ""
+"Thin-Client-Server (LTSP) benötigen zwei Netzwerkkarten, wenn sie die "
+"Standard Netzwerkarchitektur nutzen sollen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:427
@@ -767,25 +1332,52 @@ msgstr "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) versorgt die Thin-Clients"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:435
#, fuzzy
-msgid "disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk larger than 10 GiB will be sufficient for installation, though you should have at least 20 GiB on the main server for production use. As usual, the bigger the better."
-msgstr "Die benötigte Festplattenkapazität hängt von den verwendeten Nutzerprofilen ab. Aber 8 GiB sind notwendig. Wie immer gilt: Je größer, desto besser."
+msgid ""
+"disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk larger than 10 "
+"GiB will be sufficient for installation, though you should have at least 20 "
+"GiB on the main server for production use. As usual, the bigger the better."
+msgstr ""
+"Die benötigte Festplattenkapazität hängt von den verwendeten Nutzerprofilen "
+"ab. Aber 8 GiB sind notwendig. Wie immer gilt: Je größer, desto besser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:438
#, fuzzy
-msgid "for the thin clients can run on 64 MB RAM and 133 MHz processor. Recommended minimum is 128 MB RAM. Swap is required. Consult advice #1."
-msgstr "Für die Thin-Clients sind 32 MB RAM und 133 MHz das benötigte Minimum. Swap ist erforderlich."
+msgid ""
+"for the thin clients can run on 64 MB RAM and 133 MHz processor. Recommended "
+"minimum is 128 MB RAM. Swap is required. Consult advice #1."
+msgstr ""
+"Für die Thin-Clients sind 32 MB RAM und 133 MHz das benötigte Minimum. Swap "
+"ist erforderlich."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:441
-msgid "for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM and 8 GiB disc space are recommended minimum requirements"
-msgstr "Für Workstations , also vernetzte Einzelplatzrechner sind 450 MHz, 256 MB RAM und 8 GiB Festplattenspeicher das erforderliche Minimum."
+msgid ""
+"for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM and 8 GiB disc space "
+"are recommended minimum requirements"
+msgstr ""
+"Für Workstations , also vernetzte Einzelplatzrechner sind 450 MHz, 256 MB "
+"RAM und 8 GiB Festplattenspeicher das erforderliche Minimum."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:444
#, fuzzy
-msgid "for diskless workstations (also known as stateless workstations, lowfat clients or half-thick clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended minimum requirements. Swapping over the network is automatically enabled, the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE variable. Please <emphasis>tune up the swap size </emphasis> either locally on the pc or on the server. Please consult advice #2 and make at least 512 MB swap on a 256 MB RAM lowfat client."
-msgstr "Für Arbeitsplatzrechner ohne Festplatte (auch bekannt als LowFat-Clients) sind 256 MB RAM und 800 MHz das erforderliche Minimum. Swapping über das Netzwerk ist automatisch voreingestellt. Die Größe des Swapspeichers beträgt 32 MB. Wenn Sie mehr benötigen, können sie das durch Editieren der Datei /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf auf dem Tjener einstellen indem Sie die SIZE Variable setzen."
+msgid ""
+"for diskless workstations (also known as stateless workstations, lowfat "
+"clients or half-thick clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended "
+"minimum requirements. Swapping over the network is automatically enabled, "
+"the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can tune this by editing /etc/"
+"ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE variable. Please <emphasis>tune "
+"up the swap size </emphasis> either locally on the pc or on the server. "
+"Please consult advice #2 and make at least 512 MB swap on a 256 MB RAM "
+"lowfat client."
+msgstr ""
+"Für Arbeitsplatzrechner ohne Festplatte (auch bekannt als LowFat-Clients) "
+"sind 256 MB RAM und 800 MHz das erforderliche Minimum. Swapping über das "
+"Netzwerk ist automatisch voreingestellt. Die Größe des Swapspeichers beträgt "
+"32 MB. Wenn Sie mehr benötigen, können sie das durch Editieren der Datei /"
+"etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf auf dem Tjener einstellen indem Sie die SIZE Variable "
+"setzen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:448
@@ -799,13 +1391,38 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:455
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">1) </emphasis> Due to memory usage on the thin clients X-server when running Firefox and <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice </ulink>.org, 128 MB RAM is recommended minimum."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">1) </emphasis> Durch den Speicherverbrauch auf des Thinclient X-Servers wenn Firefox und <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice </ulink>.org gleichzeitig laufen, empfiehlt es sich, mindestens 128 MB RAM zur Verfügung zu haben."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1) </emphasis> Due to memory usage on the thin "
+"clients X-server when running Firefox and <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
+"org/OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice </ulink>.org, 128 MB RAM is recommended minimum."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1) </emphasis> Durch den Speicherverbrauch auf "
+"des Thinclient X-Servers wenn Firefox und <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
+"org/OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice </ulink>.org gleichzeitig laufen, empfiehlt es "
+"sich, mindestens 128 MB RAM zur Verfügung zu haben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:459
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">2) </emphasis> On 256 MB RAM lowfat clients the spell checker makes <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice </ulink>.org hang i the swap space is to small. Then the sys.admin has to disable the spell checker on <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice </ulink>.org or students has to kill <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice </ulink> losing their work. Enabling at least 512 MB swap on a 256 MB RAM diskless workstation counter this problem, and the spell checker runs smoothly."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">2) </emphasis> Mit 256 MB RAM auf Lowfat-Clients die Rechtschreikontrolle von <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice </ulink>.org bleibt hängen, weil der Swap-Speicher zu klein ist. Dann kann der System-Administrator die Rechtschreibekontrolle von <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice </ulink>.org ausschalten oder der Schüler muß den <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice </ulink> Prozess killen und verliert dabei seine Arbeit. Wenn mindestens 512 MB Swap-Speicher an einer 256 MB RAM Diskless-Workstation zur Verfügung gestellt werden, läuft die Rechtschreibkontrolle auch ohne Probleme."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2) </emphasis> On 256 MB RAM lowfat clients the "
+"spell checker makes <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#"
+"\">OpenOffice </ulink>.org hang i the swap space is to small. Then the sys."
+"admin has to disable the spell checker on <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
+"org/OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice </ulink>.org or students has to kill <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice </ulink> losing their "
+"work. Enabling at least 512 MB swap on a 256 MB RAM diskless workstation "
+"counter this problem, and the spell checker runs smoothly."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2) </emphasis> Mit 256 MB RAM auf Lowfat-Clients "
+"die Rechtschreikontrolle von <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#"
+"\">OpenOffice </ulink>.org bleibt hängen, weil der Swap-Speicher zu klein "
+"ist. Dann kann der System-Administrator die Rechtschreibekontrolle von "
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice </ulink>.org "
+"ausschalten oder der Schüler muß den <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice </ulink> Prozess killen und verliert dabei seine "
+"Arbeit. Wenn mindestens 512 MB Swap-Speicher an einer 256 MB RAM Diskless-"
+"Workstation zur Verfügung gestellt werden, läuft die Rechtschreibkontrolle "
+"auch ohne Probleme."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:470
@@ -815,13 +1432,24 @@ msgstr "Getestete Hardware"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:472
#, fuzzy
-msgid "A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "Eine Liste mit getesteter Hardware erhalten Sie auf <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </ulink> . Diese Liste ist noch unvollständig <inlinemediaobject>"
+msgid ""
+"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete "
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"Eine Liste mit getesteter Hardware erhalten Sie auf <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ "
+"</ulink> . Diese Liste ist noch unvollständig <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:478
-msgid "An excellent database about hardware supported by Debian is online at <ulink url=\"http://kmuto.jp/debian/hcl/\"/>."
-msgstr "Eine ausgezeichnete Datenbank über Hardware, die von Debian unterstützt wird, findet man online unter <ulink url=\"http://kmuto.jp/debian/hcl/\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"An excellent database about hardware supported by Debian is online at <ulink "
+"url=\"http://kmuto.jp/debian/hcl/\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Eine ausgezeichnete Datenbank über Hardware, die von Debian unterstützt "
+"wird, findet man online unter <ulink url=\"http://kmuto.jp/debian/hcl/\"/>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:484
@@ -830,13 +1458,23 @@ msgstr "Voraussetzungen für ein Netzwerksetup"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:486
-msgid "a router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) providing access to the internet (when using the default network architecture)"
-msgstr "Ein router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1), der Zugang zum Internet bietet (wenn die Standard Netzwerktopologie benutzt wird)"
+msgid ""
+"a router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) providing access to the internet (when using "
+"the default network architecture)"
+msgstr ""
+"Ein router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1), der Zugang zum Internet bietet (wenn die "
+"Standard Netzwerktopologie benutzt wird)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:489
-msgid "for the main server (10.0.2.2): this is the one single computer in the network which get's the <computeroutput>tjener </computeroutput>-profile installed"
-msgstr "Für den Hauptserver (10.0.2.2): dies ist der einzige Computer im Netzwerk, auf dem das <computeroutput>Haupt-Server </computeroutput>-Profilinstalliert wird."
+msgid ""
+"for the main server (10.0.2.2): this is the one single computer in the "
+"network which get's the <computeroutput>tjener </computeroutput>-profile "
+"installed"
+msgstr ""
+"Für den Hauptserver (10.0.2.2): dies ist der einzige Computer im Netzwerk, "
+"auf dem das <computeroutput>Haupt-Server </computeroutput>-Profilinstalliert "
+"wird."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:493
@@ -855,33 +1493,83 @@ msgstr "Router (Internet)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:504
-msgid "A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface, is needed to connect to the internet."
-msgstr "Um Internetzugang zu haben, wird ein Router/Gateway benötigt, welcher über das externe Interface mit dem Internet verbunden ist und auf dem internen Interface die IP-Adresse 10.0.2.1 hat."
+msgid ""
+"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
+"running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface, is needed to "
+"connect to the internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Um Internetzugang zu haben, wird ein Router/Gateway benötigt, welcher über "
+"das externe Interface mit dem Internet verbunden ist und auf dem internen "
+"Interface die IP-Adresse 10.0.2.1 hat."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:506
-msgid "The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though this is not needed and will not be used. (If the router runs a DHCP server you must disable the DHCP server on the main server and you will loose some features and certain documented procedures will work differently. So better disable the DHCP server on the router.)"
-msgstr "Auf dem Router darf kein DHCP Server laufen, ein DNS Server dagegen schon. Dies ist allerdings unnötig und wird nicht benutzt. (Wenn auf dem Server ein DHCP Server läuft müssen sie müssen sie den DHCP Server auf dem Hauptserver deaktivieren. Dadurch verlieren sie einige Features und einige dokumentierte Vorgänge werden anders laufen. Daher ist es besser den DHCP Server auf dem Router zu deaktivieren)."
+msgid ""
+"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though "
+"this is not needed and will not be used. (If the router runs a DHCP server "
+"you must disable the DHCP server on the main server and you will loose some "
+"features and certain documented procedures will work differently. So better "
+"disable the DHCP server on the router.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Auf dem Router darf kein DHCP Server laufen, ein DNS Server dagegen schon. "
+"Dies ist allerdings unnötig und wird nicht benutzt. (Wenn auf dem Server ein "
+"DHCP Server läuft müssen sie müssen sie den DHCP Server auf dem Hauptserver "
+"deaktivieren. Dadurch verlieren sie einige Features und einige dokumentierte "
+"Vorgänge werden anders laufen. Daher ist es besser den DHCP Server auf dem "
+"Router zu deaktivieren)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:508
-msgid "If you are looking for a i386 based solution (so that you can reuse an old PC), we recommend <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org\">IPCop </ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw </ulink>."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Lösung suchen, die auf der i386 aufbaut (damit sie einen alten Computer weiter verwenden können), empfehlen wir <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org\">IPCop </ulink> oder <ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw </ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"If you are looking for a i386 based solution (so that you can reuse an old "
+"PC), we recommend <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org\">IPCop </ulink> or "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie eine Lösung suchen, die auf der i386 aufbaut (damit sie einen alten "
+"Computer weiter verwenden können), empfehlen wir <ulink url=\"http://www."
+"ipcop.org\">IPCop </ulink> oder <ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw"
+"\">floppyfw </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:512
-msgid "If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend using <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT </ulink>, though of course you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier, using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware\">supported hardware </ulink>."
-msgstr "Für Hardwarerouter und Accesspoints empfehlen wir <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT </ulink>, wobei Sie natürlich auch die Originalfirmware verwenden können. Das ist einfacher, allerdings haben Sie mit OpenWRT mehr Auswahlmöglichkeiten und Kontrolle. Für eine Liste unterstützter Hardware besuchen Sie die <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware\">OpenWRT Hardware Seite.</ulink>"
+msgid ""
+"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend "
+"using <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT </ulink>, though of course "
+"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is "
+"easier, using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT "
+"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware"
+"\">supported hardware </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Für Hardwarerouter und Accesspoints empfehlen wir <ulink url=\"http://"
+"openwrt.org\">OpenWRT </ulink>, wobei Sie natürlich auch die "
+"Originalfirmware verwenden können. Das ist einfacher, allerdings haben Sie "
+"mit OpenWRT mehr Auswahlmöglichkeiten und Kontrolle. Für eine Liste "
+"unterstützter Hardware besuchen Sie die <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/"
+"TableOfHardware\">OpenWRT Hardware Seite.</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:516
#, fuzzy
-msgid "It is possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented procedure </ulink> to do this. If you are not forced to do this by an existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend you stay with the default <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture#\">network architecture </ulink>."
-msgstr "Es ist möglich, unterschiedliche Netzwerkinstallationen zu nutzen. Wie das geht, ist <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">hier</ulink> dokumentiert. Wenn Sie jedoch nicht aufgrund einer existierenden Netzwerk Infrastruktur gezwungen sind es zu tun, empfehlen wir Ihnen, sich für die Nutzung der<link linkend=\"Architecture\">Standard Netzwerkarchitektur</link> zu entscheiden."
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented "
+"procedure </ulink> to do this. If you are not forced to do this by an "
+"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend "
+"you stay with the default <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"Documentation/Etch/Architecture#\">network architecture </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Es ist möglich, unterschiedliche Netzwerkinstallationen zu nutzen. Wie das "
+"geht, ist <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet"
+"\">hier</ulink> dokumentiert. Wenn Sie jedoch nicht aufgrund einer "
+"existierenden Netzwerk Infrastruktur gezwungen sind es zu tun, empfehlen wir "
+"Ihnen, sich für die Nutzung der<link linkend=\"Architecture\">Standard "
+"Netzwerkarchitektur</link> zu entscheiden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:530
-msgid "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: probably each paragraph on this page needs to be (slightly) rewritten for lenny."
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: probably each paragraph on this page needs to be "
+"(slightly) rewritten for lenny."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
@@ -892,13 +1580,32 @@ msgstr "Wo Sie weitere Informationen finden können"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:537
#, fuzzy
-msgid "We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">release notes for Debian Etch </ulink> before you start installing a system for production use. If you just want to give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, you don't have to though, it should just work <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "Wir empfehlen Ihnen die <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">release notes for Debian etch </ulink> zu lesen oder wenigstens einen Blick darauf zu werfen, bevor Sie mit der Installation eines Systems für den produktiven Gebrauch beginnen. Wenn Sie jedoch Debian Edu/Skolelinux einfach nur mal ausprobieren wollen, müssen Sie sich weiter keinen Gedanken machen. Das wird sicher funktionieren. <inlinemediaobject>"
+msgid ""
+"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=\"http://www."
+"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">release notes for Debian Etch </"
+"ulink> before you start installing a system for production use. If you just "
+"want to give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, you don't have to though, it "
+"should just work <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" "
+"fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"Wir empfehlen Ihnen die <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
+"releasenotes\">release notes for Debian etch </ulink> zu lesen oder "
+"wenigstens einen Blick darauf zu werfen, bevor Sie mit der Installation "
+"eines Systems für den produktiven Gebrauch beginnen. Wenn Sie jedoch Debian "
+"Edu/Skolelinux einfach nur mal ausprobieren wollen, müssen Sie sich weiter "
+"keinen Gedanken machen. Das wird sicher funktionieren. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:544
-msgid "Even more <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\">information about the Debian Etch release </ulink> is available in its installation manual."
-msgstr "Weiterführende Informationen über das Debian Etch Release finden Sie in der Installationsanleitung: <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\">information about the Debian etch release </ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"Even more <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
+"\">information about the Debian Etch release </ulink> is available in its "
+"installation manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Weiterführende Informationen über das Debian Etch Release finden Sie in der "
+"Installationsanleitung: <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
+"installmanual\">information about the Debian etch release </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:550
@@ -912,43 +1619,73 @@ msgstr "DVD's für i386, amd64 und powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:556
-msgid "The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of these methods:"
-msgstr "Das für mehrere Architekturen geeignete DVD-ISO-Image ist 4,4 GiB groß. Um es herunterzuladen, nutze eine der beiden Methoden:"
+msgid ""
+"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
+"these methods:"
+msgstr ""
+"Das für mehrere Architekturen geeignete DVD-ISO-Image ist 4,4 GiB groß. Um "
+"es herunterzuladen, nutze eine der beiden Methoden:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:558
-msgid "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
+"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
+"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:561
-msgid "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:564
-msgid "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:569
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
-msgstr "Oder, um eine Netzinstallation durchzuführen, kannst Du eine CD für die i386 und für die amd64 Architektur herunterladen."
+msgstr ""
+"Oder, um eine Netzinstallation durchzuführen, kannst Du eine CD für die i386 "
+"und für die amd64 Architektur herunterladen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:571
-msgid "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
+"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
+"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:574
-msgid "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
+"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
+"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:577
-msgid "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
+"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
+"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:582
@@ -957,18 +1694,30 @@ msgstr "amd64"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:584
-msgid "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
+"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
+"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:587
-msgid "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:590
-msgid "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:595
@@ -977,23 +1726,43 @@ msgstr "und PowerPC (geeignet für die NewWorld Subarchitektur)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:597
-msgid "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:600
-msgid "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:603
-msgid "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:608
-msgid "The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we consider the port an experimental release of Debian Edu, which we might not be able to support as the other archs."
-msgstr "Die Version für PowerPC ist nicht so intensiv getestet, wie die für die anderen Architekturen. Doch obwohl es gut funktioniert betrachten wir diese Version als ein experimentelles Release von Debian Edu, für das wir keinen so intensiven Support leisten können, wie für die anderen Architekturen."
+msgid ""
+"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
+"though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
+"consider the port an experimental release of Debian Edu, which we might not "
+"be able to support as the other archs."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Version für PowerPC ist nicht so intensiv getestet, wie die für die "
+"anderen Architekturen. Doch obwohl es gut funktioniert betrachten wir diese "
+"Version als ein experimentelles Release von Debian Edu, für das wir keinen "
+"so intensiven Support leisten können, wie für die anderen Architekturen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:610
@@ -1002,18 +1771,30 @@ msgstr "Der Quellcode für dieses Release ist auf einem DVD-Image verfügbar"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:612
-msgid "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:615
-msgid "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:618
-msgid "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
+"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:627
@@ -1023,13 +1804,28 @@ msgstr "Bestellung einer CD/DVD auf dem Postwege"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:629
#, fuzzy
-msgid "For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink url=\"mailto:cd at skolelinux.no\">cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> and we will discuss the payment details (for shipping and media) <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "Für diejenigen ohne eine schnelle Internetverbindung bieten wir an, Ihnen eine CD/DVD zum Selbstkostenpreis (CD/DVD + Transport) zuzuschicken. Senden Sie einfach eine E-mail an: <ulink url=\"mailto:cd at skolelinux.no\">cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> und wir werden Ihnen umgehend die Kosten und Zahlungsweise mitteilen. <inlinemediaobject>"
+msgid ""
+"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
+"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
+"url=\"mailto:cd at skolelinux.no\">cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> and we will "
+"discuss the payment details (for shipping and media) "
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"Für diejenigen ohne eine schnelle Internetverbindung bieten wir an, Ihnen "
+"eine CD/DVD zum Selbstkostenpreis (CD/DVD + Transport) zuzuschicken. Senden "
+"Sie einfach eine E-mail an: <ulink url=\"mailto:cd at skolelinux.no"
+"\">cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> und wir werden Ihnen umgehend die Kosten und "
+"Zahlungsweise mitteilen. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:634
-msgid "</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD to be sent to in the email."
-msgstr "</inlinemediaobject> Vergessen Sie nicht uns die Lieferadresse für die CD/DVD in Ihrer E-mail mitzuteilen."
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
+"to be sent to in the email."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Vergessen Sie nicht uns die Lieferadresse für die CD/"
+"DVD in Ihrer E-mail mitzuteilen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:639
@@ -1038,8 +1834,14 @@ msgstr "Installation von CD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:641
-msgid "The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile:"
-msgstr "Die Installation mit der Netinstall CD nutzt einige Pakete von der CD und den Rest aus dem Netz. Die Menge der aus dem Netz zu ladenden Pakete hängt vom jeweiligen Installationsprofil ab."
+msgid ""
+"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
+"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
+"profile to profile:"
+msgstr ""
+"Die Installation mit der Netinstall CD nutzt einige Pakete von der CD und "
+"den Rest aus dem Netz. Die Menge der aus dem Netz zu ladenden Pakete hängt "
+"vom jeweiligen Installationsprofil ab."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:643
@@ -1049,12 +1851,15 @@ msgstr "Hauptserver : 8 von 115 MB werden heruntergeladen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:646
msgid "Main server and Thin client server: 618 of 1082 MiB downloaded."
-msgstr "Hauptserver und Terminalserver (Kombiserver): 618 von 1082 MB werden heruntergeladen."
+msgstr ""
+"Hauptserver und Terminalserver (Kombiserver): 618 von 1082 MB werden "
+"heruntergeladen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:649
msgid "Main server and Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB downloaded."
-msgstr "Hauptserver und Arbeitsplatzrechner: 618 von 1081 MB werden heruntergeladen. "
+msgstr ""
+"Hauptserver und Arbeitsplatzrechner: 618 von 1081 MB werden heruntergeladen. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:652
@@ -1088,38 +1893,100 @@ msgstr "Installationsoptionen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:672
-msgid "When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 15000 packages to choose from and a billion configuration options. But for the majority of our users, our defaults should be fine."
-msgstr "Wenn Du ein Debian-Edu installierst, so hast Du verschiedene Varianten zur Auswahl. Aber keine Angst, es sind nicht sehr viele. Wir haben uns bemüht, die Komplexität von Debian während der Installation und darüber hinaus überschaubar zu gestalten. Obwohl <ulink url=\"/DebianEdu\">Debian-Edu </ulink> Debian ist, und wenn Du willst 15 000 Pakete mit einer Billion von Konfigurationsmöglichkeiten zur Auswahl stehen. Jedoch sollten unsere Voreinstellungen für die Mehrheit unserer Anwender sehr gut passen."
+msgid ""
+"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
+"don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
+"complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian Edu "
+"is Debian, and if you want there are more than 15000 packages to choose from "
+"and a billion configuration options. But for the majority of our users, our "
+"defaults should be fine."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Du ein Debian-Edu installierst, so hast Du verschiedene Varianten zur "
+"Auswahl. Aber keine Angst, es sind nicht sehr viele. Wir haben uns bemüht, "
+"die Komplexität von Debian während der Installation und darüber hinaus "
+"überschaubar zu gestalten. Obwohl <ulink url=\"/DebianEdu\">Debian-Edu </"
+"ulink> Debian ist, und wenn Du willst 15 000 Pakete mit einer Billion von "
+"Konfigurationsmöglichkeiten zur Auswahl stehen. Jedoch sollten unsere "
+"Voreinstellungen für die Mehrheit unserer Anwender sehr gut passen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:674
-msgid "Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc installer does not support graphical installation. Enter <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> at the boot prompt to do an i386 text-mode install."
-msgstr "Normale graphische Installation ist die Voreinstellung für i386 und amd64 Prozessoren. Der Installer für PowerPC unterstützt keine graphische Oberfläche. Bestätigen Sie <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> an der Eingabeaufforderung um eine i386 textbasierte Installation durchzuführen."
+msgid ""
+"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
+"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
+"<computeroutput>install </computeroutput> at the boot prompt to do an i386 "
+"text-mode install."
+msgstr ""
+"Normale graphische Installation ist die Voreinstellung für i386 und amd64 "
+"Prozessoren. Der Installer für PowerPC unterstützt keine graphische "
+"Oberfläche. Bestätigen Sie <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> an der "
+"Eingabeaufforderung um eine i386 textbasierte Installation durchzuführen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:677
-msgid "The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert </computeroutput> boot-option adds the barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual partitioning. Enter <computeroutput>installgui debian-edu-expert </computeroutput> or <computeroutput>install debian-edu-expert </computeroutput> at the syslinux/yaboot prompt to enter expert mode."
-msgstr "Die <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert </computeroutput>boot Option fügt das Bareboneprofil zu den Profiloptionen hinzu und schaltet auf manuelle Partionierung. Bestätigen Sie <computeroutput>installgui debian-edu-expert </computeroutput> oder <computeroutput>install debian-edu-expert </computeroutput> am syslinux/yaboot Prompt , um in den Expertenmodus zu wechseln."
+msgid ""
+"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert </computeroutput> boot-option adds the "
+"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
+"partitioning. Enter <computeroutput>installgui debian-edu-expert </"
+"computeroutput> or <computeroutput>install debian-edu-expert </"
+"computeroutput> at the syslinux/yaboot prompt to enter expert mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Die <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert </computeroutput>boot Option fügt das "
+"Bareboneprofil zu den Profiloptionen hinzu und schaltet auf manuelle "
+"Partionierung. Bestätigen Sie <computeroutput>installgui debian-edu-expert </"
+"computeroutput> oder <computeroutput>install debian-edu-expert </"
+"computeroutput> am syslinux/yaboot Prompt , um in den Expertenmodus zu "
+"wechseln."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:683
-msgid "If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be <computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose <computeroutput>amd64-expertgui </computeroutput> to get the GUI version on amd64."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie mit der Multiarch DVD im amd64 text mode arbeiten wollen, wählen Sie<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Ansonsten können Sie die<computeroutput>amd64-expertgui </computeroutput> wählen, um mit einer graphischen Benutzeroberfläche Ihr amd64-System zu installieren."
+msgid ""
+"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
+"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
+"<computeroutput>amd64-expertgui </computeroutput> to get the GUI version on "
+"amd64."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie mit der Multiarch DVD im amd64 text mode arbeiten wollen, wählen "
+"Sie<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Ansonsten können Sie "
+"die<computeroutput>amd64-expertgui </computeroutput> wählen, um mit einer "
+"graphischen Benutzeroberfläche Ihr amd64-System zu installieren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:688
-msgid "If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multiarch DVD on an amd64 machine you need to manually select <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> (text mode) or <computeroutput>expertgui </computeroutput> (graphical mode). The multiarch DVD defaults to use amd64-installgui on x86 64-bits machines, and installgui on x86 32-bits machines."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie mit der Multiarch DVD den i386 Modus auf einer amd64 Maschine booten wollen, wählen sie manuell: <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> (text mode) or <computeroutput>expertgui </computeroutput> (Graphikmodus). Die MultiarchDVD ist so voreingestellt, dass sie den graphischen amd64 Installer für x86 64 bit Prozessoren nutzt den graphischen Installer für x86 32-bit Prozessoren."
+msgid ""
+"If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multiarch DVD on an amd64 machine "
+"you need to manually select <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> (text "
+"mode) or <computeroutput>expertgui </computeroutput> (graphical mode). The "
+"multiarch DVD defaults to use amd64-installgui on x86 64-bits machines, and "
+"installgui on x86 32-bits machines."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie mit der Multiarch DVD den i386 Modus auf einer amd64 Maschine "
+"booten wollen, wählen sie manuell: <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> "
+"(text mode) or <computeroutput>expertgui </computeroutput> (Graphikmodus). "
+"Die MultiarchDVD ist so voreingestellt, dass sie den graphischen amd64 "
+"Installer für x86 64 bit Prozessoren nutzt den graphischen Installer für x86 "
+"32-bit Prozessoren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:693
-msgid "If you have already installed the mainserver profile on a machine, you can use its http proxy service to speed up the following installations from CD. Add <computeroutput>d-i mirror/http/proxy string http://10.0.2.2:3128/ </computeroutput> as additional boot-option."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie bereits das Hauptserver-Profil auf einem Computer installiert haben, können Sie dessen http proxy Dienst nutzen, um die folgende Installation von CD zu beschleunigen. Fügen Sie <computeroutput>d-i mirror/http/proxy string http://10.0.2.2:3128/ </computeroutput> als zusätzliche Boot Option hinzu."
+msgid ""
+"If you have already installed the mainserver profile on a machine, you can "
+"use its http proxy service to speed up the following installations from CD. "
+"Add <computeroutput>d-i mirror/http/proxy string http://10.0.2.2:3128/ </"
+"computeroutput> as additional boot-option."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie bereits das Hauptserver-Profil auf einem Computer installiert "
+"haben, können Sie dessen http proxy Dienst nutzen, um die folgende "
+"Installation von CD zu beschleunigen. Fügen Sie <computeroutput>d-i mirror/"
+"http/proxy string http://10.0.2.2:3128/ </computeroutput> als zusätzliche "
+"Boot Option hinzu."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:699
msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)"
-msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Sprache (sowohl für die Installation als auch das zu installierende System)"
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie eine Sprache (sowohl für die Installation als auch das zu "
+"installierende System)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:702
@@ -1129,7 +1996,9 @@ msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Zeitzone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:705
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
-msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Tastaturbelegung (üblicherweise ist die jeweilige Ländereinstellung das Beste)"
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie eine Tastaturbelegung (üblicherweise ist die jeweilige "
+"Ländereinstellung das Beste)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:708
@@ -1143,8 +2012,17 @@ msgstr "Server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:713
-msgid "This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing the following services: file, print, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, nagios, simesummary, munin. All services are pre-configured and working out of the box. You must only install one main server per school!"
-msgstr "Dies ist der Hauptserver (Tjener) für Ihre Schule, der die folgenden Dienste anbietet: file, print, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, nagios, simesummary, munin. Alle Dienste sind vorkonfiguriert und arbeiten sofort nach der Installation. Sie haben lediglich einen Hauptserver für die gesamte Schule zu installieren."
+msgid ""
+"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing the following "
+"services: file, print, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, nagios, "
+"simesummary, munin. All services are pre-configured and working out of the "
+"box. You must only install one main server per school!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dies ist der Hauptserver (Tjener) für Ihre Schule, der die folgenden Dienste "
+"anbietet: file, print, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, nagios, "
+"simesummary, munin. Alle Dienste sind vorkonfiguriert und arbeiten sofort "
+"nach der Installation. Sie haben lediglich einen Hauptserver für die gesamte "
+"Schule zu installieren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:718
@@ -1153,8 +2031,16 @@ msgstr "Workstation"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:720
-msgid "A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and devices locally like an ordinary computer, but the user login is authenticated by the main server, where the user's files and desktop profile are stored."
-msgstr "Ein Computer, der von seiner eigenen lokalen Festplatte bootet, und bei dem alle Programme und Geräte lokal, wie bei einem gewöhnlichen Computer, laufen. Nur die Benutzeranmeldung erfolgt am Hauptserver, wo die Nutzerdaten und das Desktopprofil gespeichert sind. "
+msgid ""
+"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and "
+"devices locally like an ordinary computer, but the user login is "
+"authenticated by the main server, where the user's files and desktop profile "
+"are stored."
+msgstr ""
+"Ein Computer, der von seiner eigenen lokalen Festplatte bootet, und bei dem "
+"alle Programme und Geräte lokal, wie bei einem gewöhnlichen Computer, "
+"laufen. Nur die Benutzeranmeldung erfolgt am Hauptserver, wo die Nutzerdaten "
+"und das Desktopprofil gespeichert sind. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:725
@@ -1163,8 +2049,23 @@ msgstr "Terminalserver"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:727
-msgid "Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. Out of the box, this profile installs a thin client server. To turn it into a diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">this HowTo </ulink>. (Fixme: integrate this HowTo into this chapter of the manual.)"
-msgstr "Server für ThinClients und Workstations ohne Festplatte. Clientrechner ohne Festplatte erhalten die Software zum Booten und ihre Arbeitsprogramme von diesem Server. Dieser Rechner benötigt zwei Netzwerkkarten, viel Speicher und idealerweise mehr als einen Prozessor oder Prozessorkern. Dieses Profil installiert standardmässig einen Thin Client Srever. Um es in einen Diskless Arbeitsplatzrechner Server zu verwandeln, benötigen sie <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">dieses HowTo</ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive "
+"boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network "
+"cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. Out of "
+"the box, this profile installs a thin client server. To turn it into a "
+"diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">this HowTo </ulink>. "
+"(Fixme: integrate this HowTo into this chapter of the manual.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Server für ThinClients und Workstations ohne Festplatte. Clientrechner ohne "
+"Festplatte erhalten die Software zum Booten und ihre Arbeitsprogramme von "
+"diesem Server. Dieser Rechner benötigt zwei Netzwerkkarten, viel Speicher "
+"und idealerweise mehr als einen Prozessor oder Prozessorkern. Dieses Profil "
+"installiert standardmässig einen Thin Client Srever. Um es in einen Diskless "
+"Arbeitsplatzrechner Server zu verwandeln, benötigen sie <ulink url=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">dieses HowTo</"
+"ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:733
@@ -1173,8 +2074,13 @@ msgstr "Einzeilplatzrechner"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:735
-msgid "An ordinary computer that can function without a main server, ie. doesn't need to be on the network. Includes laptops."
-msgstr "Ein gewöhnlicher Computer der ohne einen Hauptserver funktioniert, insbesondere nicht in ein Netzwerk eingebunden sein muss. Einschließlich Laptops."
+msgid ""
+"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server, ie. doesn't "
+"need to be on the network. Includes laptops."
+msgstr ""
+"Ein gewöhnlicher Computer der ohne einen Hauptserver funktioniert, "
+"insbesondere nicht in ein Netzwerk eingebunden sein muss. Einschließlich "
+"Laptops."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:740
@@ -1183,18 +2089,37 @@ msgstr "Barebone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:742
-msgid "This profile is only available when using the 'debian-edu-expert' boot option. It will install the base packages and configure the machine to integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved out from the main-server."
-msgstr "Dieses Profil ist ausschließlich nach Wahl der \"debian-edu-expert\" boot Option verfügbar. Es installiert die Basispakete und konfiguriert den Rechner so, dass er in das Debian-Edu Netzwerk integriert werden kann; Jedoch ohne irgendwelche Dienste und Anwendungen. Er kann genutzt werden, um einzelne Dienste manuell vom Server auf diesen Rechner zu übertragen."
+msgid ""
+"This profile is only available when using the 'debian-edu-expert' boot "
+"option. It will install the base packages and configure the machine to "
+"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and "
+"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved "
+"out from the main-server."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Profil ist ausschließlich nach Wahl der \"debian-edu-expert\" boot "
+"Option verfügbar. Es installiert die Basispakete und konfiguriert den "
+"Rechner so, dass er in das Debian-Edu Netzwerk integriert werden kann; "
+"Jedoch ohne irgendwelche Dienste und Anwendungen. Er kann genutzt werden, um "
+"einzelne Dienste manuell vom Server auf diesen Rechner zu übertragen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:748
-msgid "The first 3 profiles can all be installed on the same machine. That means the main server can also be a thin client server and can be used as a workstation."
-msgstr "Die ersten drei Profile können alle auf dem selben Rechner installiert werden. Das heisst, das der Hauptserver gleichzeitig ein Terminalserver sein und als Workstation genutzt werden kann."
+msgid ""
+"The first 3 profiles can all be installed on the same machine. That means "
+"the main server can also be a thin client server and can be used as a "
+"workstation."
+msgstr ""
+"Die ersten drei Profile können alle auf dem selben Rechner installiert "
+"werden. Das heisst, das der Hauptserver gleichzeitig ein Terminalserver "
+"sein und als Workstation genutzt werden kann."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:751
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
-msgstr "Sag \"Ja\" zur automatischen Partitionierung, es wird alle Daten auf der Festplatte zerstören."
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+msgstr ""
+"Sag \"Ja\" zur automatischen Partitionierung, es wird alle Daten auf der "
+"Festplatte zerstören."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:754
@@ -1204,8 +2129,15 @@ msgstr "Sag \"Ja\" zu partman"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:757
#, fuzzy
-msgid "please say yes to submit information to <ulink url=\"http://popcon.skolelinux.org/\"/> - though you dont have to <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "bitte sagen Sie 'Ja', um die Informationen an <ulink url=\"http://popcon.skolelinux.org/\">http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> zu übertragen - Sie müssen dies aber nicht <inlinemediaobject>"
+msgid ""
+"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url=\"http://popcon."
+"skolelinux.org/\"/> - though you dont have to "
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"bitte sagen Sie 'Ja', um die Informationen an <ulink url=\"http://popcon."
+"skolelinux.org/\">http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> zu übertragen - Sie "
+"müssen dies aber nicht <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:764
@@ -1224,8 +2156,21 @@ msgstr "Eine Bemerkung zur manuellen Partitionierung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:775
-msgid "If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by mounting a partition there. If you don't create that directory you will only be able to login as root. The reason is that the user creation system require this directory to exist to be able to create users home directories, and without a users home directory the user can not log in."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie sich für die manuelle Partitionierung entscheiden müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass das Verzeichnis /skole/tjener/home0 existiert, und zwar durch mounten auf eine Partition. Wenn Sie dieses Verzeichnis nicht erstellen, werden Sie sich nur als Root anmelden können. Der Grund ist der, dass System zum Anlegen der Nutzer diese Verzeichnis benötigt um die Homeverzeichnnisse der Nutzer anlegen zu können. Ohne eine eigenes Homeverzeichnis kann ein Nutzer sich nicht einloggen."
+msgid ""
+"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
+"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
+"mounting a partition there. If you don't create that directory you will only "
+"be able to login as root. The reason is that the user creation system "
+"require this directory to exist to be able to create users home directories, "
+"and without a users home directory the user can not log in."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie sich für die manuelle Partitionierung entscheiden müssen Sie "
+"sicherstellen, dass das Verzeichnis /skole/tjener/home0 existiert, und zwar "
+"durch mounten auf eine Partition. Wenn Sie dieses Verzeichnis nicht "
+"erstellen, werden Sie sich nur als Root anmelden können. Der Grund ist der, "
+"dass System zum Anlegen der Nutzer diese Verzeichnis benötigt um die "
+"Homeverzeichnnisse der Nutzer anlegen zu können. Ohne eine eigenes "
+"Homeverzeichnis kann ein Nutzer sich nicht einloggen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:780
@@ -1234,13 +2179,35 @@ msgstr "Eine Bemerkung zu Notebooks"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:782
-msgid "In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation profile uses LDAP for the user accounts and NFS for the home directories, so those workstations will only work while in the network where they can access the server. If you plan to use your laptop at home or on the road, choose the standalone profile."
-msgstr "Prinzipiell ist es sinnvoll Notebooks entweder als Workstation oder als Einzelplatzrechner zu installieren. Aber bitte beachten Sie, dass eine Workstation LDAP für die Nutzerkonten und NFS für die Homeverzeichnisse benötigt. So arbeiten diese Workstations nur während sie sich in dem Netzwerk befinden, dass sie unterstützt. Planen Sie Ihr Laptop sowohl unterwegs als auch zu Hause zu benutzen, wählen Sie das Profil \"Einzelplatzrechner\"."
+msgid ""
+"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
+"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
+"profile uses LDAP for the user accounts and NFS for the home directories, so "
+"those workstations will only work while in the network where they can access "
+"the server. If you plan to use your laptop at home or on the road, choose "
+"the standalone profile."
+msgstr ""
+"Prinzipiell ist es sinnvoll Notebooks entweder als Workstation oder als "
+"Einzelplatzrechner zu installieren. Aber bitte beachten Sie, dass eine "
+"Workstation LDAP für die Nutzerkonten und NFS für die Homeverzeichnisse "
+"benötigt. So arbeiten diese Workstations nur während sie sich in dem "
+"Netzwerk befinden, dass sie unterstützt. Planen Sie Ihr Laptop sowohl "
+"unterwegs als auch zu Hause zu benutzen, wählen Sie das Profil "
+"\"Einzelplatzrechner\"."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:784
-msgid "It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the server when in the network) with <computeroutput>unison </computeroutput>, but there is currently no howto available for this."
-msgstr "Es ist möglich Workstations so zu konfigurieren, dass sie Anmeldeinformationen speichern und das Homeverzeichnis lokal synchronisieren (und bei Anmeldung im Netzwerk auf dem Server aktualisieren) mit <computeroutput>unison </computeroutput>, dafür existiert zur Zeit jedoch kein Howto."
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
+"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
+"server when in the network) with <computeroutput>unison </computeroutput>, "
+"but there is currently no howto available for this."
+msgstr ""
+"Es ist möglich Workstations so zu konfigurieren, dass sie "
+"Anmeldeinformationen speichern und das Homeverzeichnis lokal synchronisieren "
+"(und bei Anmeldung im Netzwerk auf dem Server aktualisieren) mit "
+"<computeroutput>unison </computeroutput>, dafür existiert zur Zeit jedoch "
+"kein Howto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:790
@@ -1249,8 +2216,17 @@ msgstr "Eine Bemerkung zur DVD Installation"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:792
-msgid "If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an internet connection we strongly suggest to add the following lines to it, so that available (security) updates can be installed:"
-msgstr "Wenn Sie von einer DVD installieren, enthält die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> nur die DVD als Quelle. Wenn Sie eine Internetverbindung haben empfehlen wir dringend, die folgenden Zeilen zu der Datei hinzuzufügen. Damit stellen sie sicher, das (Sicherheits-)updates installiert werden können."
+msgid ""
+"If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
+"internet connection we strongly suggest to add the following lines to it, so "
+"that available (security) updates can be installed:"
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie von einer DVD installieren, enthält die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/"
+"apt/sources.list </computeroutput> nur die DVD als Quelle. Wenn Sie eine "
+"Internetverbindung haben empfehlen wir dringend, die folgenden Zeilen zu "
+"der Datei hinzuzufügen. Damit stellen sie sicher, das (Sicherheits-)updates "
+"installiert werden können."
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:794
@@ -1273,13 +2249,32 @@ msgstr "Angepasste CD/DVDs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:803
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Creating custom CDs or DVDs is quite easily possible, since we use the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">debian installer </ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\"/> Preseeding] allows to define answers to the questions normally asked."
-msgstr "Angepasste CDs oder DVDs zu erstellen ist recht einfach, da wir den <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">debian installer </ulink> verwenden, welcher ein modulares Design und andere schöne Features hat. Mit dem sogenannten [ <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] können wir Antworten auf die Standardfragen des Installers bereitstellen."
+msgid ""
+"Creating custom CDs or DVDs is quite easily possible, since we use the "
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">debian installer </"
+"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\"/> Preseeding] allows to "
+"define answers to the questions normally asked."
+msgstr ""
+"Angepasste CDs oder DVDs zu erstellen ist recht einfach, da wir den <ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">debian installer </ulink> "
+"verwenden, welcher ein modulares Design und andere schöne Features hat. Mit "
+"dem sogenannten [ <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] "
+"können wir Antworten auf die Standardfragen des Installers bereitstellen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:806
-msgid "So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD </ulink>."
-msgstr "Sie müssen nur eine Preseeding-Datei mit ihren Antworten erstellen (dies wird im Anhang des Debian Installers näher beschrieben) und ihre CD/DVD <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remastern </ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this "
+"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD </"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie müssen nur eine Preseeding-Datei mit ihren Antworten erstellen (dies "
+"wird im Anhang des Debian Installers näher beschrieben) und ihre CD/DVD "
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remastern </"
+"ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:812
@@ -1288,22 +2283,34 @@ msgstr "Installation über das Netzwerk (PXE)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:815
-msgid "FIXME: describe PXE installation here, if its only two sentences, then they should be here."
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: describe PXE installation here, if its only two sentences, then they "
+"should be here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:817
-msgid "PXE installation requieres <emphasis role=\"strong\">tjener </emphasis>, the main server, to be installed and set up."
-msgstr "Eine PXE Installation erfordert, dass <emphasis role=\"strong\">tjener </emphasis>, der Hauptserver installiert und konfiguriert ist."
+msgid ""
+"PXE installation requieres <emphasis role=\"strong\">tjener </emphasis>, the "
+"main server, to be installed and set up."
+msgstr ""
+"Eine PXE Installation erfordert, dass <emphasis role=\"strong\">tjener </"
+"emphasis>, der Hauptserver installiert und konfiguriert ist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:820
-msgid "The PXE installation is using a debian-installer preseed file, and this file can be modified to ask for more packages to install."
-msgstr "Die PXE Installation benutzt eine Presseed-Datei für den Debian-Installer und diese Datei kann verändert werden, um nach weiteren Paketen zu fragen. "
+msgid ""
+"The PXE installation is using a debian-installer preseed file, and this file "
+"can be modified to ask for more packages to install."
+msgstr ""
+"Die PXE Installation benutzt eine Presseed-Datei für den Debian-Installer "
+"und diese Datei kann verändert werden, um nach weiteren Paketen zu fragen. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:822
-msgid "The line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput> FIXME: path to preseed file location missing </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"The line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput> FIXME: "
+"path to preseed file location missing </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
@@ -1314,87 +2321,145 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:831
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
-msgstr "Screenshottour durch eine i386 Hauptserver + Terminalserver Installation"
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+msgstr ""
+"Screenshottour durch eine i386 Hauptserver + Terminalserver Installation"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:833
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-bootopt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-bootopt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"bootopt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"bootopt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:839
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:845
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-region.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"region.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:851
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-keyboard.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-keyboard.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"keyboard.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"keyboard.png\"/> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:857
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"profile-ms-tcs.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"profile-ms-tcs.png\"/> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:863
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-autopartition.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"autopartition.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"profile-ms-tcs.png\"/> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:869
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-popcon.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"popcon.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"profile-ms-tcs.png\"/> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:875
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-timezone.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-timezone.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"timezone.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"timezone.png\"/> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:881
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-rootpw.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-timezone.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"rootpw.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"timezone.png\"/> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:887
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-baseinstall.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-timezone.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"baseinstall.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"timezone.png\"/> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:893
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"pkginstall-ms-tcs.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"pkginstall-ms-tcs.png\"/> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:899
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-finished.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"finished.png\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:905
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-grub.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"grub.png\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:911
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-usplash.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
+"usplash.png\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:917
-msgid "The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this screen shot."
-msgstr "Der KDM Anmeldeschirm wurde manuell umgestellt, um die Auflösung für diesen Screenshot zu verringern."
+msgid ""
+"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
+"screen shot."
+msgstr ""
+"Der KDM Anmeldeschirm wurde manuell umgestellt, um die Auflösung für diesen "
+"Screenshot zu verringern."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:919
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-kdm-small.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-kdm-"
+"small.png\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
@@ -1404,13 +2469,22 @@ msgstr "Es geht los"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:931
-msgid "This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
-msgstr "Dieses Kapitel beschreibt die ersten Schritte die Sie nach der Installation ausführen müssen, damit es losgehen kann. Das Mindeste was Sie tun müssen ist folgendes: "
+msgid ""
+"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
+"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Kapitel beschreibt die ersten Schritte die Sie nach der Installation "
+"ausführen müssen, damit es losgehen kann. Das Mindeste was Sie tun müssen "
+"ist folgendes: "
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:933
-msgid "adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via NFS)"
-msgstr "Hinzufügen der Workstations zu den host netgroups (damit die Homeverzeichnisse mit NFS exportiert werden können)"
+msgid ""
+"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
+"NFS)"
+msgstr ""
+"Hinzufügen der Workstations zu den host netgroups (damit die "
+"Homeverzeichnisse mit NFS exportiert werden können)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:936
@@ -1419,8 +2493,12 @@ msgstr "Nutzer anlegen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:939
-msgid "it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must be added."
-msgstr "Es ist empfehlenswert die Workstations zur dhcp-config hinzuzufügen. Terminalserver müssen hinzugefügt werden."
+msgid ""
+"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
+"be added."
+msgstr ""
+"Es ist empfehlenswert die Workstations zur dhcp-config hinzuzufügen. "
+"Terminalserver müssen hinzugefügt werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:943
@@ -1430,12 +2508,21 @@ msgstr "Dies ist weiter unten beschrieben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:945
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo#\">HowTo </ulink> chapter describes more tips and tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the stuff everybody needs to do."
-msgstr "Im <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> Kapitel gibt es mehr Tipps und Tricks, sowie Antworten auf häufig gestellte Fragen. Während dieses Kapitel die Dinge beschreibt, die jeder wissen und können muss."
+msgid ""
+"The <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo#"
+"\">HowTo </ulink> chapter describes more tips and tricks and frequently "
+"asked questions, while this chapter describes the stuff everybody needs to "
+"do."
+msgstr ""
+"Im <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> Kapitel gibt es mehr Tipps und "
+"Tricks, sowie Antworten auf häufig gestellte Fragen. Während dieses Kapitel "
+"die Dinge beschreibt, die jeder wissen und können muss."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:948
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/getting-started.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/getting-"
+"started.png\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
@@ -1445,8 +2532,13 @@ msgstr "Dienste des Hauptservers"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:959
-msgid "There are several services running on the main server which can be managed via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
-msgstr "Es gibt eine Reihe verschiedener Dienste die auf dem Hauptserver laufen und die über eine Weboberfläche verwaltet werden können. Wir beschreiben hier jeden einzelnen Service."
+msgid ""
+"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
+"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
+msgstr ""
+"Es gibt eine Reihe verschiedener Dienste die auf dem Hauptserver laufen und "
+"die über eine Weboberfläche verwaltet werden können. Wir beschreiben hier "
+"jeden einzelnen Service."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:963
@@ -1455,8 +2547,14 @@ msgstr "Webbasierte Sysemverwaltung mit Lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:965
-msgid "Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main groups (add, modify, delete):"
-msgstr "Lwat ist ein Web-basiertes Administrationswerkzeug, das Ihnen helfen wird wichtige Teile ihrer Debian Edu Installation einzurichten und zu warten. Sie können diese vier Hauptgruppen warten (add, modify, delete):"
+msgid ""
+"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
+"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
+"groups (add, modify, delete):"
+msgstr ""
+"Lwat ist ein Web-basiertes Administrationswerkzeug, das Ihnen helfen wird "
+"wichtige Teile ihrer Debian Edu Installation einzurichten und zu warten. Sie "
+"können diese vier Hauptgruppen warten (add, modify, delete):"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:967
@@ -1481,8 +2579,14 @@ msgstr "Maschinenverwaltung"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:980
#, fuzzy
-msgid "To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www/lwat\"/>. You will get an error message, because of atleast 2 facts:"
-msgstr "Um auf lwat zuzugreifen, geben Sie folgende Adresse in ihren Webbrowser ein: <ulink url=\"https://www/lwat\">https://www/lwat </ulink>. Aus folgenden Gründen werden Sie höchstwahrscheinlich die folgenden Fehlermeldungen erhalten:"
+msgid ""
+"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www/lwat\"/>. "
+"You will get an error message, because of atleast 2 facts:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um auf lwat zuzugreifen, geben Sie folgende Adresse in ihren Webbrowser ein: "
+"<ulink url=\"https://www/lwat\">https://www/lwat </ulink>. Aus folgenden "
+"Gründen werden Sie höchstwahrscheinlich die folgenden Fehlermeldungen "
+"erhalten:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:982
@@ -1496,13 +2600,28 @@ msgstr "Das Zertifikat wurde für tjener.intern erstellt"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:988
-msgid "you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, since the certificate is only valid for one month."
-msgstr "Sie können auch einen Fehler erhalten, wenn Ihre Installation älter als einen Monat ist, weil das Zertifikat nur für einen Monat gültig ist."
+msgid ""
+"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
+"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können auch einen Fehler erhalten, wenn Ihre Installation älter als "
+"einen Monat ist, weil das Zertifikat nur für einen Monat gültig ist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:992
-msgid "When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on the right. First you'll see a login screen where you can login with your admin account. If you visit this site the first time after installation, the loginname there is:"
-msgstr "Wenn sie die Warnungen ignoriert (oder die Ursachen dafür behoben haben), werden sie die nächste Seite sehen. Diese hat ein festes Menü auf der linken Seite und veränderlichen Inhalt auf der rechten Seite. Dort werden sie einen Anmeldebildschirm sehen wo sie sich mit ihren Administratorlogin anmelden können. Wenn es das erste mal ist dass sie diese Seite nach der Installation aufrufen, ist der Anmeldename:"
+msgid ""
+"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
+"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
+"the right. First you'll see a login screen where you can login with your "
+"admin account. If you visit this site the first time after installation, the "
+"loginname there is:"
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn sie die Warnungen ignoriert (oder die Ursachen dafür behoben haben), "
+"werden sie die nächste Seite sehen. Diese hat ein festes Menü auf der linken "
+"Seite und veränderlichen Inhalt auf der rechten Seite. Dort werden sie einen "
+"Anmeldebildschirm sehen wo sie sich mit ihren Administratorlogin anmelden "
+"können. Wenn es das erste mal ist dass sie diese Seite nach der Installation "
+"aufrufen, ist der Anmeldename:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:993
@@ -1512,18 +2631,28 @@ msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:995
-msgid "and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the root account."
-msgstr "und das Passwort ist das Passwort, das Sie während der Installation für das Konto root eingegeben haben."
+msgid ""
+"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
+"root account."
+msgstr ""
+"und das Passwort ist das Passwort, das Sie während der Installation für das "
+"Konto root eingegeben haben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:997
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-login.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-login.png"
+"\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1003
-msgid "After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the menu."
-msgstr "Nach dem Einloggen wird der Einlogg-Bereich verschwinden und Sie können eine Funktion aus dem Menü wählen."
+msgid ""
+"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
+"menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Nach dem Einloggen wird der Einlogg-Bereich verschwinden und Sie können eine "
+"Funktion aus dem Menü wählen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1008
@@ -1532,18 +2661,40 @@ msgstr "Benutzerverwaltung mit lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1010
-msgid "In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the workstations and thinclient server in the network. This way the information about students, pupils, teachers, ... only need to be entered once and are then available on all systems of the network."
-msgstr "In Debian Edu werden Konto-Informationen in einem LDAP Verzeichnis gespeichert, auf das nicht nur der Hauptserver sondern auch die Arbeitstationen und die Thin Client Server im Netzwerk zugreifen. Auf diese Art und Weise müssen die Informationen über Studenten, Schüler, Lehrer ... nur einmal eingegeben werden und stehen dann allen Systemen im Netzwerk zur Verfügung."
+msgid ""
+"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
+"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
+"workstations and thinclient server in the network. This way the information "
+"about students, pupils, teachers, ... only need to be entered once and are "
+"then available on all systems of the network."
+msgstr ""
+"In Debian Edu werden Konto-Informationen in einem LDAP Verzeichnis "
+"gespeichert, auf das nicht nur der Hauptserver sondern auch die "
+"Arbeitstationen und die Thin Client Server im Netzwerk zugreifen. Auf diese "
+"Art und Weise müssen die Informationen über Studenten, Schüler, Lehrer ... "
+"nur einmal eingegeben werden und stehen dann allen Systemen im Netzwerk zur "
+"Verfügung."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1012
-msgid "To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users data entered to the LDAP directory."
-msgstr "Um die Arbeit der Dateneingabe in das LDAP Verzeichnis effizient erledigen zu können, wird Ihnen lwat dabei behilflich sein."
+msgid ""
+"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
+"data entered to the LDAP directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Um die Arbeit der Dateneingabe in das LDAP Verzeichnis effizient erledigen "
+"zu können, wird Ihnen lwat dabei behilflich sein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1014
-msgid "You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu entries for this are the four topmost entries (in the two topmost groups)."
-msgstr "Sie können Benutzer hinzufügen, sie in Benutzergruppen gruppieren (zum Beispiel um auf die Personen einer Klasse einfacher zugreifen zu können), sie aktualisieren und wieder entfernen. Die hierfür nötigen Menüeinträge sind die obersten vier (in den obersten zwei Gruppen)."
+msgid ""
+"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
+"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
+"entries for this are the four topmost entries (in the two topmost groups)."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können Benutzer hinzufügen, sie in Benutzergruppen gruppieren (zum "
+"Beispiel um auf die Personen einer Klasse einfacher zugreifen zu können), "
+"sie aktualisieren und wieder entfernen. Die hierfür nötigen Menüeinträge "
+"sind die obersten vier (in den obersten zwei Gruppen)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1018
@@ -1552,8 +2703,27 @@ msgstr "Benutzer hinzufügen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1020
-msgid "To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the data of the user you want to add. The most important thing to add is the full name of your user (point one in the image). As you enter you will see, that lwat will generate a username automatically based on the realname. If you don't like the generated username you can change it later. Second you need to choose the role of your account, which is used by lwat to determine the privileges the user has for systemadministration. Currently lwat knows the following roles:"
-msgstr "Um Benutzer hinzuzufügen wählen sie bitte \"Add\" in der \"Users\" Sektion des Menüs aus. Nachdem sie diesen Eintrag ausgewählt haben werden sie eine Eingabemaske sehen in die sie die Daten des Benutzers die sie hinzufügen wollen eintragen können. Das wichtigste ist hierbei der volle Name des Benutzers (erster Punkt im Bild). Beim Eingeben werden sie sehen dass lwat basierend auf dem echten Namen des Benutzers einen Username generiert. Falls ihnen dieser nicht gefallen sollte können sie ihn später ändern. Als nächstes sollten sie die Rolle des Accounts wählen, welche benutzt wird um die Berechtigungen die dieser User für die Systemadministration hat herauszufinden. Zur Zeit kennt lwat die folgenden Rollen:"
+msgid ""
+"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
+"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
+"data of the user you want to add. The most important thing to add is the "
+"full name of your user (point one in the image). As you enter you will see, "
+"that lwat will generate a username automatically based on the realname. If "
+"you don't like the generated username you can change it later. Second you "
+"need to choose the role of your account, which is used by lwat to determine "
+"the privileges the user has for systemadministration. Currently lwat knows "
+"the following roles:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um Benutzer hinzuzufügen wählen sie bitte \"Add\" in der \"Users\" Sektion "
+"des Menüs aus. Nachdem sie diesen Eintrag ausgewählt haben werden sie eine "
+"Eingabemaske sehen in die sie die Daten des Benutzers die sie hinzufügen "
+"wollen eintragen können. Das wichtigste ist hierbei der volle Name des "
+"Benutzers (erster Punkt im Bild). Beim Eingeben werden sie sehen dass lwat "
+"basierend auf dem echten Namen des Benutzers einen Username generiert. Falls "
+"ihnen dieser nicht gefallen sollte können sie ihn später ändern. Als "
+"nächstes sollten sie die Rolle des Accounts wählen, welche benutzt wird um "
+"die Berechtigungen die dieser User für die Systemadministration hat "
+"herauszufinden. Zur Zeit kennt lwat die folgenden Rollen:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1022
@@ -1592,8 +2762,12 @@ msgstr "jrAdmins"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1048
-msgid "Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones of Admins)"
-msgstr "Das gleiche wie bei Lehrern, aber sie können hier auch die Passwörter von anderen Benutzer ändern (ausser denen von Administratoren)"
+msgid ""
+"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
+"of Admins)"
+msgstr ""
+"Das gleiche wie bei Lehrern, aber sie können hier auch die Passwörter von "
+"anderen Benutzer ändern (ausser denen von Administratoren)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1052
@@ -1602,28 +2776,49 @@ msgstr "Administratoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1055
-msgid "Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
-msgstr "Administratoren haben besondere Rechte. Sie können Benutzer, Gruppen, Maschinen und Automounts hinzufügen, ändern oder löschen und Windows Systeme in die Skolelinux Domäne einbinden."
+msgid ""
+"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
+"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
+msgstr ""
+"Administratoren haben besondere Rechte. Sie können Benutzer, Gruppen, "
+"Maschinen und Automounts hinzufügen, ändern oder löschen und Windows Systeme "
+"in die Skolelinux Domäne einbinden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1062
-msgid "After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user is added."
-msgstr "Nachdem Sie eine geeignete Rolle gewählt haben, können Sie den Knopf \"Speichern\" drücken, und der Benutzer wird hinzugefügt."
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
+"is added."
+msgstr ""
+"Nachdem Sie eine geeignete Rolle gewählt haben, können Sie den Knopf "
+"\"Speichern\" drücken, und der Benutzer wird hinzugefügt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1064
-msgid "You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
-msgstr "Falls sie die Option ein Passwort zu setzen vermissen, dies wurde aktiviert. Sie können aber trotzdem eines setzen indem sie das hinzugefügte Benutzerkonto verändern."
+msgid ""
+"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
+"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls sie die Option ein Passwort zu setzen vermissen, dies wurde aktiviert. "
+"Sie können aber trotzdem eines setzen indem sie das hinzugefügte "
+"Benutzerkonto verändern."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1066
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-adduser.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-adduser."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1072
-msgid "If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
-msgstr "Wenn alles gut gegangen ist, werden Sie eine kleine Nachricht am Ende der Seite sehen mit den Daten, die ins LDAP Verzeichnis eingetragen wurden (zusätzlich wird das Eingabeformular zurückgesetzt)."
+msgid ""
+"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
+"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn alles gut gegangen ist, werden Sie eine kleine Nachricht am Ende der "
+"Seite sehen mit den Daten, die ins LDAP Verzeichnis eingetragen wurden "
+"(zusätzlich wird das Eingabeformular zurückgesetzt)."
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1073
@@ -1646,22 +2841,48 @@ msgstr "Benutzer suchen und löschen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1082
-msgid "To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can enter either the realname or the username of the user. The results will show up below the form (marked as resultarea in the image). On the left of every result line there is a checkbox you can use to delete or disable on or more user with the two buttons below. If you want to modify a user, just click on it, all result lines are links to the modify page."
-msgstr "Um einen Benutzer zu ändern oder zu löschen, muß man ihn zuerst mittels des Suchmenüs finden. Sie finden ein Formular (Searcharea im Bildschirmfoto) wo Sie entweder den Benutzernamen oder der realen Namen eingeben können. Die Suchergebnisse werden unterhalb des Eingabefeldes (als Resultarea im Bild gekennzeichnet) angezeigt. Links von jedem Suchergebnis befindet sich ein Kontrollkästchen wo man den Benutzer auswählen kann den man entweder löschen oder sperren möchte. Wenn Sie die Benutzerdaten ändern wollen, so klicken auf den Namen. Nun öffnet sich ein Fenster, in dem sie alle Nutzerdaten bearbeiten können."
+msgid ""
+"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
+"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
+"enter either the realname or the username of the user. The results will show "
+"up below the form (marked as resultarea in the image). On the left of every "
+"result line there is a checkbox you can use to delete or disable on or more "
+"user with the two buttons below. If you want to modify a user, just click on "
+"it, all result lines are links to the modify page."
+msgstr ""
+"Um einen Benutzer zu ändern oder zu löschen, muß man ihn zuerst mittels des "
+"Suchmenüs finden. Sie finden ein Formular (Searcharea im Bildschirmfoto) wo "
+"Sie entweder den Benutzernamen oder der realen Namen eingeben können. Die "
+"Suchergebnisse werden unterhalb des Eingabefeldes (als Resultarea im Bild "
+"gekennzeichnet) angezeigt. Links von jedem Suchergebnis befindet sich ein "
+"Kontrollkästchen wo man den Benutzer auswählen kann den man entweder löschen "
+"oder sperren möchte. Wenn Sie die Benutzerdaten ändern wollen, so klicken "
+"auf den Namen. Nun öffnet sich ein Fenster, in dem sie alle Nutzerdaten "
+"bearbeiten können."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1084
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-searchuser.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-"
+"searchuser.png\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1090
-msgid "A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user belongs to."
-msgstr "Es wird eine neue Seite angezeigt, auf der Sie die Informationen, die zu einem Benutzer gehören, verändern können, das Passwort ändern oder die Liste der Gruppen, zu denen der Benutzer gehört, abändern können."
+msgid ""
+"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
+"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
+"user belongs to."
+msgstr ""
+"Es wird eine neue Seite angezeigt, auf der Sie die Informationen, die zu "
+"einem Benutzer gehören, verändern können, das Passwort ändern oder die Liste "
+"der Gruppen, zu denen der Benutzer gehört, abändern können."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1092
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-edituser.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-edituser."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
@@ -1672,27 +2893,42 @@ msgstr "Verwaltung von Backups"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1103
-msgid "It possible to mass-create users with <computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput> by using a .csv file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example <computeroutput>oocalc </computeroutput>)."
+msgid ""
+"It possible to mass-create users with <computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput> "
+"by using a .csv file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet "
+"software (for example <computeroutput>oocalc </computeroutput>)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1107
-msgid "The import script expects a file formated with all data for one user on one row, with each field separated with a semicolon. The minimum information needed is the full name of the user. If fullname is not given, the script expects to have both Firstname and lastname. The maximum information it expects is \"User template; Fullname; Username; Password; Additional group membership\"."
+msgid ""
+"The import script expects a file formated with all data for one user on one "
+"row, with each field separated with a semicolon. The minimum information "
+"needed is the full name of the user. If fullname is not given, the script "
+"expects to have both Firstname and lastname. The maximum information it "
+"expects is \"User template; Fullname; Username; Password; Additional group "
+"membership\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1109
-msgid "If a password column is missing, an easy to remember, pronounceble password will be created."
+msgid ""
+"If a password column is missing, an easy to remember, pronounceble password "
+"will be created."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1111
-msgid "If users are put into groups, these groups have to exist, so you need to create them manually (with lwat, see below) before importing the users."
+msgid ""
+"If users are put into groups, these groups have to exist, so you need to "
+"create them manually (with lwat, see below) before importing the users."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1113
-msgid "It's a good idea to do some tests first, best with a .csv file with a few fictional users, which can be deleted later."
+msgid ""
+"It's a good idea to do some tests first, best with a .csv file with a few "
+"fictional users, which can be deleted later."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
@@ -1702,13 +2938,22 @@ msgstr "Gruppenverwaltung mit lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1121
-msgid "The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups you can also delete or disable all users of the groups found. From the modification page you can access all the users of that group."
-msgstr "Die Verwaltung der Gruppen ist sehr ähnlich der Verwaltung der Benutzer."
+msgid ""
+"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
+"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
+"you can also delete or disable all users of the groups found. From the "
+"modification page you can access all the users of that group."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Verwaltung der Gruppen ist sehr ähnlich der Verwaltung der Benutzer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1123
-msgid "The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so you can use them for file permissions too."
-msgstr "Die Gruppen, die im Gruppenmanagement eingetragen werden, sind reguläre Datensätze, die sie für die Dateiübertragung benutzen können."
+msgid ""
+"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
+"you can use them for file permissions too."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Gruppen, die im Gruppenmanagement eingetragen werden, sind reguläre "
+"Datensätze, die sie für die Dateiübertragung benutzen können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1127
@@ -1718,12 +2963,17 @@ msgstr "Verwaltung von Backups"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1129
-msgid "Using lwat it's easy to put users in a specifig group (for example named after the year they enter or finish school) and to create all their home directories in a dedicated directory."
+msgid ""
+"Using lwat it's easy to put users in a specifig group (for example named "
+"after the year they enter or finish school) and to create all their home "
+"directories in a dedicated directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1131
-msgid "To achieve that, add a stanza like the following to the file <computeroutput>/etc/lwat/admin.ini </computeroutput>:"
+msgid ""
+"To achieve that, add a stanza like the following to the file "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/lwat/admin.ini </computeroutput>:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
@@ -1741,12 +2991,16 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1141
-msgid "To make this work the 2009 group has to be created before adding these users."
+msgid ""
+"To make this work the 2009 group has to be created before adding these users."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1143
-msgid "The above stanza simply adds then on top off home0, if you want them somewhere else, using another automount, then you use lwat to add that automount, and change the homeDirectory string in admini.ini corespondingly."
+msgid ""
+"The above stanza simply adds then on top off home0, if you want them "
+"somewhere else, using another automount, then you use lwat to add that "
+"automount, and change the homeDirectory string in admini.ini corespondingly."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
@@ -1757,13 +3011,32 @@ msgstr "Computerverwaltung mit lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1151
#, fuzzy
-msgid "With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using lwat has a Hostname, an IP-address, an MAC-address and a domain name which usually is \"intern\". For a more verbose description about the Debian Edu architecture see the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Architecture#\">architecture </ulink> chapter of this manual."
-msgstr "Mit dem Maschinen Management kann man grundsätzlich alle IP Adressen managen, die sich auf Anwendungen in Ihrem Debia-Edu-Netzwerk beziehen. Jede Maschine die zum LDAP Verzeichnis hinzugefügt wurde, das von LWAT genutzt wird, hat einen Hostname, eine IP-Adresse, eine MAC-Adresse und einen Domainnamen, der üblicherweise \"intern\" lautet. Für ausführlichere Erklärungen über das Debian-Edu-Netzwerk, siehe: <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> ."
+msgid ""
+"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
+"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
+"lwat has a Hostname, an IP-address, an MAC-address and a domain name which "
+"usually is \"intern\". For a more verbose description about the Debian Edu "
+"architecture see the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"Documentation/Etch/Architecture#\">architecture </ulink> chapter of this "
+"manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Mit dem Maschinen Management kann man grundsätzlich alle IP Adressen "
+"managen, die sich auf Anwendungen in Ihrem Debia-Edu-Netzwerk beziehen. Jede "
+"Maschine die zum LDAP Verzeichnis hinzugefügt wurde, das von LWAT genutzt "
+"wird, hat einen Hostname, eine IP-Adresse, eine MAC-Adresse und einen "
+"Domainnamen, der üblicherweise \"intern\" lautet. Für ausführlichere "
+"Erklärungen über das Debian-Edu-Netzwerk, siehe: <link linkend=\"Architecture"
+"\">architecture</link> ."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1154
-msgid "If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
-msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Maschine hinzufügen, können Sie einen IP/Hostname aus dem vorkonfigurierten Adressraum nutzen. Die folgen IP - Bereiche sind vordefiniert:"
+msgid ""
+"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
+"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie eine Maschine hinzufügen, können Sie einen IP/Hostname aus dem "
+"vorkonfigurierten Adressraum nutzen. Die folgen IP - Bereiche sind "
+"vordefiniert:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1156
@@ -1792,8 +3065,10 @@ msgstr "10.0.2.29"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1175
-msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
-msgstr "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1181
@@ -1827,23 +3102,44 @@ msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1208
-msgid "The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
-msgstr "Die Adressen von 10.0.2.100 bis 10.0.2.255 und 10.0.3.0 bis 10.0.3.243 sind reserviert für dhcp und werden dynamisch vergeben."
+msgid ""
+"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
+"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Adressen von 10.0.2.100 bis 10.0.2.255 und 10.0.3.0 bis 10.0.3.243 sind "
+"reserviert für dhcp und werden dynamisch vergeben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1210
-msgid "To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the remaining fields will be filled automatically according to the predefined configuration."
-msgstr "Um einen Host mit der MAC-Adresse 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 eine statische IP-Adresse zuzuweisen müssen Sie nur die MAC-Adresse und den Hostnamen static00 eintragen. Die übrigen Felder werden automatisch, gemäß der vordefinierten Konfiguration, ausgefüllt."
+msgid ""
+"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
+"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
+"remaining fields will be filled automatically according to the predefined "
+"configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"Um einen Host mit der MAC-Adresse 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 eine statische IP-"
+"Adresse zuzuweisen müssen Sie nur die MAC-Adresse und den Hostnamen "
+"static00 eintragen. Die übrigen Felder werden automatisch, gemäß der "
+"vordefinierten Konfiguration, ausgefüllt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1212
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-addmachine.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-"
+"addmachine.png\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1222
-msgid "</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server by hand as shown directly below."
-msgstr "</inlinemediaobject> Dies konfiguriert nicht den dhcp -Server. Um den Host statisch zu konfigurieren oder die Konfiguration des DHCP-Servers zu verändern, müssen Sie von Hand die nachfolgend dargestellten Änderungen vornehmen."
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
+"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
+"by hand as shown directly below."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Dies konfiguriert nicht den dhcp -Server. Um den Host "
+"statisch zu konfigurieren oder die Konfiguration des DHCP-Servers zu "
+"verändern, müssen Sie von Hand die nachfolgend dargestellten Änderungen "
+"vornehmen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1226
@@ -1852,13 +3148,28 @@ msgstr "Zuweisung einer statischen IP-Adresse mit dhcp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1228
-msgid "To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </computeroutput> and run <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/dhcp3-server restart </computeroutput> as root."
-msgstr "Um einem Rechner, den Sie zum LDAP Verzeichnis hinzugefügt haben, mit lwat eine statische IP-Adresse zuzuweisen, müssen Sie die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </computeroutput> editieren und <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/dhcp3-server restart </computeroutput> als root ausführen."
+msgid ""
+"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
+"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
+"computeroutput> and run <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/dhcp3-server restart </"
+"computeroutput> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Um einem Rechner, den Sie zum LDAP Verzeichnis hinzugefügt haben, mit lwat "
+"eine statische IP-Adresse zuzuweisen, müssen Sie die Datei <computeroutput>/"
+"etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </computeroutput> editieren und <computeroutput>/etc/"
+"init.d/dhcp3-server restart </computeroutput> als root ausführen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1232
-msgid "For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host <emphasis>static00 </emphasis>. You should find something exactly like this:"
-msgstr "Für unser obenstehendes Beispiel würden Sie, nachdem Sie /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in Ihrem Lieblingseditor geöffnet haben, den Abschnitt zur Konfiguration von Host<emphasis>static00 </emphasis> suchen.. Sie sollten exakt folgenden Eintrag finden:"
+msgid ""
+"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
+"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
+"<emphasis>static00 </emphasis>. You should find something exactly like this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Für unser obenstehendes Beispiel würden Sie, nachdem Sie /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd."
+"conf in Ihrem Lieblingseditor geöffnet haben, den Abschnitt zur "
+"Konfiguration von Host<emphasis>static00 </emphasis> suchen.. Sie sollten "
+"exakt folgenden Eintrag finden:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1234
@@ -1877,8 +3188,13 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1239
-msgid "You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
-msgstr "Sie müssen nun die Nullen der eingetragenen MAC Adresse durch die exakten Zahlen der MAC Adresse Ihres statischen Hosts ersetzen. Für unser Beispiel würde das folgendermassen aussehen:"
+msgid ""
+"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
+"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Sie müssen nun die Nullen der eingetragenen MAC Adresse durch die exakten "
+"Zahlen der MAC Adresse Ihres statischen Hosts ersetzen. Für unser Beispiel "
+"würde das folgendermassen aussehen:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1240
@@ -1897,8 +3213,12 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1249
-msgid "</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above whenever you have changed the configuration."
-msgstr "</inlinemediaobject> Vergessen Sie nicht, den dhcp Server wie oben beschrieben, neu zu starten, wann immer Sie die Konfiguration geändert haben."
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
+"whenever you have changed the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Vergessen Sie nicht, den dhcp Server wie oben "
+"beschrieben, neu zu starten, wann immer Sie die Konfiguration geändert haben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1254
@@ -1907,8 +3227,12 @@ msgstr "Suchen und Löschen von Rechnern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1256
-msgid "Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
-msgstr "Das Suchen und Löschen von Rechnern ist ebenso einfach, wie das Suchen und Löschen von Benutzern. Deshalb wird das hier nicht wiederholt."
+msgid ""
+"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
+"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
+msgstr ""
+"Das Suchen und Löschen von Rechnern ist ebenso einfach, wie das Suchen und "
+"Löschen von Benutzern. Deshalb wird das hier nicht wiederholt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1261
@@ -1917,39 +3241,102 @@ msgstr "Bearbeitung eingetragener Rechner / Netgroup - Management"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1263
-msgid "After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry (as you would with users)."
-msgstr "Nachdem Sie mit lwat einen Rechner zum ldap Verzeichnis hinzugefügt haben, können Sie die Eigenschaften mit Hilfe der Suchfunktion und durch Klicken des entsprechenden Eintrags bearbeiten. (ebenso, wie Sie es mit den Benutzern geht)"
+msgid ""
+"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
+"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
+"(as you would with users)."
+msgstr ""
+"Nachdem Sie mit lwat einen Rechner zum ldap Verzeichnis hinzugefügt haben, "
+"können Sie die Eigenschaften mit Hilfe der Suchfunktion und durch Klicken "
+"des entsprechenden Eintrags bearbeiten. (ebenso, wie Sie es mit den "
+"Benutzern geht)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1265
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-editmachine.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-"
+"editmachine.png\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1271
-msgid "The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the informations do mean different things in this context."
-msgstr "Die Vorlage, die hinter den Rechner Links liegt ist einerseits die gleiche, wie Sie es von der Bearbeitung der Benutzer -Einträge her kennen. Andererseits aber meinen die Einträge in diesem Zusammenhang etwas anderes."
+msgid ""
+"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
+"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
+"informations do mean different things in this context."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Vorlage, die hinter den Rechner Links liegt ist einerseits die gleiche, "
+"wie Sie es von der Bearbeitung der Benutzer -Einträge her kennen. "
+"Andererseits aber meinen die Einträge in diesem Zusammenhang etwas anderes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1273
-msgid "For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users logged into that machine) has on accessing files or programs on the server. It is more that it restricts the services a machine can use on your main-server."
-msgstr "Zum Beispiel ändert das Hinzufügen eines Rechners zu einer <computeroutput>NetGroup </computeroutput> nicht die Rechte eines Rechners (oder der Nutzer die auf diesem Rechner angemeldet sind) in Bezug auf die Berechtigung für Dateien und Programme auf dem Server. Es beschränkt vielmehr die Dienste, die ein Rechner auf Ihrem Hauptserver nutzen kann."
+msgid ""
+"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
+"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
+"logged into that machine) has on accessing files or programs on the server. "
+"It is more that it restricts the services a machine can use on your main-"
+"server."
+msgstr ""
+"Zum Beispiel ändert das Hinzufügen eines Rechners zu einer "
+"<computeroutput>NetGroup </computeroutput> nicht die Rechte eines Rechners "
+"(oder der Nutzer die auf diesem Rechner angemeldet sind) in Bezug auf die "
+"Berechtigung für Dateien und Programme auf dem Server. Es beschränkt "
+"vielmehr die Dienste, die ein Rechner auf Ihrem Hauptserver nutzen kann."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1276
-msgid "The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and server-hosts. Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup </computeroutput> functionality is used only for NFS. The homedirs are exported by the main-server to be mounted by the workstations and the ltsp-servers. Because of security reasons only hosts within the workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and server-hosts <computeroutput>NetGroups </computeroutput> can mount the exported NFS shares. So it is rather important to remember to configure this kinds of machines properly in the ldap tree using lwat and configuring them to use the static IPs from ldap."
-msgstr "Die voreingestellte Installation unterstützt die vier <computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput>: printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and server-hosts. Derzeitig wird die <computeroutput>NetGroup </computeroutput> Funktionalität nur für NFS genutzt. Die Heimatverzeichnisse werden vom Hauptserver exportiert um von den Workstations und den LTSP Servern gemountet zu werden. Aus Sicherheitsgründen können nur Rechner, aus den workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and server-hosts <computeroutput>NetGroups </computeroutput> die exportierten NFS Verzeichnisse mounten. Deshalb ist es sehr wichtig diese Art von Rechnern sauber im ldap Verzeichnisbaum mit lwat zu konfigurieren. Und zwar so, dass sie die statischen IP-Adressen von ldap nutzen."
+msgid ""
+"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
+"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
+"server-hosts. Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup </computeroutput> "
+"functionality is used only for NFS. The homedirs are exported by the main-"
+"server to be mounted by the workstations and the ltsp-servers. Because of "
+"security reasons only hosts within the workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts "
+"and server-hosts <computeroutput>NetGroups </computeroutput> can mount the "
+"exported NFS shares. So it is rather important to remember to configure this "
+"kinds of machines properly in the ldap tree using lwat and configuring them "
+"to use the static IPs from ldap."
+msgstr ""
+"Die voreingestellte Installation unterstützt die vier "
+"<computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput>: printer-hosts, workstation-"
+"hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and server-hosts. Derzeitig wird die "
+"<computeroutput>NetGroup </computeroutput> Funktionalität nur für NFS "
+"genutzt. Die Heimatverzeichnisse werden vom Hauptserver exportiert um von "
+"den Workstations und den LTSP Servern gemountet zu werden. Aus "
+"Sicherheitsgründen können nur Rechner, aus den workstation-hosts, ltsp-"
+"server-hosts and server-hosts <computeroutput>NetGroups </computeroutput> "
+"die exportierten NFS Verzeichnisse mounten. Deshalb ist es sehr wichtig "
+"diese Art von Rechnern sauber im ldap Verzeichnisbaum mit lwat zu "
+"konfigurieren. Und zwar so, dass sie die statischen IP-Adressen von ldap "
+"nutzen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1285
-msgid "</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
-msgstr "</inlinemediaobject> Sie sollten nicht vergessen die Desktoprechner und LDAP-Server mit LWAT konfigurieren, sonst können die Benutzer nicht auf ihre Heimverzeichnisse zugreifen."
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
+"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Sie sollten nicht vergessen die Desktoprechner und LDAP-"
+"Server mit LWAT konfigurieren, sonst können die Benutzer nicht auf ihre "
+"Heimverzeichnisse zugreifen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1287
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag (in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows systems to the Skolelinux Samba domain, you have to add the Windows host to the ldap tree and set this flag to be able to join the Windows host to the domain. For more information about adding Windows hosts to the Skolelinux network see FIXME: add link to more information about adding Windows hosts to the Skolelinux network or describe it right there."
-msgstr "Ausserdem sollten sie die \"Samba Host\" Option setzen, falls sie vorhaben, bereits installierte Windowssysteme in die Skolelinux Samba Domäne aufzunehmen. Dazu den Host zum LDAP Baum hinzufügen und die Option setzen. Mehr Informationen finden sie unter FIXME add link."
+msgid ""
+"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
+"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
+"systems to the Skolelinux Samba domain, you have to add the Windows host to "
+"the ldap tree and set this flag to be able to join the Windows host to the "
+"domain. For more information about adding Windows hosts to the Skolelinux "
+"network see FIXME: add link to more information about adding Windows hosts "
+"to the Skolelinux network or describe it right there."
+msgstr ""
+"Ausserdem sollten sie die \"Samba Host\" Option setzen, falls sie vorhaben, "
+"bereits installierte Windowssysteme in die Skolelinux Samba Domäne "
+"aufzunehmen. Dazu den Host zum LDAP Baum hinzufügen und die Option setzen. "
+"Mehr Informationen finden sie unter FIXME add link."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1293
@@ -1958,8 +3345,14 @@ msgstr "Mehr LWAT Dokumentation"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1295
-msgid "The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url=\"http://bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/\">online </ulink>."
-msgstr "Die komplette Dokumentation für LWAT kann auf dem Hauptserver unter <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> gefunden werden oder <ulink url=\"http://bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/\">online </ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
+"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url=\"http://bzz.no/"
+"lwat/download/doc/\">online </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Die komplette Dokumentation für LWAT kann auf dem Hauptserver unter "
+"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> gefunden werden oder "
+"<ulink url=\"http://bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/\">online </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1303
@@ -1969,14 +3362,30 @@ msgstr "Druckermanagment"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1305
#, fuzzy
-msgid "For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www:631\"/> This is the normal cups management site where you can add/delete/modfiy your printers and can clean up the printing queue. For changes where you have to login as root with your root password, you will be forced to use ssl encryption."
-msgstr "Um Drucker zu verwalten, öffnen Sie <ulink url=\"https://www:631\">https://www:631 </ulink>. Dies ist die CUPS Verwaltungsseite, auf der Sie Drucker hinzufügen, löschen oder deren Einstellungen ändern können oder die Druckjobwarteschlange löschen können. Weil Sie sich au f dieser Seite als root einloggen müssen, ist diese nur per ssl erreichbar."
+msgid ""
+"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www:631"
+"\"/> This is the normal cups management site where you can add/delete/modfiy "
+"your printers and can clean up the printing queue. For changes where you "
+"have to login as root with your root password, you will be forced to use ssl "
+"encryption."
+msgstr ""
+"Um Drucker zu verwalten, öffnen Sie <ulink url=\"https://www:631\">https://"
+"www:631 </ulink>. Dies ist die CUPS Verwaltungsseite, auf der Sie Drucker "
+"hinzufügen, löschen oder deren Einstellungen ändern können oder die "
+"Druckjobwarteschlange löschen können. Weil Sie sich au f dieser Seite als "
+"root einloggen müssen, ist diese nur per ssl erreichbar."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1307
#, fuzzy
-msgid "If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run <computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to do when printconf does not accomplish anything."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie den Drucker das erste Mal anschließen empfehlen wir, <computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> als Root auszuführen. FIXME: explain what to do when this does not accomplish anything."
+msgid ""
+"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
+"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
+"do when printconf does not accomplish anything."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie den Drucker das erste Mal anschließen empfehlen wir, "
+"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> als Root auszuführen. FIXME: "
+"explain what to do when this does not accomplish anything."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1314
@@ -1985,13 +3394,41 @@ msgstr "Uhrensynchronisation"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1316
-msgid "The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the time. The clocks will not be synchronized with an external source by default, to make sure the machines to not use external network connections active all the time. This was configured like this after a school discovered their ISDN network was up all the time, giving them a nasty extra phone bill."
-msgstr "Die Standardeinstellung in Debian Edu ist die Uhren auf allen Computer synchron zu halten. Dies muss nicht bedeuten dass die Uhrzeit korrekt ist. Obwohl NTP eingesetzt wird werden die Uhren standardmässig nicht mit einer externen Quelle synchronisiert, um ständige Netzwerkverbindungen nach aussen zu vermeiden. Grund dafür ist das eine Schule aufgrund der vielen Synchronisierungen und dem damit einhergehenden ständigen Netzwerkverkehr eine recht hohe ISDN Rechnung hatte."
+msgid ""
+"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
+"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
+"time. The clocks will not be synchronized with an external source by "
+"default, to make sure the machines to not use external network connections "
+"active all the time. This was configured like this after a school "
+"discovered their ISDN network was up all the time, giving them a nasty extra "
+"phone bill."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Standardeinstellung in Debian Edu ist die Uhren auf allen Computer "
+"synchron zu halten. Dies muss nicht bedeuten dass die Uhrzeit korrekt ist. "
+"Obwohl NTP eingesetzt wird werden die Uhren standardmässig nicht mit einer "
+"externen Quelle synchronisiert, um ständige Netzwerkverbindungen nach aussen "
+"zu vermeiden. Grund dafür ist das eine Schule aufgrund der vielen "
+"Synchronisierungen und dem damit einhergehenden ständigen Netzwerkverkehr "
+"eine recht hohe ISDN Rechnung hatte."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1318
-msgid "To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the <computeroutput>server </computeroutput> entries need to be removed. After this, the ntp server need to be restarted by running <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/ntp restart </computeroutput> as root. To test if the server is using the external clock sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Um die Synchronisation mit einer externen Quelle zu aktivieren, müssen sie die Datei /etc/ntp.conf auf dem Hauptserver anpassen. Entfernen sie die Kommentare vor den <computeroutput>Server </computeroutput> Einträgen. Danach starten sie den NTP Server als root mit <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/ntp restart </computeroutput> neu. Um zu testen ob der Server die externe Quelle zum synchronisieren nutzt, geben sie <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer </computeroutput> ein."
+msgid ""
+"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
+"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
+"<computeroutput>server </computeroutput> entries need to be removed. After "
+"this, the ntp server need to be restarted by running <computeroutput>/etc/"
+"init.d/ntp restart </computeroutput> as root. To test if the server is "
+"using the external clock sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer </"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Um die Synchronisation mit einer externen Quelle zu aktivieren, müssen sie "
+"die Datei /etc/ntp.conf auf dem Hauptserver anpassen. Entfernen sie die "
+"Kommentare vor den <computeroutput>Server </computeroutput> Einträgen. "
+"Danach starten sie den NTP Server als root mit <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/"
+"ntp restart </computeroutput> neu. Um zu testen ob der Server die externe "
+"Quelle zum synchronisieren nutzt, geben sie <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer </"
+"computeroutput> ein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1326
@@ -2001,8 +3438,20 @@ msgstr "Volle Partitionen erweitern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1328
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n </computeroutput> as root. See the \"Resize Partitions\" HowTo in the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration#\">administration howto chapter </ulink> for more information."
-msgstr "Wegen eines Bugs in der automatischen Partitionierung könnten einige Partitionen nach der Installation zu voll sein. Um diese zu erweitern führen sie <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n </computeroutput> als root aus. Mehr Informationen zum Vergrößern und Verkleinern von Partitionen finden sie im <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administrations Howto Kaptitel </link> "
+msgid ""
+"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
+"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
+"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n </computeroutput> as root. See "
+"the \"Resize Partitions\" HowTo in the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration#\">administration howto "
+"chapter </ulink> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+"Wegen eines Bugs in der automatischen Partitionierung könnten einige "
+"Partitionen nach der Installation zu voll sein. Um diese zu erweitern führen "
+"sie <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n </computeroutput> als root "
+"aus. Mehr Informationen zum Vergrößern und Verkleinern von Partitionen "
+"finden sie im <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administrations Howto "
+"Kaptitel </link> "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1336
@@ -2016,34 +3465,72 @@ msgstr "Aktualisieren der Software"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1342
-msgid "This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
-msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt erklärt die Benutzung von <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </computeroutput> und kde-update-notifier."
+msgid ""
+"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
+"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieser Abschnitt erklärt die Benutzung von <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade "
+"</computeroutput> und kde-update-notifier."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1345
-msgid "Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> (updates the lists of available packages) and <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </computeroutput> (upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)."
-msgstr "<computeroutput>Aptitude </computeroutput> ist nicht schwer zu bedienen. Um ein System auf den neuesten Stand zu bringen müssen sie nur zwei Befehle als root ausführen: <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> (erneuert die Liste der verfügbaren Pakete von den apt-Quellen) und <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </computeroutput> (aktualisiert die installierten Pakete auf die neueste Version)."
+msgid ""
+"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
+"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
+"<computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> (updates the lists of "
+"available packages) and <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </computeroutput> "
+"(upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)."
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>Aptitude </computeroutput> ist nicht schwer zu bedienen. Um "
+"ein System auf den neuesten Stand zu bringen müssen sie nur zwei Befehle als "
+"root ausführen: <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> (erneuert "
+"die Liste der verfügbaren Pakete von den apt-Quellen) und "
+"<computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </computeroutput> (aktualisiert die "
+"installierten Pakete auf die neueste Version)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1350
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. FIXME: Explain how to use kde-update-notifier, best with screenshots."
-msgstr "An Stelle der Kommandozeile können Sie auch den KDE - Aktualisierungsmanager benutzen. FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
+msgid ""
+"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
+"FIXME: Explain how to use kde-update-notifier, best with screenshots."
+msgstr ""
+"An Stelle der Kommandozeile können Sie auch den KDE - Aktualisierungsmanager "
+"benutzen. FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1353
-msgid "It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to send mail to an address you are reading."
-msgstr "Es empfiehlt sich auch <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> und <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> zu installieren und so zu konfigurieren dass sie Emails an eine von ihnen gelesen Adresse schicken."
+msgid ""
+"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
+"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
+"send mail to an address you are reading."
+msgstr ""
+"Es empfiehlt sich auch <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> und "
+"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> zu installieren und so zu "
+"konfigurieren dass sie Emails an eine von ihnen gelesen Adresse schicken."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1357
-msgid "<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but downloads them (usually in the night), so you don't have to wait for the download, when you do <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> informiert sie einmal am Tag darüber ob es Pakete gibt die upgedatet werden können. Es installiert diese Pakete jedoch nicht, sondern läd sie nur herunter (meistens in der Nacht) damit sie schon lokal verfügbar sind wenn sie <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </computeroutput> ausführen."
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
+"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
+"downloads them (usually in the night), so you don't have to wait for the "
+"download, when you do <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> informiert sie einmal am Tag "
+"darüber ob es Pakete gibt die upgedatet werden können. Es installiert diese "
+"Pakete jedoch nicht, sondern läd sie nur herunter (meistens in der Nacht) "
+"damit sie schon lokal verfügbar sind wenn sie <computeroutput>aptitude "
+"upgrade </computeroutput> ausführen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1361
-msgid "<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog entries to you."
-msgstr "<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> kann ihnen Änderungen in den Listen zusenden."
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
+"entries to you."
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> kann ihnen Änderungen in "
+"den Listen zusenden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1367
@@ -2053,28 +3540,57 @@ msgstr "Verwaltung von Backups"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1369
#, fuzzy
-msgid "For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you have to access this site via ssl, since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this site without using ssl it will fail."
-msgstr "Um Backups zu verwalten gehen sie mit ihrem Browser auf <ulink url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\">https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Diese Seite müssen sie mit ssl aufrufen, da sie für die Backupverwaltung ihr root passwort eingeben müssen. Ein Zugriff ohne ssl ist nicht möglich."
+msgid ""
+"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you have to access this site via ssl, "
+"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this "
+"site without using ssl it will fail."
+msgstr ""
+"Um Backups zu verwalten gehen sie mit ihrem Browser auf <ulink url=\"https://"
+"www/slbackup-php\">https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Diese Seite müssen sie "
+"mit ssl aufrufen, da sie für die Backupverwaltung ihr root passwort eingeben "
+"müssen. Ein Zugriff ohne ssl ist nicht möglich."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1371
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> and the ldap to /skole/backup which is in the lvm. If you only want to have things twice (if you delete something) this setup should be fine for you."
-msgstr "In der Standardeinstellung macht tjener ein Backup von <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> und dem LDAP nach /skole/backup auf dem LVM. Falls sie nur alles doppelt haben wollen (um versehentlich gelöscht Dateien nochmals zu haben) reicht das."
+msgid ""
+"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
+"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/"
+"root/.svk </computeroutput> and the ldap to /skole/backup which is in the "
+"lvm. If you only want to have things twice (if you delete something) this "
+"setup should be fine for you."
+msgstr ""
+"In der Standardeinstellung macht tjener ein Backup von <computeroutput>/"
+"skole/tjener/home0 </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> "
+"und dem LDAP nach /skole/backup auf dem LVM. Falls sie nur alles doppelt "
+"haben wollen (um versehentlich gelöscht Dateien nochmals zu haben) reicht "
+"das."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1380
-msgid "</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from failing harddrives."
-msgstr "</inlinemediaobject> Sie sollten sich allerdings im Klaren darüber sein dass diese Art des Backups keinen Schutz vor kaputten Festplatten darstellt."
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
+"failing harddrives."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Sie sollten sich allerdings im Klaren darüber sein dass "
+"diese Art des Backups keinen Schutz vor kaputten Festplatten darstellt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1382
-msgid "If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
-msgstr "Falls sie ihren Daten auf einen externen Server, ein Tapedevice oder eine andere Festplatte sichern wollen müssen sie die Konfiguration ein wenig anpassen."
+msgid ""
+"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
+"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls sie ihren Daten auf einen externen Server, ein Tapedevice oder eine "
+"andere Festplatte sichern wollen müssen sie die Konfiguration ein wenig "
+"anpassen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1384
-msgid "If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the command-line:"
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the "
+"command-line:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
@@ -2089,17 +3605,29 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1389
#, fuzzy
-msgid "this will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user </computeroutput> from <computeroutput><date> </computeroutput> in the folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2008-03-30</computeroutput> in das Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt. Ansonsten ersetzen Sie <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> durch<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> oder <computeroutput>powerpc </computeroutput>, je nachdem was für eine Architektur Sie verwenden."
+msgid ""
+"this will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user </"
+"computeroutput> from <computeroutput><date> </computeroutput> in the "
+"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> </"
+"computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2008-03-30</computeroutput> in das "
+"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt. Ansonsten "
+"ersetzen Sie <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> "
+"durch<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> oder <computeroutput>powerpc </"
+"computeroutput>, je nachdem was für eine Architektur Sie verwenden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1394
-msgid "If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the file (and the version) from the web-interface, and download only that file."
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the "
+"file (and the version) from the web-interface, and download only that file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1397
-msgid "FIXME: continue description of slbackup-php usage, maybe with screenshots"
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: continue description of slbackup-php usage, maybe with screenshots"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
@@ -2115,19 +3643,50 @@ msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1410
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphis on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and allow the system administrator help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems."
-msgstr "Das Munin Trend Reporting System ist erreichbar unter <ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\">https://www/munin/ </ulink>. Es stellt Systemstatusmessungen zur Verfügung, die in täglicher, monatlicher oder jährlicher Ansicht eingesehen werden können und dem Administrator helfen können, Engpässe und Systemprobleme zu finden."
+msgid ""
+"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphis on a daily, "
+"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and allow the system administrator help "
+"when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems."
+msgstr ""
+"Das Munin Trend Reporting System ist erreichbar unter <ulink url=\"https://"
+"www/munin/\">https://www/munin/ </ulink>. Es stellt Systemstatusmessungen "
+"zur Verfügung, die in täglicher, monatlicher oder jährlicher Ansicht "
+"eingesehen werden können und dem Administrator helfen können, Engpässe und "
+"Systemprobleme zu finden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1412
-msgid "The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the package munin-node installed is registered for munin monitoring. It will normally take two days from a machine is installed until munin monitoring start, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the process, run <computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary-client </computeroutput> as root on the freshly installed machine, and <computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary </computeroutput> as root on the sitesummary server (normally the main-server)."
-msgstr "Die Liste an überwachten Computern wird automatisch aus den an Sitesummary berichtenden Hosts erstellt. Ein Host berichtet an den Server wenn das Paket \"munin-node\" installiert ist. Wegen der Ausführreihenfolge der Cronjobs dauert es normalerweise zwei Tage bevor bevor ein Host von Munin registriert wird. Wenn sie dies beschleunigen wollen, führen sie <computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary-client </computeroutput> als root auf dem neuen Host aus und <computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary </computeroutput> als root auf dem Server auf dem Sitesummary läuft (Dies ist normalerweise der Hauptserver)."
+msgid ""
+"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
+"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
+"package munin-node installed is registered for munin monitoring. It will "
+"normally take two days from a machine is installed until munin monitoring "
+"start, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the "
+"process, run <computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary-client </"
+"computeroutput> as root on the freshly installed machine, and "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary </computeroutput> as root on the "
+"sitesummary server (normally the main-server)."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Liste an überwachten Computern wird automatisch aus den an Sitesummary "
+"berichtenden Hosts erstellt. Ein Host berichtet an den Server wenn das Paket "
+"\"munin-node\" installiert ist. Wegen der Ausführreihenfolge der Cronjobs "
+"dauert es normalerweise zwei Tage bevor bevor ein Host von Munin registriert "
+"wird. Wenn sie dies beschleunigen wollen, führen sie <computeroutput>/etc/"
+"cron.daily/sitesummary-client </computeroutput> als root auf dem neuen Host "
+"aus und <computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary </computeroutput> als "
+"root auf dem Server auf dem Sitesummary läuft (Dies ist normalerweise der "
+"Hauptserver)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1416
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/\"/> ."
-msgstr "Weitere Informationen über Munin kann man unter <ulink url=\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/\">http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> finden."
+msgid ""
+"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
+"munin.projects.linpro.no/\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+"Weitere Informationen über Munin kann man unter <ulink url=\"http://munin."
+"projects.linpro.no/\">http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> finden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1421
@@ -2137,13 +3696,26 @@ msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1423
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/nagios2/\"/>."
-msgstr "Das Nagios System- und Serviceüberwachungstool kann unter <ulink url=\"https://www/nagios2/\">https://www/nagios2/ </ulink> gefunden werden."
+msgid ""
+"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://"
+"www/nagios2/\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Das Nagios System- und Serviceüberwachungstool kann unter <ulink url="
+"\"https://www/nagios2/\">https://www/nagios2/ </ulink> gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1425
-msgid "The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, avoid using the samme password as root. To change the password you can run the following command as root:"
-msgstr "Der Benutzername ist \"nagiosadmin\" un das Passwort ist undefiniert. Vor dem ersten Login muss das Passwort gesetzt werden. Aus Sicherheitsgründen sollten sie davon absehen, das gleiche Passwort wie für den Rootaccount zu verwenden. Um das Passwort zu ändern, führen sie bitte den folgenden Befehl als root aus:"
+msgid ""
+"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
+"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
+"avoid using the samme password as root. To change the password you can run "
+"the following command as root:"
+msgstr ""
+"Der Benutzername ist \"nagiosadmin\" un das Passwort ist undefiniert. Vor "
+"dem ersten Login muss das Passwort gesetzt werden. Aus Sicherheitsgründen "
+"sollten sie davon absehen, das gleiche Passwort wie für den Rootaccount zu "
+"verwenden. Um das Passwort zu ändern, führen sie bitte den folgenden Befehl "
+"als root aus:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1426
@@ -2155,14 +3727,31 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1428
-msgid "By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email </computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email </computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Standardmässig versendet das in Debian Edu 3.0r1 installierte Nagios keine Emails. Dies kann geändert werden, indem man in der Datei <computeroutput>/etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg </computeroutput> den Eintrag <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> durch <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email </computeroutput> und <computeroutput>notify-by-email </computeroutput> ersetzt."
+msgid ""
+"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
+"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
+"with <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email </computeroutput> and "
+"<computeroutput>notify-by-email </computeroutput> in the file "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Standardmässig versendet das in Debian Edu 3.0r1 installierte Nagios keine "
+"Emails. Dies kann geändert werden, indem man in der Datei <computeroutput>/"
+"etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg </computeroutput> den Eintrag "
+"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> durch "
+"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email </computeroutput> und "
+"<computeroutput>notify-by-email </computeroutput> ersetzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1434
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url=\"http://www.nagios.org/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> package."
-msgstr "Informationen über Nagios können unter <ulink url=\"http://www.nagios.org/\">http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> oder in dem Paket<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> gefunden werden."
+msgid ""
+"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
+"www.nagios.org/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> "
+"package."
+msgstr ""
+"Informationen über Nagios können unter <ulink url=\"http://www.nagios.org/"
+"\">http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> oder in dem Paket<computeroutput>nagios2-"
+"doc </computeroutput> gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1440
@@ -2172,14 +3761,23 @@ msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1442
#, fuzzy
-msgid "A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>."
-msgstr "Einen einfachen Bericht erstellt durch \"sitesummary\" gibt es unter <ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\">https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"sitesummary/\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Einen einfachen Bericht erstellt durch \"sitesummary\" gibt es unter <ulink "
+"url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\">https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1444
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>"
-msgstr "Dokumentation über sitesummary kann unter <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink> gefunden werden."
+msgid ""
+"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Dokumentation über sitesummary kann unter <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"SiteSummary </ulink> gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1451
@@ -2188,25 +3786,62 @@ msgstr "Upgrades"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1453
-msgid "Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by applicable law. </emphasis> Please read this chapter completly before attempting to upgrade."
-msgstr "Bevor wir zu der Erklärung wie man upgrades macht kommen, hier ein wichtiger Hinweis: Das update auf dem Produktivserver ist auf eigene Gefahr. <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Debian Edu/Skolelinux kommt ohne Garantie auf Funktionstüchtigkeit und wird auf eigene Gefahr eingesetzt.</emphasis> Bitte lesen sie dieses Kaptitel ganz bevor sie versuchen upzugraden."
+msgid ""
+"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
+"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian "
+"Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
+"applicable law. </emphasis> Please read this chapter completly before "
+"attempting to upgrade."
+msgstr ""
+"Bevor wir zu der Erklärung wie man upgrades macht kommen, hier ein wichtiger "
+"Hinweis: Das update auf dem Produktivserver ist auf eigene Gefahr. <emphasis "
+"role=\"strong\"> Debian Edu/Skolelinux kommt ohne Garantie auf "
+"Funktionstüchtigkeit und wird auf eigene Gefahr eingesetzt.</emphasis> Bitte "
+"lesen sie dieses Kaptitel ganz bevor sie versuchen upzugraden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1456
#, fuzzy
-msgid "More <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\">information about the Debian lenny release </ulink> is available in its installation manual."
-msgstr "Mehr <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\">Informationen über das Debian Etch Release </ulink> finden sie im Debian Etch Installationsmanual."
+msgid ""
+"More <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
+"\">information about the Debian lenny release </ulink> is available in its "
+"installation manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Mehr <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
+"\">Informationen über das Debian Etch Release </ulink> finden sie im Debian "
+"Etch Installationsmanual."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1459
-msgid "If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same way as your production server. There you can test the upgrade without risk and see if everything works as it should."
-msgstr "Wenn sie sicher gehen wollen dass auch nach einem Upgrade noch alles funktioniert, sollten sie das Upgrade auf einem Testserver der genau wie der Produktivserver konfiguriert ist machen. So können sie das Upgrade ohne Risiko testen und schauen ob alles so funktioniert wie es sollte."
+msgid ""
+"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
+"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
+"way as your production server. There you can test the upgrade without risk "
+"and see if everything works as it should."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn sie sicher gehen wollen dass auch nach einem Upgrade noch alles "
+"funktioniert, sollten sie das Upgrade auf einem Testserver der genau wie der "
+"Produktivserver konfiguriert ist machen. So können sie das Upgrade ohne "
+"Risiko testen und schauen ob alles so funktioniert wie es sollte."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1461
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running etch for some more weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document them here. Debian Edu etch will receive continued support for some time in the future, but when Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for etch </ulink>, Debian Edu will (have to) do that too. This is expected to happen sometime in 2010."
-msgstr "Es könnte auch geschickt sein noch nicht upzugraden und noch eine Weile Sarge zu verwenden, sodass andere das Upgrade testen können und Probleme dokumentieren können. Debian Edu Sarge wird noch länger supported werden, aber wenn Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">den Support für Sarge einstellen wird </ulink>, wird auch Debian Edu den Support einstellen (müssen). Dies wird vorraussichtlich im April 2008 der Fall sein."
+msgid ""
+"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running etch for some more "
+"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
+"them here. Debian Edu etch will receive continued support for some time in "
+"the future, but when Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/"
+"faq#lifespan\">ceases support for etch </ulink>, Debian Edu will (have to) "
+"do that too. This is expected to happen sometime in 2010."
+msgstr ""
+"Es könnte auch geschickt sein noch nicht upzugraden und noch eine Weile "
+"Sarge zu verwenden, sodass andere das Upgrade testen können und Probleme "
+"dokumentieren können. Debian Edu Sarge wird noch länger supported werden, "
+"aber wenn Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan"
+"\">den Support für Sarge einstellen wird </ulink>, wird auch Debian Edu den "
+"Support einstellen (müssen). Dies wird vorraussichtlich im April 2008 der "
+"Fall sein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1466
@@ -2231,7 +3866,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1478
-msgid "how to generate the new indexes. Some new indexes have been added to openldap's configuration. in order to take the belefit of these you need to regenerate these indexes. You do this by."
+msgid ""
+"how to generate the new indexes. Some new indexes have been added to "
+"openldap's configuration. in order to take the belefit of these you need to "
+"regenerate these indexes. You do this by."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2254,7 +3892,8 @@ msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1491
#, fuzzy
-msgid "start slapd with <computeroutput> invoke-rc.d slapd start </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"start slapd with <computeroutput> invoke-rc.d slapd start </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2269,7 +3908,9 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1508
-msgid "FIXME: Describe how to upgrade to the powerdns dns and dhcp in ldap structure."
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: Describe how to upgrade to the powerdns dns and dhcp in ldap "
+"structure."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2279,7 +3920,9 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1515
-msgid "If you want to continue running bind, you must add the RFC 2782 entries in /etc/bind/debian-edu/db.intern"
+msgid ""
+"If you want to continue running bind, you must add the RFC 2782 entries in /"
+"etc/bind/debian-edu/db.intern"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
@@ -2298,7 +3941,11 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1531
-msgid "</inlinemediaobject> unconfirmed <oz_> <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=462588\"/> affects upgrades from etch. commenting out 'TLSCipherSuite' and setting 'TLS_REQCERT never' just fixed it."
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> unconfirmed <oz_> <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian."
+"org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=462588\"/> affects upgrades from etch. "
+"commenting out 'TLSCipherSuite' and setting 'TLS_REQCERT never' just fixed "
+"it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2308,7 +3955,12 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1539
-msgid "The nagios3 configuration will already be installed and functional, though the nagios2 configuration won't be functional anymore. If you changed the nagios2 configuration, your changes will be saved in .dpkg-old files, but the changes will not be applied to the nagios3 configuration. So these changes have to be redone manually."
+msgid ""
+"The nagios3 configuration will already be installed and functional, though "
+"the nagios2 configuration won't be functional anymore. If you changed the "
+"nagios2 configuration, your changes will be saved in .dpkg-old files, but "
+"the changes will not be applied to the nagios3 configuration. So these "
+"changes have to be redone manually."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
@@ -2318,13 +3970,31 @@ msgstr "Upgraden von Debian Edu Sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1547
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
-msgstr "Bitte lesen sie dieses Kapitel komplett bevor sie anfangen das System upzugraden."
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+msgstr ""
+"Bitte lesen sie dieses Kapitel komplett bevor sie anfangen das System "
+"upzugraden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1549
-msgid "In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. (Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installed a 2.6 kernel as default, but if you are running a 2.4 kernel, you <emphasis>should </emphasis> read the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6\">notes on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to 2.6 </ulink> before you upgrade!)"
-msgstr "Falls sie auf Probleme stoßen sollten können sie auch die <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">Debian Etch Release Notes lesen</ulink>. (Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installiert standardmässig einen 2.6 Kernel. Falls sie noch enen 2.4 Kernel installiert haben, sollten sie vor dem upgrade <emphasis>unbedingt </emphasis> das folgende Dokument lesen: <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6\"> Bemerkungen zum Updaten von Version 2.4 auf Version 2.6 </ulink>)."
+msgid ""
+"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian."
+"org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
+"(Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installed a 2.6 kernel as default, but "
+"if you are running a 2.4 kernel, you <emphasis>should </emphasis> read the "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/ch-"
+"information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6\">notes on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to "
+"2.6 </ulink> before you upgrade!)"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls sie auf Probleme stoßen sollten können sie auch die <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">Debian Etch Release "
+"Notes lesen</ulink>. (Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installiert "
+"standardmässig einen 2.6 Kernel. Falls sie noch enen 2.4 Kernel installiert "
+"haben, sollten sie vor dem upgrade <emphasis>unbedingt </emphasis> das "
+"folgende Dokument lesen: <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
+"i386/release-notes/ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6\"> Bemerkungen "
+"zum Updaten von Version 2.4 auf Version 2.6 </ulink>)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1556
@@ -2333,28 +4003,56 @@ msgstr "Veränderters Partitionsschema"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1558
-msgid "The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume Groups:"
-msgstr "Das größte Problem bei einem Upgrade von auf Sarge basierten Releases zu Terra ist dass sich das Partitionsschema grundlegend verändert hat. Sarge basierte Releases haben die folgenden Volume Groups:"
+msgid ""
+"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
+"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
+"Groups:"
+msgstr ""
+"Das größte Problem bei einem Upgrade von auf Sarge basierten Releases zu "
+"Terra ist dass sich das Partitionsschema grundlegend verändert hat. Sarge "
+"basierte Releases haben die folgenden Volume Groups:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1560
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
-msgstr "vg_data auf welcher die Datenpartition liegt, unter dem Namen /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
+msgstr ""
+"vg_data auf welcher die Datenpartition liegt, unter dem Namen /skole/tjener/"
+"home0, ..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1563
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
-msgstr "vg_system welche die Systempartition enthält, unter dem Namen /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
+msgstr ""
+"vg_system welche die Systempartition enthält, unter dem Namen /var, /usr /"
+"var/spool/squid"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1567
-msgid "But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes of the Installer."
-msgstr "Das auf Etch basierte Release hat wegen internen Änderungen am Installationssystem allerdings nur eine Volume Group."
+msgid ""
+"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
+"of the Installer."
+msgstr ""
+"Das auf Etch basierte Release hat wegen internen Änderungen am "
+"Installationssystem allerdings nur eine Volume Group."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1569
-msgid "The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a virtual machine with an 8GB harddrive, the upgrade failed since it was not possible to free more space on the vg_sytem. Please note that you should have about 1,5GB free space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr. If this is not the case the upgrade will fail because of too little free space on the device."
-msgstr "Die vg_system Volume Group ist recht klein, da die Daten auf dieser Partition meist statisch sind. Bei einem Testupgrade in einer Virtual Machine mi 8GB Festplattenplatz ist das Upgrade fehlgeschlagen, weil es nicht möglich war, vg_system entsprechend zu erweitern. Um upzugraden sollten sie mindestens über 1,5GB freien Speicher auf /var und 600MB freien Speicher auf /usr verfügen. Ansonsten wird das Upgrade wegen zu wenig Platz fehlschlagen."
+msgid ""
+"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
+"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
+"virtual machine with an 8GB harddrive, the upgrade failed since it was not "
+"possible to free more space on the vg_sytem. Please note that you should "
+"have about 1,5GB free space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr. If "
+"this is not the case the upgrade will fail because of too little free space "
+"on the device."
+msgstr ""
+"Die vg_system Volume Group ist recht klein, da die Daten auf dieser "
+"Partition meist statisch sind. Bei einem Testupgrade in einer Virtual "
+"Machine mi 8GB Festplattenplatz ist das Upgrade fehlgeschlagen, weil es "
+"nicht möglich war, vg_system entsprechend zu erweitern. Um upzugraden "
+"sollten sie mindestens über 1,5GB freien Speicher auf /var und 600MB freien "
+"Speicher auf /usr verfügen. Ansonsten wird das Upgrade wegen zu wenig Platz "
+"fehlschlagen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1574
@@ -2363,13 +4061,22 @@ msgstr "Vorbereitung des Systems"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1576
-msgid "If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var partition, you have to resize this partition:"
-msgstr "Falls sie genug freien Speicherplatz in der vg_system Volume Group haben, aber zu wenig in der lv_var Partition müssen sie diese Partition erweitern:"
+msgid ""
+"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
+"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls sie genug freien Speicherplatz in der vg_system Volume Group haben, "
+"aber zu wenig in der lv_var Partition müssen sie diese Partition erweitern:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1578
-msgid "1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> partition for this to work, too:"
-msgstr "1.) Hängen sie erst <computeroutput>/var/squid </computeroutput> und danach <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> aus:"
+msgid ""
+"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
+"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
+"partition for this to work, too:"
+msgstr ""
+"1.) Hängen sie erst <computeroutput>/var/squid </computeroutput> und danach "
+"<computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> aus:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1582
@@ -2439,8 +4146,12 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1615
-msgid "Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to contain these lines"
-msgstr "Passen sie jetzt die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> an sodass sie die folgenden Zeilen enthalten:"
+msgid ""
+"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
+"contain these lines"
+msgstr ""
+"Passen sie jetzt die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput> an sodass sie die folgenden Zeilen enthalten:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1618
@@ -2453,7 +4164,9 @@ msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1622
#, fuzzy
-msgid "deb <ulink url=\"http://security.debian.org/\"/> etch/updates main deb <ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux\"/> etch local}}}"
+msgid ""
+"deb <ulink url=\"http://security.debian.org/\"/> etch/updates main deb "
+"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux\"/> etch local}}}"
msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
@@ -2479,17 +4192,39 @@ msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1635
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
-msgstr "Antworten zu Fragen die von debconf während des Upgrades gestellt werden"
+msgstr ""
+"Antworten zu Fragen die von debconf während des Upgrades gestellt werden"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1637
-msgid "Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver."
-msgstr "Hier können wir ihnen einige Tipps geben was sie auf Fragen antworten können die von debconf gestellt werden. Bemerkung: Dieses HowTo geht davon aus, dass der Main- und der Terminalserver frisch installiert wurden und nichts verändert wurde."
+msgid ""
+"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
+"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
+"a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können wir ihnen einige Tipps geben was sie auf Fragen antworten können "
+"die von debconf gestellt werden. Bemerkung: Dieses HowTo geht davon aus, "
+"dass der Main- und der Terminalserver frisch installiert wurden und nichts "
+"verändert wurde."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1639
-msgid "Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to what is installed as default in the sarge based Debian Edu release). So if there are any questions which you don't know how to answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org\">debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
-msgstr "Welche Fragen zu den hier aufgeführten noch gestellt werden kommt darauf an was auf ihrem System zusätzlich an Paketen installiert ist (zusätzlich zu den standardmässig auf einem Sarge basierten Debian Edu System installierten Paketen). Falls sie Fragen haben, zögern sie nicht diese auf der Mailingliste (<ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org\">debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) oder im IRC (irc.oftc.net: #debian-edu) zu stellen. "
+msgid ""
+"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
+"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
+"what is installed as default in the sarge based Debian Edu release). So if "
+"there are any questions which you don't know how to answer, don't hesitate "
+"to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org"
+"\">debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-"
+"edu."
+msgstr ""
+"Welche Fragen zu den hier aufgeführten noch gestellt werden kommt darauf an "
+"was auf ihrem System zusätzlich an Paketen installiert ist (zusätzlich zu "
+"den standardmässig auf einem Sarge basierten Debian Edu System installierten "
+"Paketen). Falls sie Fragen haben, zögern sie nicht diese auf der "
+"Mailingliste (<ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org\">debian-"
+"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) oder im IRC (irc.oftc.net: #debian-edu) zu "
+"stellen. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1642
@@ -2498,8 +4233,12 @@ msgstr "* nagios-common:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1644
-msgid "Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> user."
-msgstr "Hier müssen sie das Passwort für den <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> Benutzer eingeben."
+msgid ""
+"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
+"user."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier müssen sie das Passwort für den <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
+"Benutzer eingeben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1649
@@ -2519,7 +4258,9 @@ msgstr "* openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1657
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
-msgstr "challenge-response Authentification <emphasize>nicht </emphasize> deaktivieren."
+msgstr ""
+"challenge-response Authentification <emphasize>nicht </emphasize> "
+"deaktivieren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1661
@@ -2538,8 +4279,15 @@ msgstr "* popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1669
-msgid "If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered anonymously and you have the option to say \"no\"."
-msgstr "Wenn sie \"yes\" auswählen wird uns das helfen Debian Edu zu verbessern (Wir werden dann eine wöchentliche Statistik erhalten welche Programme wie oft benutztwurden). Diese Daten werden anonym gesammelt und sie haben die Option \"no\" auszuwählen."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
+"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
+"anonymously and you have the option to say \"no\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn sie \"yes\" auswählen wird uns das helfen Debian Edu zu verbessern (Wir "
+"werden dann eine wöchentliche Statistik erhalten welche Programme wie oft "
+"benutztwurden). Diese Daten werden anonym gesammelt und sie haben die Option "
+"\"no\" auszuwählen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1673
@@ -2553,8 +4301,11 @@ msgstr "Verändern sie die Eingabe zu <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1679
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
-msgstr "Verändern sie die Eingabe zu <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Verändern sie die Eingabe zu <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </"
+"emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1683
@@ -2573,8 +4324,12 @@ msgstr "* \"Restart Services\". Hier \"yes\" antworten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1691
-msgid "These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional packages installed."
-msgstr "Dies sind die Fragen die debconf ihnen stellen wird falls sie keine zusätzlichen Pakete installiert haben."
+msgid ""
+"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
+"packages installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies sind die Fragen die debconf ihnen stellen wird falls sie keine "
+"zusätzlichen Pakete installiert haben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1693
@@ -2583,13 +4338,24 @@ msgstr "Jetzt wird der Upgradeprozess beginnen die Pakete upzugraden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1695
-msgid "Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The default is to keep your modified one. Unless you really have modified something, please always choose: \"Install the latest one\"."
-msgstr "Hinweis: Sie werden ein paar mal gefragt werden ob sie die alte, modifizierte Version einer Konfigurationsdatei behalten wollen oder sie durch eine neuere ersetzen wollen. Standardmässig wird die modifizierte Version beibehalten. Solange sie jedoch keine größeren Veränderungen vorgenommen haben, wählen sie bitte immer \"Install the latest one\" aus"
+msgid ""
+"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
+"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
+"default is to keep your modified one. Unless you really have modified "
+"something, please always choose: \"Install the latest one\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Hinweis: Sie werden ein paar mal gefragt werden ob sie die alte, "
+"modifizierte Version einer Konfigurationsdatei behalten wollen oder sie "
+"durch eine neuere ersetzen wollen. Standardmässig wird die modifizierte "
+"Version beibehalten. Solange sie jedoch keine größeren Veränderungen "
+"vorgenommen haben, wählen sie bitte immer \"Install the latest one\" aus"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1697
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message: {{{Errors were encountered while processing:"
+msgid ""
+"The upgrade will fail with this error message: {{{Errors were encountered "
+"while processing:"
msgstr "Das Upgrade wird mit der folgenden Fehlermeldung fehlschlagen:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2600,8 +4366,20 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1703
#, fuzzy
-msgid "E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) }}} To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-local-el.postrm </emphasis> and comment out in both the line containing: <emphasis>update-mozilla-firefox-chrome </emphasis>. Then restart the upgrade process with:"
-msgstr "Um dies zu beheben müssen sie die folgenden Dateien editieren: Kommentieren sie in den beiden Dateien <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> und <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-local-el.postrm </emphasis> Die Zeile mit dem Eintrag <emphasis>update-mozilla-firefox-chrome </emphasis> aus. Starten sie dann den Upgradeprozess mit dem folgenden Befehl neu:"
+msgid ""
+"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) }}} To fix this you "
+"have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-"
+"locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-"
+"firefox-local-el.postrm </emphasis> and comment out in both the line "
+"containing: <emphasis>update-mozilla-firefox-chrome </emphasis>. Then "
+"restart the upgrade process with:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um dies zu beheben müssen sie die folgenden Dateien editieren: Kommentieren "
+"sie in den beiden Dateien <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-"
+"locale-it.postrm </emphasis> und <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-"
+"firefox-local-el.postrm </emphasis> Die Zeile mit dem Eintrag "
+"<emphasis>update-mozilla-firefox-chrome </emphasis> aus. Starten sie dann "
+"den Upgradeprozess mit dem folgenden Befehl neu:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1707
@@ -2622,12 +4400,15 @@ msgstr "* Veränderte nagios Konfigurationsfiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1713
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
-msgstr "Sie sollten die bereits installierten behalten (default) und Enter drücken"
+msgstr ""
+"Sie sollten die bereits installierten behalten (default) und Enter drücken"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1717
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Then the installation failes another time: {{{Errors were encountered while processing:"
+msgid ""
+"Then the installation failes another time: {{{Errors were encountered while "
+"processing:"
msgstr "Dann wird das Upgrade ein weiteres mal fehlschlagen:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2647,8 +4428,17 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1725
-msgid "In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs as user <emphasis>openldap </emphasis> (instead of as root) the permissions of the configuration files have to be changed:"
-msgstr "Um dies zu beheben, nennen sie das Verzeichnis <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> um und, weil openldap nun unter dem Benutzer <emphasis>openldap </emphasis> anstatt root läuft, verändern sie die Berechtigungen der Konfigurationsdateien folgendermassen:"
+msgid ""
+"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
+"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
+"as user <emphasis>openldap </emphasis> (instead of as root) the permissions "
+"of the configuration files have to be changed:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um dies zu beheben, nennen sie das Verzeichnis <emphasis>/var/backups/"
+"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> um und, weil "
+"openldap nun unter dem Benutzer <emphasis>openldap </emphasis> anstatt root "
+"läuft, verändern sie die Berechtigungen der Konfigurationsdateien "
+"folgendermassen:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1729
@@ -2660,8 +4450,14 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1731
-msgid "Then the installation should finish <emphasis role=\"strong\">without </emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart the dist-upgrade process again with:"
-msgstr "Jetzt sollte das Upgrade <emphasis role=\"strong\"> ohne </emphasis> Fehler durchlaufen. Weil viele Packages keine upgrades sind, starten sie bitte den dist-upgrade Prozess mit dem folgenden Befehl:"
+msgid ""
+"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role=\"strong\">without </"
+"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
+"the dist-upgrade process again with:"
+msgstr ""
+"Jetzt sollte das Upgrade <emphasis role=\"strong\"> ohne </emphasis> Fehler "
+"durchlaufen. Weil viele Packages keine upgrades sind, starten sie bitte den "
+"dist-upgrade Prozess mit dem folgenden Befehl:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1733
@@ -2672,7 +4468,9 @@ msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1735
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The next error raising up is this one: {{{Errors were encountered while processing:"
+msgid ""
+"The next error raising up is this one: {{{Errors were encountered while "
+"processing:"
msgstr "Der nächste Fehler wird sein:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2693,7 +4491,9 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1743
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
-msgstr "Bitte entfernen sie das Paket <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> mit dem Befehl"
+msgstr ""
+"Bitte entfernen sie das Paket <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> mit dem "
+"Befehl"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1745
@@ -2703,13 +4503,20 @@ msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1747
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
-msgstr "und warten sie bis dies geschehen ist. Dann führen sie nochmals ein dist-upgrade aus."
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+msgstr ""
+"und warten sie bis dies geschehen ist. Dann führen sie nochmals ein dist-"
+"upgrade aus."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1749
-msgid "If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should now finish without raising more errors."
-msgstr "Wenn sie nur die Standardpakete installiert hatten sollte der Upgradeprozess nun ohne weitere Fehler durchlaufen."
+msgid ""
+"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
+"now finish without raising more errors."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn sie nur die Standardpakete installiert hatten sollte der Upgradeprozess "
+"nun ohne weitere Fehler durchlaufen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1754
@@ -2718,8 +4525,13 @@ msgstr "Probleme beim Upgraden von bind"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1756
-msgid "The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
-msgstr "Das einzige übrige Problem ist dass sich der Benutzer von bind9 geänder hat, deswegen sollten sie alle Konfigurationsfiles von bind dem neuen Benutzer zuweisen."
+msgid ""
+"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
+"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+"Das einzige übrige Problem ist dass sich der Benutzer von bind9 geänder hat, "
+"deswegen sollten sie alle Konfigurationsfiles von bind dem neuen Benutzer "
+"zuweisen."
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1757
@@ -2729,8 +4541,12 @@ msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1759
-msgid "See <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791\">#386791 </ulink> for more information."
-msgstr "Dazu finden sie unter <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791\">#386791 </ulink> mehr Informationen."
+msgid ""
+"See <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791"
+"\">#386791 </ulink> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+"Dazu finden sie unter <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport."
+"cgi?bug=386791\">#386791 </ulink> mehr Informationen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1765
@@ -2739,13 +4555,30 @@ msgstr "Veränderte Handhabung von Groupmaps in Samba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1767
-msgid "There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also a samba group. In etch samba keeps groupmap information in the LDAP database. Unfortunatly this issue was discovered too late for our LDAP admin tool \"lwat\" to be aware of the situation."
-msgstr "Es gab von Sarge zu Etch eine Änderung in der Art wie Samba groupmaps handhabt. In Sargen wurden Groupmaps intern gehandhabt, sodass eine Gruppe in Unix einer Gruppe in Samba entsprach. In Etch wurden die groupmap Information in einer LDAP Datenbank gespeichert. Leider wurde dieses Problem zu spät entdeckt um um unser LDAP Administrationstool \"lwat\" dementsprechend anzupassen."
+msgid ""
+"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
+"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
+"a samba group. In etch samba keeps groupmap information in the LDAP "
+"database. Unfortunatly this issue was discovered too late for our LDAP admin "
+"tool \"lwat\" to be aware of the situation."
+msgstr ""
+"Es gab von Sarge zu Etch eine Änderung in der Art wie Samba groupmaps "
+"handhabt. In Sargen wurden Groupmaps intern gehandhabt, sodass eine Gruppe "
+"in Unix einer Gruppe in Samba entsprach. In Etch wurden die groupmap "
+"Information in einer LDAP Datenbank gespeichert. Leider wurde dieses Problem "
+"zu spät entdeckt um um unser LDAP Administrationstool \"lwat\" "
+"dementsprechend anzupassen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1769
-msgid "When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain operation. Create the Domain Admins account with the command:"
-msgstr "Wenn sie ihr auf LDAP von Sarge auf Etch upgraden müssen sie sicher gehen, dass sie die Domänenadminaccounts anlegen die für den Domänenbetrieb von Samba notwendig sind. Dies machen sie mit dem folgenden Befehl:"
+msgid ""
+"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
+"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
+"operation. Create the Domain Admins account with the command:"
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn sie ihr auf LDAP von Sarge auf Etch upgraden müssen sie sicher gehen, "
+"dass sie die Domänenadminaccounts anlegen die für den Domänenbetrieb von "
+"Samba notwendig sind. Dies machen sie mit dem folgenden Befehl:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1770
@@ -2763,8 +4596,17 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1774
#, fuzzy
-msgid "If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more detail in the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/NetworkClients#\">HowTo/NetworkClients </ulink> chapter of this manual."
-msgstr "Falls sie zudem möchten dass ihre Windowscomputer erfahren in welchen Gruppen sich die Benutzer befinden, müssen sie die groupmaps in LDAP manuell anlegen. Dies wird in dem Kaptiel <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> dieses Manuals genauer erklärt."
+msgid ""
+"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
+"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
+"detail in the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch/HowTo/NetworkClients#\">HowTo/NetworkClients </ulink> chapter of this "
+"manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls sie zudem möchten dass ihre Windowscomputer erfahren in welchen "
+"Gruppen sich die Benutzer befinden, müssen sie die groupmaps in LDAP manuell "
+"anlegen. Dies wird in dem Kaptiel <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo/"
+"NetworkClients</link> dieses Manuals genauer erklärt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1781
@@ -2774,8 +4616,18 @@ msgstr "Upgrades von älteren Debian Edu/Skolelinux Installationen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1783
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0\"/>. Then upgrade to Terrra (etch-based Release)."
-msgstr "Upgrades ausgehend von auf Woody basierenden Debian Edu/Skolelinux Installationen werden nicht unterstützt. Sie sollten zuerst auf eine Sarge basierte Version updaten, Informationen hierzu finden sie unter <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink>. Dann können sie zu Terra upgraden (ein auf Etch basierendes Release)."
+msgid ""
+"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
+"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0\"/>. Then "
+"upgrade to Terrra (etch-based Release)."
+msgstr ""
+"Upgrades ausgehend von auf Woody basierenden Debian Edu/Skolelinux "
+"Installationen werden nicht unterstützt. Sie sollten zuerst auf eine Sarge "
+"basierte Version updaten, Informationen hierzu finden sie unter <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0\">http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink>. Dann können sie zu Terra "
+"upgraden (ein auf Etch basierendes Release)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1789
@@ -2785,32 +4637,49 @@ msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1791
#, fuzzy
-msgid "HowTos for <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/HowTo/Administration#\">general administration </ulink>"
-msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"Administration\">allgemeine Administration</link>"
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/"
+"HowTo/Administration#\">general administration </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"HowTos für <link linkend=\"Administration\">allgemeine Administration</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1795
#, fuzzy
-msgid "HowTos for <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/HowTo/Desktop#\">the desktop </ulink>"
-msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - Unvollständig aber interessant"
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/"
+"HowTo/Desktop#\">the desktop </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+"Unvollständig aber interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1799
#, fuzzy
-msgid "HowTos for <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/HowTo/NetworkClients#\">networked clients </ulink>"
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/"
+"HowTo/NetworkClients#\">networked clients </ulink>"
msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Netzwerkclients</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1803
#, fuzzy
-msgid "HowTos for <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/HowTo/TeachAndLearn#\">teaching and learning </ulink>"
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/"
+"HowTo/TeachAndLearn#\">teaching and learning </ulink>"
msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">Lehren und Lernen</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1807
#, fuzzy
-msgid "HowTos for <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/HowTo/Users#\">Users </ulink>"
-msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - Unvollständig aber interessant"
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/"
+"HowTo/Users#\">Users </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+"Unvollständig aber interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1815
@@ -2820,18 +4689,32 @@ msgstr "HowTos für generelle Administration"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1817
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/GettingStarted#\">Getting Started </ulink> and <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/Maintainance#\">DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/Maintainance </ulink> chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintainance work. The howtos in this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps and tricks."
-msgstr "Die Kapitel <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> und <link linkend=\"Maintainance\">Wartung </link> erklären den Einstieg in den Umgang und die Wartung von Debian Edu. Die HowTos in diesem Kaptiel sind \"fortgeschrittene\" Tipps und Tricks."
+msgid ""
+"The <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/"
+"GettingStarted#\">Getting Started </ulink> and <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/Maintainance#\">DebianEdu/"
+"Documentation/Lenny/Maintainance </ulink> chapters describe how to get "
+"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintainance work. The "
+"howtos in this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps and tricks."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Kapitel <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> und "
+"<link linkend=\"Maintainance\">Wartung </link> erklären den Einstieg in den "
+"Umgang und die Wartung von Debian Edu. Die HowTos in diesem Kaptiel sind "
+"\"fortgeschrittene\" Tipps und Tricks."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1823
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
-msgstr "Dienste auf separaten Computern zur Entlastung des Hauptserver installieren"
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+msgstr ""
+"Dienste auf separaten Computern zur Entlastung des Hauptserver installieren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1825
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
-msgstr "Führen sie eine \"Barebone\" Installation durch indem sie debian-edu-expert verwenden"
+msgstr ""
+"Führen sie eine \"Barebone\" Installation durch indem sie debian-edu-expert "
+"verwenden"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1828
@@ -2856,19 +4739,40 @@ msgstr "Updaten sie den DNS Dienst auf dem Hauptserver"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1844
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
-msgstr "Das Verzeichnis /etc/ mit Hilfe des SVK Versionskontrollsystems verfolgen"
+msgstr ""
+"Das Verzeichnis /etc/ mit Hilfe des SVK Versionskontrollsystems verfolgen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1846
#, fuzzy
-msgid "With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=\"http://svk.bestpractical.com\">svk </ulink> as a version control system. This make it possible to see when a file added, changed and removed, as well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The svk repository is stored in <computeroutput>~root/.svk/ </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Mit der Einführung des <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </computeroutput> Skriptes in Debian Edu werden alle Dateien in <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> mit Hilfe von SVK verfolgt. Dies macht es möglich herauszufinden ob Dateien hinzugefügt, verändertert oder gelöscht wurde und zu schauen was in einer Datei verändert wurde. Das SVK Repository ist in <computeroutput>~root/.svk/ </computeroutput> gespeichert."
+msgid ""
+"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
+"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
+"computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=\"http://svk.bestpractical.com"
+"\">svk </ulink> as a version control system. This make it possible to see "
+"when a file added, changed and removed, as well as what was changed if the "
+"file is a text file. The svk repository is stored in <computeroutput>~root/."
+"svk/ </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Mit der Einführung des <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </computeroutput> "
+"Skriptes in Debian Edu werden alle Dateien in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
+"computeroutput> mit Hilfe von SVK verfolgt. Dies macht es möglich "
+"herauszufinden ob Dateien hinzugefügt, verändertert oder gelöscht wurde und "
+"zu schauen was in einer Datei verändert wurde. Das SVK Repository ist in "
+"<computeroutput>~root/.svk/ </computeroutput> gespeichert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1852
#, fuzzy
-msgid "This feature is activated automatically in the Etch and Lenny based versions of Debian Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> are commited every hour."
-msgstr "Dieses Feature ist in allen auf Etch basierenden Releases von Debian Edu automatisch aktiviert und es werden alle Änderungen, die während der Installation vorgenommen wurden, gespeichert. Änderungen in <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> werden jede halbe Stunde gespeichert."
+msgid ""
+"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch and Lenny based versions "
+"of Debian Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. "
+"Changes in <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> are commited every hour."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Feature ist in allen auf Etch basierenden Releases von Debian Edu "
+"automatisch aktiviert und es werden alle Änderungen, die während der "
+"Installation vorgenommen wurden, gespeichert. Änderungen in <computeroutput>/"
+"etc/ </computeroutput> werden jede halbe Stunde gespeichert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1855
@@ -2899,8 +4803,12 @@ msgstr "Benutzungsbeispiele"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1866
-msgid "In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the system was installed:"
-msgstr "Auf einem frisch installierten System alle Änderungen herausfinden seit das System installiert wurde:"
+msgid ""
+"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
+"system was installed:"
+msgstr ""
+"Auf einem frisch installierten System alle Änderungen herausfinden seit das "
+"System installiert wurde:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1867
@@ -2925,7 +4833,9 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1872
-msgid "Here check revision numbers by date and time, Then to see all changes done since revision N say:"
+msgid ""
+"Here check revision numbers by date and time, Then to see all changes done "
+"since revision N say:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
@@ -2939,7 +4849,9 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1875
#, fuzzy
-msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file between specific revisions, specify the file and both revisions:"
+msgid ""
+"To see the changes done to a specific file between specific revisions, "
+"specify the file and both revisions:"
msgstr "Herausfinden was an einer Datei verändert worden ist:"
# type: CDATA
@@ -2952,8 +4864,14 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1878
-msgid "To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
-msgstr "Um eine Veränderung rückgängig zu machen, können sie den diff Befehl verwenden um die Änderungen herauszufinden und die Datei dann dementsprechend ändern; alternativ können sie dies automatisch machen indem sie den folgenden Befehl benutzen:"
+msgid ""
+"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
+"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um eine Veränderung rückgängig zu machen, können sie den diff Befehl "
+"verwenden um die Änderungen herauszufinden und die Datei dann "
+"dementsprechend ändern; alternativ können sie dies automatisch machen indem "
+"sie den folgenden Befehl benutzen:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1879
@@ -2965,8 +4883,11 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1881
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
-msgstr "Um eine Datei manuell zu comitten weil sie keine halbe Stunde warten wollen, verwenden sie den folgenden Befehl:"
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um eine Datei manuell zu comitten weil sie keine halbe Stunde warten wollen, "
+"verwenden sie den folgenden Befehl:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1882
@@ -2979,8 +4900,15 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1884
#, fuzzy
-msgid "If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "Wenn Sie wünschen dass eine Datei von svk nicht verfolgt wird, können Sie dies dem System mitteilen. Dies ist aber nur selten nützlich <inlinemediaobject>"
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
+"ignore it. But this is rarely useful "
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie wünschen dass eine Datei von svk nicht verfolgt wird, können Sie "
+"dies dem System mitteilen. Dies ist aber nur selten nützlich "
+"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1889
@@ -2997,8 +4925,14 @@ msgstr "Bemerkung für Leute die von Sarge/Woody upgegradet haben"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1896
-msgid "/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with the following command run as root:"
-msgstr "/etc in SVK zu halten wurde mit den auf Etch basierenden Releases von Debian eingeführt. Falls sie ihr System in der Zeit vor Etch installiert haben, müssen sie SVK einmalig mit dem folgenden Befehl als root initialisieren:"
+msgid ""
+"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
+"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
+"the following command run as root:"
+msgstr ""
+"/etc in SVK zu halten wurde mit den auf Etch basierenden Releases von Debian "
+"eingeführt. Falls sie ihr System in der Zeit vor Etch installiert haben, "
+"müssen sie SVK einmalig mit dem folgenden Befehl als root initialisieren:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1897
@@ -3010,8 +4944,12 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1899
-msgid "This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit cronjob."
-msgstr "Dies fügt alle Dateien in /etc/ zu SVK hinzu und aktiviert den stündlichen commit-Cronjob."
+msgid ""
+"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
+"cronjob."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies fügt alle Dateien in /etc/ zu SVK hinzu und aktiviert den stündlichen "
+"commit-Cronjob."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1905
@@ -3020,18 +4958,60 @@ msgstr "Die Größe von Partitionen verändern"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1907
-msgid "Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible to extend partitions while they are mounted. This is a feature of the Linux kernel since version 2.6.10. Shrinking partitions still need to happen while the partition is unmounted."
-msgstr "Die meisten Partitionen in Debian Edu sind logische LVM Volumes. Allein die /boot/ Partition ist keine LVM Partition. Mit einem Etch basierten Release von Debian Edu ist es möglich, Partitionen zu vergrößern, während sie eingehängt sind. Dies ist eine Eigenschaft des Linux Kernels, welche mit Version 2.6.10 eingeführt wurde. Um Partitionen zu verkleinern müssen diese immer noch vorher ausgehängt werden."
+msgid ""
+"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
+"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
+"to extend partitions while they are mounted. This is a feature of the Linux "
+"kernel since version 2.6.10. Shrinking partitions still need to happen "
+"while the partition is unmounted."
+msgstr ""
+"Die meisten Partitionen in Debian Edu sind logische LVM Volumes. Allein die /"
+"boot/ Partition ist keine LVM Partition. Mit einem Etch basierten Release "
+"von Debian Edu ist es möglich, Partitionen zu vergrößern, während sie "
+"eingehängt sind. Dies ist eine Eigenschaft des Linux Kernels, welche mit "
+"Version 2.6.10 eingeführt wurde. Um Partitionen zu verkleinern müssen diese "
+"immer noch vorher ausgehängt werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1909
-msgid "It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should arise, and file system check take a very long time for large partitions. A good limit can be 20 GiB. It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one very large one."
-msgstr "Es ist eine gute Idee, keine sehr großen Partitionen anzulegen, weil diese im Zweifelsfalle sehr lange brauchen um von einem Backup wiederhergestellt zu werden und eine Dateiüberprüfung sehr lange dauern würde. Eine gute Grenze sind 20GiB. Falls möglich ist es besser, mehrere kleine Partitionen anstatt eine große zu erstellen."
+msgid ""
+"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
+"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
+"arise, and file system check take a very long time for large partitions. A "
+"good limit can be 20 GiB. It is better, if possible, to create several "
+"smaller partitions than one very large one."
+msgstr ""
+"Es ist eine gute Idee, keine sehr großen Partitionen anzulegen, weil diese "
+"im Zweifelsfalle sehr lange brauchen um von einem Backup wiederhergestellt "
+"zu werden und eine Dateiüberprüfung sehr lange dauern würde. Eine gute "
+"Grenze sind 20GiB. Falls möglich ist es besser, mehrere kleine Partitionen "
+"anstatt eine große zu erstellen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1911
-msgid "To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab </computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab </computeroutput>, and based on the rules provided in these files propose to extend partitions with too little free space. Without any arguments, it will only write the commands needed to extend the file system, and the argument <computeroutput>-n </computeroutput> is needed to actually extend the file systems."
-msgstr "Um es einfacher zu machen, volle Partitionen zu erweitern, wird das <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize </computeroutput> Skript zur Verfügung gestellt. Es liest die Konfiguration unter <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab </computeroutput> und <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab </computeroutput> ein und vergrößert aus den Regeln in diesen Dateien die Partitionen die zu klein sind. Wenn es ohne Argumente gestartet wird gibt es nur die Befehle aus, die zum Vergrößern der Dateisysteme nötig sind. Wenn man die Dateisysteme tatsächlich vergrößern will, muss das Skript mit dem Argument <computeroutput>-n </computeroutput> gestartet werden."
+msgid ""
+"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
+"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
+"the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/"
+"fsautoresizetab </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab "
+"</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab </"
+"computeroutput>, and based on the rules provided in these files propose to "
+"extend partitions with too little free space. Without any arguments, it "
+"will only write the commands needed to extend the file system, and the "
+"argument <computeroutput>-n </computeroutput> is needed to actually extend "
+"the file systems."
+msgstr ""
+"Um es einfacher zu machen, volle Partitionen zu erweitern, wird das "
+"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize </computeroutput> Skript zur "
+"Verfügung gestellt. Es liest die Konfiguration unter <computeroutput>/usr/"
+"share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/"
+"site/etc/fsautoresizetab </computeroutput> und <computeroutput>/etc/"
+"fsautoresizetab </computeroutput> ein und vergrößert aus den Regeln in "
+"diesen Dateien die Partitionen die zu klein sind. Wenn es ohne Argumente "
+"gestartet wird gibt es nur die Befehle aus, die zum Vergrößern der "
+"Dateisysteme nötig sind. Wenn man die Dateisysteme tatsächlich vergrößern "
+"will, muss das Skript mit dem Argument <computeroutput>-n </computeroutput> "
+"gestartet werden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1920
@@ -3040,18 +5020,33 @@ msgstr "Logical Volume Management"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1922
-msgid "Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo </ulink>."
-msgstr "Logical Volume Managemet (LVM) erlaubt es, Partitionen zu vergrößern, während diese gemounted sind und benutzt werden. Mehr Informationen zu LVM finden Sie unter <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo </ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
+"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Logical Volume Managemet (LVM) erlaubt es, Partitionen zu vergrößern, "
+"während diese gemounted sind und benutzt werden. Mehr Informationen zu LVM "
+"finden Sie unter <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM "
+"HowTo </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1925
-msgid "To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the <computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to grow to."
-msgstr "Um ein logisches Volume zu vergrößern, müssen sie einfach dem <computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> Befehl sagen, auf wie viel sie die Partition vergrößern wollen. "
+msgid ""
+"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
+"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
+"grow to."
+msgstr ""
+"Um ein logisches Volume zu vergrößern, müssen sie einfach dem "
+"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> Befehl sagen, auf wie viel sie "
+"die Partition vergrößern wollen. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1928
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
-msgstr "Um zum Beispiel home0 um 30GB zu vergrößern, können sie den folgenden Befehl verwenden:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um zum Beispiel home0 um 30GB zu vergrößern, können sie den folgenden Befehl "
+"verwenden:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1929
@@ -3070,8 +5065,14 @@ msgstr "volatile.debian.org verwenden"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1938
-msgid "Since <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on default installations."
-msgstr "Da <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> ein recht neues Angebot ist, welches erst mit Debian Etch eingeführt wurde, ist es auf Standardinstallationen nicht aktiviert."
+msgid ""
+"Since <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
+"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
+"default installations."
+msgstr ""
+"Da <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
+"ein recht neues Angebot ist, welches erst mit Debian Etch eingeführt wurde, "
+"ist es auf Standardinstallationen nicht aktiviert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1943
@@ -3086,8 +5087,20 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Um die Homepage zu zitieren: </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1948
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work for the full time of a stable release. The main goal of volatile is allowing system administrators to update their systems in a nice, consistent way, without getting the drawbacks of using unstable, even without getting the drawbacks for the selected packages. So debian-volatile will only contain changes to stable programs that are necessary to keep them functional."
-msgstr "Einige Pakete richten sich auf schnell wechselnde Ziele, wie Spamfilter, Virusscanner und immer wenn mit aktualisierten Daten gearbeitet wird, die nicht für die gesamte Zeit eines stabilen Releases gültig sind. Die Hauptaufgabe von volatile besteht darin, dem Administrator zu ermöglichen,sein System auf angenehme Weise aktuell und konsistent zu halten. "
+msgid ""
+"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
+"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
+"for the full time of a stable release. The main goal of volatile is allowing "
+"system administrators to update their systems in a nice, consistent way, "
+"without getting the drawbacks of using unstable, even without getting the "
+"drawbacks for the selected packages. So debian-volatile will only contain "
+"changes to stable programs that are necessary to keep them functional."
+msgstr ""
+"Einige Pakete richten sich auf schnell wechselnde Ziele, wie Spamfilter, "
+"Virusscanner und immer wenn mit aktualisierten Daten gearbeitet wird, die "
+"nicht für die gesamte Zeit eines stabilen Releases gültig sind. Die "
+"Hauptaufgabe von volatile besteht darin, dem Administrator zu ermöglichen,"
+"sein System auf angenehme Weise aktuell und konsistent zu halten. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1955
@@ -3096,8 +5109,18 @@ msgstr "Wie ist Volatile benutzt werden kann"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1957
-msgid "Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, you do not have to add this key manually to roots keyring anymore. Just add the following line to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput>:"
-msgstr "Wenn der volatile archive-key im <computeroutput>debian-archive-keyring </computeroutput> Paket enthalten ist, so wie es in der Standardinstallation der Fall ist, müssen Sie den den key nie mehr zum root keyring manuell hinzufügen. Fügen Sie einfach die folgende Zeile hier dazu <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput>:"
+msgid ""
+"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
+"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
+"you do not have to add this key manually to roots keyring anymore. Just add "
+"the following line to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput>:"
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn der volatile archive-key im <computeroutput>debian-archive-keyring </"
+"computeroutput> Paket enthalten ist, so wie es in der Standardinstallation "
+"der Fall ist, müssen Sie den den key nie mehr zum root keyring manuell "
+"hinzufügen. Fügen Sie einfach die folgende Zeile hier dazu <computeroutput>/"
+"etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1960
@@ -3109,8 +5132,12 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1962
-msgid "And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Und führen Sie <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </computeroutput> aus."
+msgid ""
+"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Und führen Sie <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
+"computeroutput> aus."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1969
@@ -3119,19 +5146,51 @@ msgstr "Nutzung von backports.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1971
-msgid "You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org steps in."
-msgstr "Sie benutzen Debian Edu, weil Sie seine Stabilität schätzen. Es läuft sehr gut, es gibt nur ein Problem: Manchmal ist eine Software ein wenig mehr veraltet als Ihnen recht ist. Das ist der Punkt, an dem backports.org ins Spiel kommt."
+msgid ""
+"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
+"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
+"more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org steps in."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie benutzen Debian Edu, weil Sie seine Stabilität schätzen. Es läuft sehr "
+"gut, es gibt nur ein Problem: Manchmal ist eine Software ein wenig mehr "
+"veraltet als Ihnen recht ist. Das ist der Punkt, an dem backports.org ins "
+"Spiel kommt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1973
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run without new libraries (wherever it is possible) on a stable Debian distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all backports available there. </emphasis> Please follow the instructions on <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org\"/> to use these backports."
-msgstr "Backports sind extra kompilierte Pakete aus DebianTesting (meistens) und Debian Unstable (allerdings nur in Ausnahmefällen, insbesondere Sicherheitsupdates), so dass sie ohne neue Bibliotheken (sofern das möglich ist) auf einer stabilen Debian Distribution wie DebianEdu laufen. <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Wir empfehlen Ihnen sich die einzelnen Backports auszuwählen, die sie benötigen und nicht alle verfügbaren zu benutzen. </emphasis> Bitte folgen Sie den Anweisungen auf <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org\">http://www.backports.org </ulink> um die Backports zu nutzen."
+msgid ""
+"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
+"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
+"without new libraries (wherever it is possible) on a stable Debian "
+"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to "
+"pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all "
+"backports available there. </emphasis> Please follow the instructions on "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org\"/> to use these backports."
+msgstr ""
+"Backports sind extra kompilierte Pakete aus DebianTesting (meistens) und "
+"Debian Unstable (allerdings nur in Ausnahmefällen, insbesondere "
+"Sicherheitsupdates), so dass sie ohne neue Bibliotheken (sofern das möglich "
+"ist) auf einer stabilen Debian Distribution wie DebianEdu laufen. <emphasis "
+"role=\"strong\"> Wir empfehlen Ihnen sich die einzelnen Backports "
+"auszuwählen, die sie benötigen und nicht alle verfügbaren zu benutzen. </"
+"emphasis> Bitte folgen Sie den Anweisungen auf <ulink url=\"http://www."
+"backports.org\">http://www.backports.org </ulink> um die Backports zu nutzen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1976
-msgid "You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's <computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/SecureApt\">securily </ulink>. This is done by running these commands as root:"
-msgstr "Sie müssen den backports.org archive key zum root<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring hinzufügen, so dass <computeroutput>apt </computeroutput> das Repository<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/SecureApt\">sicher nutzen kann</ulink>. Dies erreichen Sie, indem Sie als root die folgenden Kommandos ausführen:"
+msgid ""
+"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
+"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
+"computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"SecureApt\">securily </ulink>. This is done by running these commands as "
+"root:"
+msgstr ""
+"Sie müssen den backports.org archive key zum root<computeroutput>gpg </"
+"computeroutput> keyring hinzufügen, so dass <computeroutput>apt </"
+"computeroutput> das Repository<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/SecureApt"
+"\">sicher nutzen kann</ulink>. Dies erreichen Sie, indem Sie als root die "
+"folgenden Kommandos ausführen:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1980
@@ -3151,12 +5210,21 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1991
-msgid "Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t lenny-backports install <packagename> </computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on backports.org </ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t lenny-backports install "
+"<packagename> </computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or "
+"you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </computeroutput> which is described in "
+"the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions"
+"\">instructions on backports.org </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:1996
-msgid "The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually."
+msgid ""
+"The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
+"installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you "
+"need to update manually."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
@@ -3166,7 +5234,9 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2007
-msgid "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: Should we recommend openjdk-6-* from main instead documenting sun-java6-jre? Not sure if a plugin is available..."
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: Should we recommend openjdk-6-* from main "
+"instead documenting sun-java6-jre? Not sure if a plugin is available..."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
@@ -3182,19 +5252,32 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2016
-msgid "A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
+msgid ""
+"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
+"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
+"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
+"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2020
-msgid "To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
+msgid ""
+"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
+"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
+"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2023
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be similar to this:"
-msgstr "Passen sie jetzt die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> an sodass sie die folgenden Zeilen enthalten:"
+msgid ""
+"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
+"similar to this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Passen sie jetzt die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput> an sodass sie die folgenden Zeilen enthalten:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2025
@@ -3207,7 +5290,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2030
-msgid "FIXME: paragraph about access from outside need to be completed and tested."
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: paragraph about access from outside need to be completed and tested."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
@@ -3217,12 +5301,17 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2037
-msgid "With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
+msgid ""
+"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
+"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2039
-msgid "In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
+msgid ""
+"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user "
+"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
+"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
@@ -3244,8 +5333,7 @@ msgid ""
" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
" else\n"
-" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n"
-"\"\n"
+" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
" . fi\n"
"done\n"
"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"]]"
@@ -3258,12 +5346,19 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2065
-msgid "When users insert a usb or cdrom into a <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/ThinClient#\">ThinClient </ulink> there is no popup window like they are used to from their usual Desktop. Instead they have to browse to the /media/$user folder. This is too difficult for non experienced users."
+msgid ""
+"When users insert a usb or cdrom into a <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"ThinClient#\">ThinClient </ulink> there is no popup window like they are "
+"used to from their usual Desktop. Instead they have to browse to the /media/"
+"$user folder. This is too difficult for non experienced users."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2068
-msgid "With the following script the symlink \"Media\" is created for all users in the home folder for easy access to USB-keys, CDROM or whatever media is connected to the thin client."
+msgid ""
+"With the following script the symlink \"Media\" is created for all users in "
+"the home folder for easy access to USB-keys, CDROM or whatever media is "
+"connected to the thin client."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
@@ -3275,57 +5370,80 @@ msgid ""
" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
" ln -s /media/$home $home_path/$home/$shared_folder ((created_dir+=1))\n"
" else\n"
-" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n"
-"\"\n"
+" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
" fi\n"
"done\n"
"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2082
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2786
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2082 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2786
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2891
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "HowTos von wiki.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2084
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2788
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2084 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2788
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2893
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\"/> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)"
-msgstr "Die <ulink url=\"/HowTos\">HowTos </ulink> von <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sind entweder Anwender- oder Entwicklerbezogen. Lasst uns die Anwenderspezifischen <ulink url=\"/HowTos\">HowTos </ulink> hierhin schieben, nachdem die Autoren der Verschiebung und der GPL als Lizenz für ihre Beiträge zugestimmt haben."
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\"/> are "
+"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over "
+"here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the "
+"history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto "
+"and putting it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Die <ulink url=\"/HowTos\">HowTos </ulink> von <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </"
+"ulink> sind entweder Anwender- oder Entwicklerbezogen. Lasst uns die "
+"Anwenderspezifischen <ulink url=\"/HowTos\">HowTos </ulink> hierhin "
+"schieben, nachdem die Autoren der Verschiebung und der GPL als Lizenz für "
+"ihre Beiträge zugestimmt haben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2086
#, fuzzy
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\"/>"
-msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - Unvollständig aber interessant"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+"Unvollständig aber interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2089
#, fuzzy
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\"/>"
-msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian."
+"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2092
#, fuzzy
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\"/>"
-msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian."
+"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2095
#, fuzzy
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>"
-msgstr "Dokumentation über sitesummary kann unter <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink> gefunden werden."
+msgstr ""
+"Dokumentation über sitesummary kann unter <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"SiteSummary </ulink> gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2098
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\"/>"
-msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - Unvollständig aber interessant"
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication"
+"\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+"Unvollständig aber interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2106
@@ -3351,7 +5469,9 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2121
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group)"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
+"of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
@@ -3361,7 +5481,9 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2127
-msgid "makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the kde panel"
+msgid ""
+"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
+"kde panel"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
@@ -3382,22 +5504,37 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2140
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group)"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+"user and members of the admins file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2143
-msgid "adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration programs"
+msgid ""
+"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
+"easy access to all the administration programs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2147
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. FIXME: this is broken and a bug should be filed: kiosktool upgrades restore default desktop icons"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles "
+"can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, "
+"unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by "
+"upgrades. FIXME: this is broken and a bug should be filed: kiosktool "
+"upgrades restore default desktop icons"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2152
-msgid "If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder."
+msgid ""
+"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
+"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
+"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
+"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
+"folder."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
@@ -3408,12 +5545,18 @@ msgstr "LowFat Arbeitsplatzrechner (ohne Festplatte)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2161
-msgid "After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by the diskless workstation."
+msgid ""
+"After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like "
+"described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by "
+"the diskless workstation."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2163
-msgid "Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation server(s):"
+msgid ""
+"Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386 </"
+"computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation "
+"server(s):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
@@ -3429,8 +5572,14 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2171
-msgid "Else replace <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> with <computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> or <computeroutput>powerpc </computeroutput> as applicable."
-msgstr "Ansonsten ersetzen Sie <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> durch<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> oder <computeroutput>powerpc </computeroutput>, je nachdem was für eine Architektur Sie verwenden."
+msgid ""
+"Else replace <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> with "
+"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> or <computeroutput>powerpc </"
+"computeroutput> as applicable."
+msgstr ""
+"Ansonsten ersetzen Sie <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> "
+"durch<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> oder <computeroutput>powerpc </"
+"computeroutput>, je nachdem was für eine Architektur Sie verwenden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2178
@@ -3439,8 +5588,15 @@ msgstr "KDE Kiosk-Mode deaktivieren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2180
-msgid "If you don't want to use kioskmode, either just remove the file <computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Or, if you just want to temporarily disable kioskmode, comment out all entries in there."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie den Kiosk-Mode nicht nutzen wollen, dektivieren Sie ihn in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Falls Sie den kioskmode nur temporär ausschalten wollen, können Sie auch alle Einträge in dieser Datei auskommentieren."
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to use kioskmode, either just remove the file "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Or, if you just want to "
+"temporarily disable kioskmode, comment out all entries in there."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie den Kiosk-Mode nicht nutzen wollen, dektivieren Sie ihn in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Falls Sie den kioskmode nur "
+"temporär ausschalten wollen, können Sie auch alle Einträge in dieser Datei "
+"auskommentieren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2187
@@ -3449,13 +5605,24 @@ msgstr "Bearbeiten des KDE Anmeldebildschirms"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2189
-msgid "In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
-msgstr "In Debian/Etch, wurde die Möglichkeit zur Änderung des KDM Anmeldebildschirms geändert. Sie müssen nun eine Datei in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </computeroutput> hinzufügen um Variablen zu verändern und die ursprünglichen Einstellungen zu überschreiben."
+msgid ""
+"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
+"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
+"computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
+msgstr ""
+"In Debian/Etch, wurde die Möglichkeit zur Änderung des KDM "
+"Anmeldebildschirms geändert. Sie müssen nun eine Datei in <computeroutput>/"
+"etc/default/kdm.d/ </computeroutput> hinzufügen um Variablen zu verändern "
+"und die ursprünglichen Einstellungen zu überschreiben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2192
-msgid "Here is one example used to activate the theme in the <computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
-msgstr "Hier ein Beispiel, wie man ein Theme im <computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> Paket aktiviert:"
+msgid ""
+"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
+"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
+msgstr ""
+"Hier ein Beispiel, wie man ein Theme im <computeroutput>desktop-base </"
+"computeroutput> Paket aktiviert:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2194
@@ -3470,8 +5637,12 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2197
-msgid "See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for information on how these variables are used."
-msgstr "Sehen Sie sich den Code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> an, um zu erfahren, wie diese Variablen benutzt werden."
+msgid ""
+"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
+"information on how these variables are used."
+msgstr ""
+"Sehen Sie sich den Code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> "
+"an, um zu erfahren, wie diese Variablen benutzt werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2203
@@ -3485,8 +5656,14 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2208
-msgid "To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package from backports.org."
-msgstr "Um die Web Browser Erweiterung Adobe Flash Player zu installieren, installieren Sie das Paket <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> von backports.org. "
+msgid ""
+"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
+"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package from "
+"backports.org."
+msgstr ""
+"Um die Web Browser Erweiterung Adobe Flash Player zu installieren, "
+"installieren Sie das Paket <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </"
+"computeroutput> von backports.org. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2211
@@ -3496,13 +5673,26 @@ msgstr "Dafür gibt es drei Voraussetzungen:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2213
#, fuzzy
-msgid "add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> as decribed in the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration#\">general adminstration howtos </ulink>"
-msgstr "Fügen Sie backports.org zu Ihrer <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> hinzu, wie inden Howtos über <link linkend=\"Administration\">generelle Administraion</link> erklärt"
+msgid ""
+"add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
+"as decribed in the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"Documentation/Etch/HowTo/Administration#\">general adminstration howtos </"
+"ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"Fügen Sie backports.org zu Ihrer <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput> hinzu, wie inden Howtos über <link linkend=\"Administration"
+"\">generelle Administraion</link> erklärt"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2218
-msgid "add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to create it):"
-msgstr "Fügen Sie die folgenden Zeilen zu der Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </computeroutput> hinzu (Falls die Datei noch nicht existiert, müssten Sie sie anlegen):"
+msgid ""
+"add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
+"computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
+"create it):"
+msgstr ""
+"Fügen Sie die folgenden Zeilen zu der Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/"
+"preferences </computeroutput> hinzu (Falls die Datei noch nicht existiert, "
+"müssten Sie sie anlegen):"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2222
@@ -3519,8 +5709,17 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2226
-msgid "as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only an installer-package (and does not contain the flashplugin itself, for legal reasons), it also requires a working internet connection as it will download the precompiled binary from Adobes website."
-msgstr "Da das Paket <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> nur ein Installerpaket ist, (und aus rechtlichen Gründen das Flashplugin nicht in sich enthält), benötigt es für die Installation eine funktionierende Internetverbindung, da es die vorkompilierten Binaries von der Adobe Website herunterlädt."
+msgid ""
+"as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
+"an installer-package (and does not contain the flashplugin itself, for legal "
+"reasons), it also requires a working internet connection as it will download "
+"the precompiled binary from Adobes website."
+msgstr ""
+"Da das Paket <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> nur ein "
+"Installerpaket ist, (und aus rechtlichen Gründen das Flashplugin nicht in "
+"sich enthält), benötigt es für die Installation eine funktionierende "
+"Internetverbindung, da es die vorkompilierten Binaries von der Adobe Website "
+"herunterlädt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2233
@@ -3531,7 +5730,8 @@ msgstr "Sound mit Flash auf Thin Clients"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2236
#, fuzzy
-msgid "FIXME: \"Sound with Flash on thin clients\" needs to be updated for lenny"
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: \"Sound with Flash on thin clients\" needs to be updated for lenny"
msgstr "Sound mit Flash auf Thin Clients"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
@@ -3555,14 +5755,24 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2243
#, fuzzy
-msgid "And that followed by <computeroutput>apt-get update </computeroutput> and <computeroutput>apt-get install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "Führen Sie danach <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound </computeroutput> aus."
+msgid ""
+"And that followed by <computeroutput>apt-get update </computeroutput> and "
+"<computeroutput>apt-get install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound </"
+"computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Führen Sie danach <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude "
+"install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound </computeroutput> aus."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2247
#, fuzzy
-msgid "remeber to remove <computeroutput>deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ lenny-test local </computeroutput> from source list after that and run <computeroutput>apt-get update </computeroutput> again."
-msgstr "(Das <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> Quellpaket enthält dieses Bild als <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> Datei.)"
+msgid ""
+"remeber to remove <computeroutput>deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ "
+"lenny-test local </computeroutput> from source list after that and run "
+"<computeroutput>apt-get update </computeroutput> again."
+msgstr ""
+"(Das <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> Quellpaket enthält "
+"dieses Bild als <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> Datei.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2255
@@ -3572,7 +5782,8 @@ msgstr "Andere nützliche Erweiterungen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2257
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
-msgstr "Nachdem sie das Multimedia Repository hinzugefügt haben (dazu unten mehr):"
+msgstr ""
+"Nachdem sie das Multimedia Repository hinzugefügt haben (dazu unten mehr):"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2258
@@ -3589,8 +5800,17 @@ msgstr "DVDs abspielen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2265
-msgid "libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can use the packages from debian-multimedia.org. Add the multimedia repository and install multimedia and dvd libraries:"
-msgstr "Um die meisten kommerziellen DVDs abzuspielen, benötigen sie das Package libdvdcss. Dies ist aus rechtlichen Gründen nicht in Debian (Edu) enthalten. Wenn sie libdvdcss legal verwenden dürfen, können sie das Paket von debian.multimedia.org verwenden. Fügen sie das Multimedia Repository hinzu und installieren sie die Bibliotheken für Multimedia und DVDs:"
+msgid ""
+"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
+"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
+"you can use the packages from debian-multimedia.org. Add the multimedia "
+"repository and install multimedia and dvd libraries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um die meisten kommerziellen DVDs abzuspielen, benötigen sie das Package "
+"libdvdcss. Dies ist aus rechtlichen Gründen nicht in Debian (Edu) enthalten. "
+"Wenn sie libdvdcss legal verwenden dürfen, können sie das Paket von debian."
+"multimedia.org verwenden. Fügen sie das Multimedia Repository hinzu und "
+"installieren sie die Bibliotheken für Multimedia und DVDs:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2266
@@ -3608,7 +5828,8 @@ msgstr "Das Multimedia Repository verwenden"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2273
msgid "To use www.debian-multimedia.org do the following:"
-msgstr "Um www.debian-multimedia.org zu verwenden, führen Sie das Folgende aus:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um www.debian-multimedia.org zu verwenden, führen Sie das Folgende aus:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2274
@@ -3633,7 +5854,11 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2290
-msgid "The package <computeroutput>ttf-linex </computeroutput> (which is installed by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and with lines."
+msgid ""
+"The package <computeroutput>ttf-linex </computeroutput> (which is installed "
+"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting "
+"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and "
+"with lines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
@@ -3651,8 +5876,14 @@ msgstr "LowFat Arbeitsplatzrechner (ohne Festplatte)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2303
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\"/>"
-msgstr "Dokumentation über sitesummary kann unter <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink> gefunden werden."
+msgid ""
+"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
+"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Dokumentation über sitesummary kann unter <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"SiteSummary </ulink> gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2308
@@ -3666,17 +5897,28 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2314
-msgid "To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify."
+msgid ""
+"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
+"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
+"computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/"
+"ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and what "
+"parameters you can specify."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2318
-msgid "The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </computeroutput>."
+msgid ""
+"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
+"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
+"client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
+"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2322
-msgid "Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add something like this:"
+msgid ""
+"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
+"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
@@ -3696,12 +5938,18 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2330
-msgid "Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
+msgid ""
+"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
+"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2332
-msgid "To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> file."
+msgid ""
+"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
+"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
+"client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
+"computeroutput> file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
@@ -3721,22 +5969,39 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2347
-msgid "It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers."
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
+"for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
+"get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In "
+"addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each "
+"of the servers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2349
-msgid "First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide later on."
+msgid ""
+"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
+"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
+"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
+"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
+"later on."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2351
-msgid "Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
+"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
+"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
+"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
+"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2353
-msgid "To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
+msgid ""
+"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/"
+"dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
@@ -3766,7 +6031,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2365
-msgid "Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
+msgid ""
+"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
+"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
+"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -3776,7 +6044,12 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2372
-msgid "Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or host names, in the random order."
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
+"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
+"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
+"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
+"host names, in the random order."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -3792,7 +6065,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2377
-msgid "Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server."
+msgid ""
+"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
+"space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
+"ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
@@ -3805,8 +6081,7 @@ msgid ""
"for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
"rank=$RANDOM\n"
"let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
-"TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n"
-"${rank}_$i\"\n"
+"TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
"done\n"
"TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
"for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
@@ -3822,17 +6097,31 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2397
-msgid "Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
+msgid ""
+"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
+"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
+"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
+"ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
+"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
+"and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2403
-msgid "</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server."
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+"ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2405
-msgid "There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
+msgid ""
+"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
+"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
+"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
+"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. "
+"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -3848,7 +6137,11 @@ msgstr "Sound mit Flash auf Thin Clients"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2415
-msgid "If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done automatically, this line:"
+msgid ""
+"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
+"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
+"by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done "
+"automatically, this line:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
@@ -3868,7 +6161,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2426
-msgid "It is useful to upgrade the LTSP environment with new packages fairly often, to make sure security fixes and improvements are made available. To upgrade, run these commands as user root on each LTSP server:"
+msgid ""
+"It is useful to upgrade the LTSP environment with new packages fairly often, "
+"to make sure security fixes and improvements are made available. To "
+"upgrade, run these commands as user root on each LTSP server:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
@@ -3886,7 +6182,11 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2437
-msgid "</inlinemediaobject> Note that this is a slightly risky operation, if one of the upgraded packages break. To reduce the risk, it is a good idea to copy the content of /opt/ltsp/i386 to be able to revert to the original environment if the new one fail to work."
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note that this is a slightly risky operation, if one of "
+"the upgraded packages break. To reduce the risk, it is a good idea to copy "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386 to be able to revert to the original "
+"environment if the new one fail to work."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
@@ -3896,7 +6196,14 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2444
-msgid "Skolelinux has added several security features on the client network preventing unauthorised super user access, stopping password sniffing and other tricks which may be used on a local network. One such security measures is secure login using ssh wich is default with LDM. This can slow down some client machines which are older than 10 years, having as little as 160 MHz processor and 32 MB RAM. Even if not recomended, you can add the \"True\" value in ..."
+msgid ""
+"Skolelinux has added several security features on the client network "
+"preventing unauthorised super user access, stopping password sniffing and "
+"other tricks which may be used on a local network. One such security "
+"measures is secure login using ssh wich is default with LDM. This can slow "
+"down some client machines which are older than 10 years, having as little as "
+"160 MHz processor and 32 MB RAM. Even if not recomended, you can add the "
+"\"True\" value in ..."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
@@ -3907,17 +6214,28 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2447
-msgid "should be added to the server in the {{{/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf]]] file."
+msgid ""
+"should be added to the server in the {{{/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf]]] file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2453
-msgid "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: Above protects initial login but all activities after that use unencrypted XDMCP. Passwords (except the initial one) will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything else."
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: Above "
+"protects initial login but all activities after that use unencrypted XDMCP. "
+"Passwords (except the initial one) will travel in cleartext over the "
+"network, as well as anything else."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2456
-msgid "Note: Since such 10 year old thin clients may also get trouble with running never versions of <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice </ulink>.org and Firefox/Iceweasel due to pixmap caching issues, you may consider running thin clients with at least 128 MB RAM, or upgrade to hardware, which will also give you the benefit of being able to use them as diskless workstations."
+msgid ""
+"Note: Since such 10 year old thin clients may also get trouble with running "
+"never versions of <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#"
+"\">OpenOffice </ulink>.org and Firefox/Iceweasel due to pixmap caching "
+"issues, you may consider running thin clients with at least 128 MB RAM, or "
+"upgrade to hardware, which will also give you the benefit of being able to "
+"use them as diskless workstations."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
@@ -3927,17 +6245,25 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2465
-msgid "Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server."
+msgid ""
+"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
+"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
+"less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2471
-msgid "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything else."
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP "
+"does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the "
+"network, as well as anything else."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2478
-msgid "</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
+"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
@@ -3954,7 +6280,9 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2484
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
-msgstr "Falls Sie sich in einem Thin Client Netzwerk befinden, führen Sie bitte das folgende Kommando aus:"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie sich in einem Thin Client Netzwerk befinden, führen Sie bitte das "
+"folgende Kommando aus:"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2485
@@ -3966,13 +6294,23 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2487
-msgid "The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
-msgstr "Das Ziel ist, ihrem \"echten\" Thin Client zu erlauben, sich zu dem xdmcp-Server im 192.168.0.254 Netz zu verbinden (in einer Standard Skolelinux Konfiguration)."
+msgid ""
+"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
+"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
+msgstr ""
+"Das Ziel ist, ihrem \"echten\" Thin Client zu erlauben, sich zu dem xdmcp-"
+"Server im 192.168.0.254 Netz zu verbinden (in einer Standard Skolelinux "
+"Konfiguration)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2489
-msgid "If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
-msgstr "Falls xdmcp aus irgendwelchen Gründen auf Ihrem Server erreichbar sein sollte, auf dem KDM läuft, fügen Sie bitte Folgendes zu der Datei /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess hinzu"
+msgid ""
+"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
+"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls xdmcp aus irgendwelchen Gründen auf Ihrem Server erreichbar sein "
+"sollte, auf dem KDM läuft, fügen Sie bitte Folgendes zu der Datei /etc/kde3/"
+"kdm/Xaccess hinzu"
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2490
@@ -3985,7 +6323,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2492
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr "Der Stern vor dem # ist wichtig, der Rest ist natürlich ein Kommentar."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
@@ -4031,23 +6372,50 @@ msgstr "Der Domäne beitreten"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2515
-msgid "For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, enables Windows clients to store profiles and userdata and also authenticates the users during the login."
-msgstr "Windows Clients können der Domäne \"SKOLELINUX\" beitreten. Ein spezieller Dienst namens Samba, der auf dem Hauptserver tjener installiert ist, erlaubt es Windows Clients, Profile und Benutzerdaten zu speichern und die Benutzer während des Logins zu authentifizieren."
+msgid ""
+"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
+"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
+"enables Windows clients to store profiles and userdata and also "
+"authenticates the users during the login."
+msgstr ""
+"Windows Clients können der Domäne \"SKOLELINUX\" beitreten. Ein spezieller "
+"Dienst namens Samba, der auf dem Hauptserver tjener installiert ist, erlaubt "
+"es Windows Clients, Profile und Benutzerdaten zu speichern und die Benutzer "
+"während des Logins zu authentifizieren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2517
-msgid "In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are required:"
-msgstr "Um Windows Clients der Domäne beitreten zu lassen, sind die folgenden wenigen Schritte nötig:"
+msgid ""
+"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
+"required:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um Windows Clients der Domäne beitreten zu lassen, sind die folgenden "
+"wenigen Schritte nötig:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2519
-msgid "1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already existing)"
-msgstr "1. Erstellen Sie einen Benutzer, der der Gruppe \"admins\" zugehört (falls ein solcher nicht bereits existiert)"
+msgid ""
+"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
+"existing)"
+msgstr ""
+"1. Erstellen Sie einen Benutzer, der der Gruppe \"admins\" zugehört (falls "
+"ein solcher nicht bereits existiert)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2521
-msgid "In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role=\"strong\">not </emphasis> work, because there is no password for root in Samba."
-msgstr "Um der \"SKOLELINUX\" Domäne beitreten zu können, muss ein Mitglied der Gruppe \"admins\" den Vorgang autorisieren. Wenn es diesen noch nicht gibt, muss ein Benutzer der Gruppe zugeordnet werden. (Für weitere Information siehe unter <link to lwat docu>). Sie können hierfür allerdings <emphasis role=\"strong\">nicht </emphasis> den Benutzer \"root\" verwenden, weil es kein Passwort für root in Samba gibt."
+msgid ""
+"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
+"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
+"membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat "
+"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role=\"strong\">not </emphasis> "
+"work, because there is no password for root in Samba."
+msgstr ""
+"Um der \"SKOLELINUX\" Domäne beitreten zu können, muss ein Mitglied der "
+"Gruppe \"admins\" den Vorgang autorisieren. Wenn es diesen noch nicht gibt, "
+"muss ein Benutzer der Gruppe zugeordnet werden. (Für weitere Information "
+"siehe unter <link to lwat docu>). Sie können hierfür allerdings "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">nicht </emphasis> den Benutzer \"root\" verwenden, "
+"weil es kein Passwort für root in Samba gibt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2526
@@ -4056,33 +6424,91 @@ msgstr "2. Konfigurieren sie den Windows Client als statischen Host"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2528
-msgid "When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client later as being allowed to authenticate users. In order to enable Samba to store this data, Samba requires an static host configuration to be present. This could be added by using the LWAT web interface (see also <link to lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is important to check the \"Samba host\" option, otherwise will lack the required data to be able to join the domain."
-msgstr "Wen ein Rechner einer Sambadomäne beitritt, werden auf dem Domaincontroller (tjener) spezielle Daten gespeichert. Diese Daten werden benötigt, damit der Windows Client später Benutzer authentifizieren darf. Damit Samba diese Daten speichern kann, muss für Samba eine statische Hostkonfiguration vorhanden sein. Diese kann mit dem LWAT Web Interface (<Link zu LWAT>) eingerichtet werden. Es ist wichtig, beim Einrichten der statischen Hostkonfiguration die Option \"Samba host\" zu aktivieren, sonst fehlen die notwendigen Daten, um der Domäne beizutreten."
+msgid ""
+"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
+"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
+"later as being allowed to authenticate users. In order to enable Samba to "
+"store this data, Samba requires an static host configuration to be present. "
+"This could be added by using the LWAT web interface (see also <link to "
+"lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is important to "
+"check the \"Samba host\" option, otherwise will lack the required data to be "
+"able to join the domain."
+msgstr ""
+"Wen ein Rechner einer Sambadomäne beitritt, werden auf dem Domaincontroller "
+"(tjener) spezielle Daten gespeichert. Diese Daten werden benötigt, damit der "
+"Windows Client später Benutzer authentifizieren darf. Damit Samba diese "
+"Daten speichern kann, muss für Samba eine statische Hostkonfiguration "
+"vorhanden sein. Diese kann mit dem LWAT Web Interface (<Link zu LWAT>) "
+"eingerichtet werden. Es ist wichtig, beim Einrichten der statischen "
+"Hostkonfiguration die Option \"Samba host\" zu aktivieren, sonst fehlen die "
+"notwendigen Daten, um der Domäne beizutreten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2532
-msgid "3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
-msgstr "3. Auf dem Windows Client: Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Netzwerk- und Systemkonfiguration zu den auf tjener gespeicherten Daten passen (Hostname und IP)."
+msgid ""
+"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
+"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
+msgstr ""
+"3. Auf dem Windows Client: Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Netzwerk- und "
+"Systemkonfiguration zu den auf tjener gespeicherten Daten passen (Hostname "
+"und IP)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2534
-msgid "It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
-msgstr "Es ist wirklich wichtig, dass die Windowshosts die gleichen Daten haben, da Samba sonst die Hosts, die in Schritt 2 hinzugefügt wurden, nicht findet."
+msgid ""
+"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
+"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
+msgstr ""
+"Es ist wirklich wichtig, dass die Windowshosts die gleichen Daten haben, da "
+"Samba sonst die Hosts, die in Schritt 2 hinzugefügt wurden, nicht findet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2538
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
-msgstr "4. Treten Sie der Domäne wie normal bei, wobei Sie den in Schritt 1 angelegten Benutzer verwenden."
+msgstr ""
+"4. Treten Sie der Domäne wie normal bei, wobei Sie den in Schritt 1 "
+"angelegten Benutzer verwenden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2540
-msgid "Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system somewhere in the system properties. A freshly installed Windows system should belong to a default workgroup. You can join the domain by selecting \"Domain\" instead of \"Workgroup\" and entering SKOLELINUX as new domain. Pressing enter will then open a new window, where the login data of the user created in step 1. can be entered. After some time the Windows client opens a popup window with a welcome message. After the obligatory reboot the loginscreen offers a option to login into the domain."
-msgstr "Je nachdem was für eine Version und in welcher Sprache Sie Windows installiert haben, sollten Sie die Konfiguration der Domäne oder Arbeitsgruppe in den Systemeinstellungen finden. Ein frisch installiertes Windows sollte zu einer Standardarbeitsgruppe gehören. Sie können der Domäne beitreten indem Sie \"Domäne\" anstatt \"Arbeitsgruppe\" auswählen und SKOLELINUX als neue Domäne wählen. Wenn Sie Enter drücken, öffnet sich ein neues Fenster, in dem die Zugangsdaten des in Schritt 1 angelegten Benutzers eingegeben werden können. Nach einiger Zeit sollte sich auf dem Windows Client ein Popupfenster mit einer Willkommensnachricht öffnen. Nach dem obligatorischen Neustart bietet der Anmeldebildschirm eine Option an, sich an der Domäne anzumelden."
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
+"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
+"somewhere in the system properties. A freshly installed Windows system "
+"should belong to a default workgroup. You can join the domain by selecting "
+"\"Domain\" instead of \"Workgroup\" and entering SKOLELINUX as new domain. "
+"Pressing enter will then open a new window, where the login data of the user "
+"created in step 1. can be entered. After some time the Windows client opens "
+"a popup window with a welcome message. After the obligatory reboot the "
+"loginscreen offers a option to login into the domain."
+msgstr ""
+"Je nachdem was für eine Version und in welcher Sprache Sie Windows "
+"installiert haben, sollten Sie die Konfiguration der Domäne oder "
+"Arbeitsgruppe in den Systemeinstellungen finden. Ein frisch installiertes "
+"Windows sollte zu einer Standardarbeitsgruppe gehören. Sie können der Domäne "
+"beitreten indem Sie \"Domäne\" anstatt \"Arbeitsgruppe\" auswählen und "
+"SKOLELINUX als neue Domäne wählen. Wenn Sie Enter drücken, öffnet sich ein "
+"neues Fenster, in dem die Zugangsdaten des in Schritt 1 angelegten Benutzers "
+"eingegeben werden können. Nach einiger Zeit sollte sich auf dem Windows "
+"Client ein Popupfenster mit einer Willkommensnachricht öffnen. Nach dem "
+"obligatorischen Neustart bietet der Anmeldebildschirm eine Option an, sich "
+"an der Domäne anzumelden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2544
-msgid "Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. To minimize the time needed, one should deactivate things like local cache in browsers (you could use the squid proxycache installed on tjener instead) and save file into the H: volume instead of \"Own files\"."
-msgstr "Windows wird das Profil des Domänenbenutzers bei jedem Anmelden und Abmelden synchronisieren. Je nachdem wie viele Daten in dem Profil gespeichert sind, kann dies einige Zeit in Anspruch nehmen. Um die Zeit zu minimieren, sollte man Dinge wie den lokalen Browser-Cache deaktvieren (Sie könnten stattdessen den squid proxy cache verwenden der auf tjener installiert ist) und Dateien im H: Verzeichnis speichern, anstatt in \"Eigene Dateien\"."
+msgid ""
+"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
+"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
+"To minimize the time needed, one should deactivate things like local cache "
+"in browsers (you could use the squid proxycache installed on tjener instead) "
+"and save file into the H: volume instead of \"Own files\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Windows wird das Profil des Domänenbenutzers bei jedem Anmelden und Abmelden "
+"synchronisieren. Je nachdem wie viele Daten in dem Profil gespeichert sind, "
+"kann dies einige Zeit in Anspruch nehmen. Um die Zeit zu minimieren, sollte "
+"man Dinge wie den lokalen Browser-Cache deaktvieren (Sie könnten stattdessen "
+"den squid proxy cache verwenden der auf tjener installiert ist) und Dateien "
+"im H: Verzeichnis speichern, anstatt in \"Eigene Dateien\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2548
@@ -4091,8 +6517,20 @@ msgstr "Benutzergruppen in Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2550
-msgid "Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through <computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be available in Windows, eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group aware."
-msgstr "Sie müssen\" Groupmaps\" für alle Benutzergruppen anlegen, die Sie über <computeroutput>LWAT</computeroutput> hinzufügen. Wenn Sie wollen, dass Ihre Gruppen in Windows verfügbar sind, z.B. für netlogon Skripte oder andere von Gruppen abhängige Aktionen, können Sie diese mit einer Variation der folgenden Kommandos hinzufügen. Samba wird auch ohne Groupmaps funktionieren, aber Windowscomputer werden Gruppen nicht erkennen."
+msgid ""
+"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
+"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
+"available in Windows, eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
+"actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba "
+"will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group "
+"aware."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie müssen\" Groupmaps\" für alle Benutzergruppen anlegen, die Sie über "
+"<computeroutput>LWAT</computeroutput> hinzufügen. Wenn Sie wollen, dass "
+"Ihre Gruppen in Windows verfügbar sind, z.B. für netlogon Skripte oder "
+"andere von Gruppen abhängige Aktionen, können Sie diese mit einer Variation "
+"der folgenden Kommandos hinzufügen. Samba wird auch ohne Groupmaps "
+"funktionieren, aber Windowscomputer werden Gruppen nicht erkennen."
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2552
@@ -4109,12 +6547,18 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2557
-msgid "FIXME: should user groups in windows better be explained with lwat first, and then with an example for the command line?"
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: should user groups in windows better be explained with lwat first, "
+"and then with an example for the command line?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2559
-msgid "If you want to check user groups on Windows, you need to download the tool <computeroutput>IFMEMBER.EXE </computeroutput> from Microsoft. Then you can use this for example in the logon script which resides on tjener in <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/LOGON.BAT </computeroutput>."
+msgid ""
+"If you want to check user groups on Windows, you need to download the tool "
+"<computeroutput>IFMEMBER.EXE </computeroutput> from Microsoft. Then you can "
+"use this for example in the logon script which resides on tjener in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/LOGON.BAT </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
@@ -4124,8 +6568,17 @@ msgstr "XP Home"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2569
-msgid "Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. However, they may need to disable the windows firewall before Tjener will appear in Network Neighbourhood (or whatever its called now)."
-msgstr "Benutzer/-innen, die Ihren XP Home Laptop mitbringen, können sich mit ihren Zugangsdaten zu tjener verbinden, vorausgesetzt, SKOLELINUX ist als Workgroup eingestellt. Es könnte allerdings sein, dass man die Firewall deaktivieren muss, bevor tjener im Netzwerk (oder wie immer das genannt wird) sichtbar wird."
+msgid ""
+"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
+"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
+"However, they may need to disable the windows firewall before Tjener will "
+"appear in Network Neighbourhood (or whatever its called now)."
+msgstr ""
+"Benutzer/-innen, die Ihren XP Home Laptop mitbringen, können sich mit ihren "
+"Zugangsdaten zu tjener verbinden, vorausgesetzt, SKOLELINUX ist als "
+"Workgroup eingestellt. Es könnte allerdings sein, dass man die Firewall "
+"deaktivieren muss, bevor tjener im Netzwerk (oder wie immer das genannt "
+"wird) sichtbar wird."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2574
@@ -4134,27 +6587,48 @@ msgstr "Roamingprofile verwalten"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2576
-msgid "Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, desktop icons and menus, screen colors, mouse settings, window size and position, application configurations and network and printer connections. Roaming profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the server is available."
+msgid ""
+"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
+"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
+"desktop icons and menus, screen colors, mouse settings, window size and "
+"position, application configurations and network and printer connections. "
+"Roaming profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the "
+"server is available."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2578
-msgid "Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, but the most common problems is that users save their files on the windows desktop or in the My Documents folder instead of in their homedir. Also some badly designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
+msgid ""
+"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
+"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
+"login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, "
+"but the most common problems is that users save their files on the windows "
+"desktop or in the My Documents folder instead of in their homedir. Also some "
+"badly designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2580
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell them not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's their own fault when login is slow."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
+"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
+"them not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's "
+"their own fault when login is slow."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2583
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users to the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming profile."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way "
+"to deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect "
+"other parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users "
+"to the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are "
+"at least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming "
+"profile."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2588
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2702
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2588 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2702
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
@@ -4170,7 +6644,13 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2595
-msgid "Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System -> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the profile, the directories are internationalized and must be written in your own language the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to exclude are"
+msgid ""
+"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> "
+"System -> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you "
+"can enter a semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the "
+"profile, the directories are internationalized and must be written in your "
+"own language the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to "
+"exclude are"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
@@ -4184,8 +6664,7 @@ msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2603
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2612
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2603 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2612
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
@@ -4207,51 +6686,74 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2620
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to all other windows machines."
-msgstr "Passen sie jetzt die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> an sodass sie die folgenden Zeilen enthalten:"
+msgid ""
+"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
+"all other windows machines."
+msgstr ""
+"Passen sie jetzt die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput> an sodass sie die folgenden Zeilen enthalten:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2623
-msgid "It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it included at install time."
+msgid ""
+"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
+"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2632
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2718
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2632 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2718
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2744
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2634
-msgid "By using the legacy windows policy editor (<computeroutput>poledit.exe </computeroutput>), you can can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. This has the advantage of working almost instantly on all windows machines."
+msgid ""
+"By using the legacy windows policy editor (<computeroutput>poledit.exe </"
+"computeroutput>), you can can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and "
+"put it in your netlogon share on tjener. This has the advantage of working "
+"almost instantly on all windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2637
-msgid "Since some time the policy editor standalone download has been removed from the Microsoft website, but it's still available as part of the ORK Tools."
+msgid ""
+"Since some time the policy editor standalone download has been removed from "
+"the Microsoft website, but it's still available as part of the ORK Tools."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2639
-msgid "With poledit.exe you can create .pol files. If you put such a file on tjener as <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/NTLOGON.POL </computeroutput> it will be read by the windows machine automatically and temporarily overwrite the registry, thus applying the changes."
+msgid ""
+"With poledit.exe you can create .pol files. If you put such a file on tjener "
+"as <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/NTLOGON.POL </computeroutput> it will "
+"be read by the windows machine automatically and temporarily overwrite the "
+"registry, thus applying the changes."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2642
-msgid "To make sensible use of poledit.exe you also need to download appriate .adm files for your operating system and applications, otherwise you cannot define many settings in poledit.exe."
+msgid ""
+"To make sensible use of poledit.exe you also need to download appriate .adm "
+"files for your operating system and applications, otherwise you cannot "
+"define many settings in poledit.exe."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#. transclusion is not implemented in DocBook formatter
#. transclusion is not implemented in DocBook formatter
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2644
-msgid "Be aware that the new group policy tools, gpedit.msc} and <computeroutput>gpmc.msc </computeroutput> cannot create .pol files, they either only work for the local machine or need an active directory server."
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that the new group policy tools, gpedit.msc} and "
+"<computeroutput>gpmc.msc </computeroutput> cannot create .pol files, they "
+"either only work for the local machine or need an active directory server."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2647
-msgid "If you understand german, <ulink url=\"http://gruppenrichtlinien.de\"/> is a very good website on this topic."
+msgid ""
+"If you understand german, <ulink url=\"http://gruppenrichtlinien.de\"/> is a "
+"very good website on this topic."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -4261,7 +6763,9 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2654
-msgid "You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key to other computers"
+msgid ""
+"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
+"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
@@ -4271,14 +6775,20 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2659
-msgid "Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
+"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2663
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Und führen Sie <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </computeroutput> aus."
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Und führen Sie <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
+"computeroutput> aus."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2667
@@ -4288,12 +6798,17 @@ msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2671
-msgid "Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine policy)"
+msgid ""
+"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
+"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2675
-msgid "Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double click it, or add it to a script to spread it to other machines."
+msgid ""
+"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
+"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
+"click it, or add it to a script to spread it to other machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
@@ -4303,12 +6818,16 @@ msgstr "Quellen:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2679
-msgid "<ulink url=\"http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/technologies/featured/gp/default.mspx\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/technologies/"
+"featured/gp/default.mspx\"/>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2682
-msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/PolicyMgmt.html\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/"
+"PolicyMgmt.html\"/>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -4328,32 +6847,50 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2698
-msgid "Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things into my documents, when this is not saved in the profiles. Also you may want to redirect the directories some badly programed applications use to normal network shares."
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
+"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
+"into my documents, when this is not saved in the profiles. Also you may want "
+"to redirect the directories some badly programed applications use to normal "
+"network shares."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2704
-msgid "Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection Things that can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
+msgid ""
+"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
+"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
+"under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection "
+"Things that can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2706
-msgid "One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do not want this, you should also disable that in following"
+msgid ""
+"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
+"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
+"not want this, you should also disable that in following"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2708
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
+"Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2711
-msgid "Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+msgid ""
+"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
+"Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2721
-msgid "FIXME explain how to use profiles from global policies for windows machines in the skolelinux network"
+msgid ""
+"FIXME explain how to use profiles from global policies for windows machines "
+"in the skolelinux network"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
@@ -4369,7 +6906,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2733
-msgid "Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated machines, or machines that have lower then usual bandwith."
+msgid ""
+"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
+"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
+"machines, or machines that have lower then usual bandwith."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -4379,7 +6919,9 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2737
-msgid "Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local profiles"
+msgid ""
+"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow "
+"local profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -4394,7 +6936,12 @@ msgstr "Die Samba Konfiguration verändern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2754
-msgid "By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else is allowed to touch it. To disable the roaming profiles for the entire network you can alter the smb.conf file on tjener and unset the logon path and logon home variables, and restart samba."
+msgid ""
+"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
+"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
+"is allowed to touch it. To disable the roaming profiles for the entire "
+"network you can alter the smb.conf file on tjener and unset the logon path "
+"and logon home variables, and restart samba."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
@@ -4415,41 +6962,80 @@ msgstr "Remote Desktops mit RDP, VNC, NX oder Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2765
-msgid "Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac or Linux."
-msgstr "Einige Gemeinden bieten ihren Schülerinnen, Schülern, Lehrerinnen und Lehrern einen Fernzugang an, so dass diese von ihrem Computer von zu Hause aus auf Skolelinux zuzugreifen können, egal ob darauf Windows, Mac oder Linux läuft."
+msgid ""
+"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
+"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
+"or Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Einige Gemeinden bieten ihren Schülerinnen, Schülern, Lehrerinnen und "
+"Lehrern einen Fernzugang an, so dass diese von ihrem Computer von zu Hause "
+"aus auf Skolelinux zuzugreifen können, egal ob darauf Windows, Mac oder "
+"Linux läuft."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2767
-msgid "RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the <computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
-msgstr "RDP - der einfachste Weg um auf einen Windows Terminal Server zuzugreifen. Installieren sie hierfür einfach das <computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> Paket."
+msgid ""
+"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
+"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
+msgstr ""
+"RDP - der einfachste Weg um auf einen Windows Terminal Server zuzugreifen. "
+"Installieren sie hierfür einfach das <computeroutput>rdesktop </"
+"computeroutput> Paket."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2771
-msgid "VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
-msgstr "Ein VNC Client (Virtual Network Computer) gibt entfernen Zugang zu Skolelinux. Installieren sie hierfür das <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> Paket."
+msgid ""
+"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
+"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
+msgstr ""
+"Ein VNC Client (Virtual Network Computer) gibt entfernen Zugang zu "
+"Skolelinux. Installieren sie hierfür das <computeroutput>xvncviewer </"
+"computeroutput> Paket."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2775
-msgid "NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has provided NX support to all their students since 2005. They report that the solution is stable."
-msgstr "Der grafische Client von NX auf Computer mit Windows, Mac oder Linux gibt Schülern und Lehrern entfernten Zugang. Eine Gemeinde in Norwegen unterstützt NX für alle ihre Schülerinnen und Schüler seit 2005. Sie berichten, das diese Lösung stabil ist."
+msgid ""
+"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
+"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
+"provided NX support to all their students since 2005. They report that the "
+"solution is stable."
+msgstr ""
+"Der grafische Client von NX auf Computer mit Windows, Mac oder Linux gibt "
+"Schülern und Lehrern entfernten Zugang. Eine Gemeinde in Norwegen "
+"unterstützt NX für alle ihre Schülerinnen und Schüler seit 2005. Sie "
+"berichten, das diese Lösung stabil ist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2778
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
-msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Anleitung für den Citrix ICA Client </ulink> um von Skolelinux auf Windows Terminalserver zuzugreifen."
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
+"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Anleitung "
+"für den Citrix ICA Client </ulink> um von Skolelinux auf Windows "
+"Terminalserver zuzugreifen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2790
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs\"/>"
-msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - Unvollständig aber interessant"
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+"Unvollständig aber interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2793
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\"/>"
-msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - Unvollständig aber interessant"
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation"
+"\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+"Unvollständig aber interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2801
@@ -4463,24 +7049,38 @@ msgstr "Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2807
-msgid "Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to install moodle."
-msgstr "Führen sie <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> als root aus, um Moodle zu installieren."
+msgid ""
+"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
+"install moodle."
+msgstr ""
+"Führen sie <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> als "
+"root aus, um Moodle zu installieren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2810
-msgid "Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators create effective online learning communities. You can download and use it on any computer you have handy (including webhosts), yet it can scale from a single-teacher site to a University with 200,000 students. Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points."
+msgid ""
+"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
+"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
+"create effective online learning communities. You can download and use it on "
+"any computer you have handy (including webhosts), yet it can scale from a "
+"single-teacher site to a University with 200,000 students. Some schools in "
+"France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2813
-msgid "FIXME: more examples where moodle is used, how it can be used and a link to a good starter documentation is missing here"
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: more examples where moodle is used, how it can be used and a link to "
+"a good starter documentation is missing here"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2815
#, fuzzy
msgid "See <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\"/> for more information on Moodle."
-msgstr "Unter <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\">http://moodle.org </ulink> finden sie mehr zu Moodle"
+msgstr ""
+"Unter <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\">http://moodle.org </ulink> finden sie "
+"mehr zu Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2820
@@ -4489,14 +7089,22 @@ msgstr "Schüler/-innen beobachten"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2822
-msgid "Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their students."
-msgstr "Einige Schulen verwenden Programme wie Controlaula oder Italc um ihre Schüler/-innen zu beaufsichtigen."
+msgid ""
+"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
+"students."
+msgstr ""
+"Einige Schulen verwenden Programme wie Controlaula oder Italc um ihre "
+"Schüler/-innen zu beaufsichtigen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2824
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page\"/>"
-msgstr "Das italc Wiki finden sie <ulink url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page\">hier</ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
+"index.php?title=Main_Page\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Das italc Wiki finden sie <ulink url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
+"index.php?title=Main_Page\">hier</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2827
@@ -4513,7 +7121,9 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2834
-msgid "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
+"monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
@@ -4523,12 +7133,17 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2842
-msgid "Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. FIXME: explain how to install and use squidgard and/or dansguardian"
+msgid ""
+"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
+"FIXME: explain how to install and use squidgard and/or dansguardian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2849
-msgid "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
+"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
+"and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
@@ -4538,19 +7153,36 @@ msgstr "swi-prolog auf Etch installieren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2861
-msgid "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: this paragraph about swi-prolog is written for etch..."
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: this paragraph about swi-prolog is written for "
+"etch..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2864
-msgid "<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch system."
-msgstr "<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> war in Sarge verfügbar, aber kein Teil von Etch. Sie können jedoch einfach die Version aus Sarge auf Etch installieren."
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
+"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> war in Sarge verfügbar, aber "
+"kein Teil von Etch. Sie können jedoch einfach die Version aus Sarge auf Etch "
+"installieren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2871
#, fuzzy
-msgid "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: The software you install has no trust path. Software installed with <computeroutput>apt-get </computeroutput> is cryptographically signed to ensure a trust path."
-msgstr "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warnung </emphasis>: Die Software die sie installieren werden kommt eventuell aus unsicheren Quellen. Software die mit <computeroutput>apt-get </computeroutput> installiert wurde ist kyptographisch Signierd um sicherzustellen dass der Quelle vertraut werden kann."
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: The "
+"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
+"<computeroutput>apt-get </computeroutput> is cryptographically signed to "
+"ensure a trust path."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warnung </emphasis>: Die "
+"Software die sie installieren werden kommt eventuell aus unsicheren Quellen. "
+"Software die mit <computeroutput>apt-get </computeroutput> installiert wurde "
+"ist kyptographisch Signierd um sicherzustellen dass der Quelle vertraut "
+"werden kann."
# type: CDATA
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2874
@@ -4573,14 +7205,22 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2881
-msgid "<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2895
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\"/> - incomplete but interesting"
-msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - Unvollständig aber interessant"
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\"/> - "
+"incomplete but interesting"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+"Unvollständig aber interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2903
@@ -4595,12 +7235,19 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2909
-msgid "Every student should use the shorcut on their Desktop, which should point to something like <computeroutput>https://ldap/lwat/chguserpw.php?username=$(id -un) </computeroutput>. (On Windows they have to manually put in their username.)"
+msgid ""
+"Every student should use the shorcut on their Desktop, which should point to "
+"something like <computeroutput>https://ldap/lwat/chguserpw.php?username=$(id "
+"-un) </computeroutput>. (On Windows they have to manually put in their "
+"username.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2912
-msgid "Using <computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput> to change their password, ensures that linux(userPassword) and samba(sabmaNTPassword and smbaLMPassword) passwords are the same."
+msgid ""
+"Using <computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput> to change their password, "
+"ensures that linux(userPassword) and samba(sabmaNTPassword and "
+"smbaLMPassword) passwords are the same."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
@@ -4615,20 +7262,44 @@ msgstr "Lassen sie uns wissen dass es Sie gibt"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2925
-msgid "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/worldmap.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/worldmap.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2931
#, fuzzy
-msgid "There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates us very much and therefore is already a valuable contribution. <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "Es gibt auf der ganzen Welt Menschen die Debian Edu verwenden. Ein einfacher Weg uns zu helfen ist uns wissen zu lassen dass sie Debian Edu verwenden - das trägt viel zu unserer Motivation bei und ist bereits eine wertvolle Hilfe.<inlinemediaobject>"
+msgid ""
+"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
+"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
+"us very much and therefore is already a valuable contribution. "
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"Es gibt auf der ganzen Welt Menschen die Debian Edu verwenden. Ein einfacher "
+"Weg uns zu helfen ist uns wissen zu lassen dass sie Debian Edu verwenden - "
+"das trägt viel zu unserer Motivation bei und ist bereits eine wertvolle "
+"Hilfe.<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2937
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about where the users of the distribution are located. Please let us know about your installation, by registering in this database. To register your school, <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\">use this web form </ulink>."
-msgstr "Das Debian Edu Projekt bietet eine Datenbank die Schulen und Benutzer des Systems enthält um Nutzern zu helfen andere Nutzer zu finden, und um eine Idee davon zu bekommen wo die Distribution überall genutzt wird. Bitte lassen sie uns von ihrer Installation wissen, in dem sie sich in diese Datenbank eintragen. Um ihre Schule einzutragen steht ihnen <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\">dieses Formular</ulink> zur Verfügung."
+msgid ""
+"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
+"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
+"where the users of the distribution are located. Please let us know about "
+"your installation, by registering in this database. To register your "
+"school, <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\">use "
+"this web form </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Das Debian Edu Projekt bietet eine Datenbank die Schulen und Benutzer des "
+"Systems enthält um Nutzern zu helfen andere Nutzer zu finden, und um eine "
+"Idee davon zu bekommen wo die Distribution überall genutzt wird. Bitte "
+"lassen sie uns von ihrer Installation wissen, in dem sie sich in diese "
+"Datenbank eintragen. Um ihre Schule einzutragen steht ihnen <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\">dieses Formular</"
+"ulink> zur Verfügung."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2943
@@ -4637,14 +7308,28 @@ msgstr "Vor Ort mitarbeiten"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2945
-msgid "Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere."
-msgstr "Zur Zeit gibt es regionale Teams in Norwegen, Deutschland, Frankreich und in der Region Extremadura in Spanien. Zudem gibt es \"vereinzelte\" Mitarbeiter/-innen in Griechenland, den Niederlanden, Japan und an vielen anderen Orten."
+msgid ""
+"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
+"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
+"Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere."
+msgstr ""
+"Zur Zeit gibt es regionale Teams in Norwegen, Deutschland, Frankreich und in "
+"der Region Extremadura in Spanien. Zudem gibt es \"vereinzelte\" "
+"Mitarbeiter/-innen in Griechenland, den Niederlanden, Japan und an vielen "
+"anderen Orten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2947
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/Support#\">support chapter </ulink> explains and links to localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and <emphasis>support </emphasis> are two sides of the same coin."
-msgstr "Das <link linkend=\"Support\">Kapitel über Support </link> verweist und erklärt auf Ressourcen am gleichen Ort, weil <emphasis>Mitwirken </emphasis> und <emphasis>Unterstützt </emphasis> zwei Seiten der gleichen Münze sind."
+msgid ""
+"The <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/"
+"Support#\">support chapter </ulink> explains and links to localized "
+"ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and <emphasis>support </"
+"emphasis> are two sides of the same coin."
+msgstr ""
+"Das <link linkend=\"Support\">Kapitel über Support </link> verweist und "
+"erklärt auf Ressourcen am gleichen Ort, weil <emphasis>Mitwirken </emphasis> "
+"und <emphasis>Unterstützt </emphasis> zwei Seiten der gleichen Münze sind."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2955
@@ -4654,20 +7339,39 @@ msgstr "Weltweit Mitgestalten"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2957
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Internationally we are organized in <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
-msgstr "Wir sind in verschiedenen internationalen <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">Teams </ulink> organisiert. Jedes Team beschäftigt sich mit einem andern Thema."
+msgid ""
+"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianEdu/Teams/\">different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
+msgstr ""
+"Wir sind in verschiedenen internationalen <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">Teams </ulink> organisiert. Jedes Team beschäftigt "
+"sich mit einem andern Thema."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2960
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">developer mailing list </ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have monthly meetings on IRC on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and less frequently even real gatherings, where we meet each other in person."
-msgstr "Die <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">Entwicklermailingliste </ulink> ist das Hauptkommunikationsmittel. Zudem finden monatliche Treffen im IRC in #debian-edu auf irc.debian.org und seltener auch Treffen im realen Leben statt."
+msgid ""
+"The <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">developer mailing list "
+"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
+"have monthly meetings on IRC on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and less "
+"frequently even real gatherings, where we meet each other in person."
+msgstr ""
+"Die <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">Entwicklermailingliste "
+"</ulink> ist das Hauptkommunikationsmittel. Zudem finden monatliche Treffen "
+"im IRC in #debian-edu auf irc.debian.org und seltener auch Treffen im realen "
+"Leben statt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2963
#, fuzzy
-msgid "A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist </ulink>."
-msgstr "Ein guter Weg etwas über die Entwicklung von Debian Edu zu erfahren ist sich auf die <ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit Mailingliste </ulink> einzuschreiben."
+msgid ""
+"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
+"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/"
+"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ein guter Weg etwas über die Entwicklung von Debian Edu zu erfahren ist sich "
+"auf die <ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/debian-"
+"edu-commits\">commit Mailingliste </ulink> einzuschreiben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2969
@@ -4676,20 +7380,48 @@ msgstr "Verfasser der Dokumentation und Übersetzer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2971
-msgid "This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider sharing your knowledge with us."
-msgstr "Dieses Dokument benötigt ihre Hilfe! Zuallererst, es ist noch nicht komplett: Beim Lesen werden sie öfter das Wort FIXME in einem Text bemerken. Wenn sie (etwas) über die Thematik des betroffenen Textes wissen, bitte überlegen Sie, ob SIe Ihre Kenntnisse nicht mit uns teilen wollen."
+msgid ""
+"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
+"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
+"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider "
+"sharing your knowledge with us."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Dokument benötigt ihre Hilfe! Zuallererst, es ist noch nicht "
+"komplett: Beim Lesen werden sie öfter das Wort FIXME in einem Text bemerken. "
+"Wenn sie (etwas) über die Thematik des betroffenen Textes wissen, bitte "
+"überlegen Sie, ob SIe Ihre Kenntnisse nicht mit uns teilen wollen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2974
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. Just go to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, you need to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">create a wiki user </ulink> first."
-msgstr "Die Quellen dieses Textes sind in einem Wiki gespeichert und können mit fast jedem Webbrowser editiert werden. Um mitzuwirken, einfach auf <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/\">http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> gehen und einen Useraccount anlegen. Dies können sie unter <ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.no/UserPreferences\">create a wiki user </ulink> machen."
+msgid ""
+"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
+"Just go to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/"
+"\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit "
+"the pages, you need to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences"
+"\">create a wiki user </ulink> first."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Quellen dieses Textes sind in einem Wiki gespeichert und können mit fast "
+"jedem Webbrowser editiert werden. Um mitzuwirken, einfach auf <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/\">http://wiki."
+"skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> gehen und einen "
+"Useraccount anlegen. Dies können sie unter <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"skolelinux.no/UserPreferences\">create a wiki user </ulink> machen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2977
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/Translations#\">translation chapter </ulink> of this book. Please consider to help the translation effort of this book!"
-msgstr "Ein andere Weg um mitzuwirken und anderen Benutzern zu helfen ist Software und Dokumentation zu übersetzen. Übersetzungshinweise zu diesem Dokument findet man im <link linkend=\"Translations\">Übersetzungskapitel</link> dieses Buches. Bitte helfen sie uns dieses Buch zu übersetzen!"
+msgid ""
+"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
+"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
+"be found in the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Lenny/Translations#\">translation chapter </ulink> of this book. Please "
+"consider to help the translation effort of this book!"
+msgstr ""
+"Ein andere Weg um mitzuwirken und anderen Benutzern zu helfen ist Software "
+"und Dokumentation zu übersetzen. Übersetzungshinweise zu diesem Dokument "
+"findet man im <link linkend=\"Translations\">Übersetzungskapitel</link> "
+"dieses Buches. Bitte helfen sie uns dieses Buch zu übersetzen!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2984
@@ -4710,19 +7442,32 @@ msgstr "auf Englisch"
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2994
#, fuzzy
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\"/>"
-msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian."
+"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:2997
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss\"/> - support mailing list"
-msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss </ulink> - Supportmailingliste"
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
+"discuss\"/> - support mailing list"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
+"discuss\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
+"discuss </ulink> - Supportmailingliste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3000
#, fuzzy
-msgid "#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "#debian-edu auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel, hauptsächlich Entwicklungsbezogen. <inlinemediaobject>"
+msgid ""
+"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
+"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"#debian-edu auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel, hauptsächlich "
+"Entwicklungsbezogen. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3011
@@ -4732,19 +7477,33 @@ msgstr "auf Norwegisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3013
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker\"/> - support mailing list"
-msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </ulink> - Supportmailingliste"
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker\"/"
+"> - support mailing list"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker"
+"\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </ulink> - "
+"Supportmailingliste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3016
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen\"/> - mailinglist for the development member organisation in Norway (FRISK)"
-msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen </ulink> - Mailingliste der Development Member Organisation in Norwegen (FRSIK)"
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
+"linuxiskolen\"/> - mailinglist for the development member organisation in "
+"Norway (FRISK)"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
+"linuxiskolen\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
+"linuxiskolen </ulink> - Mailingliste der Development Member Organisation in "
+"Norwegen (FRSIK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3019
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
-msgstr "#skolelinux auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel zur Unterstützung norwegischer Benutzer/-innen"
+msgstr ""
+"#skolelinux auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel zur Unterstützung norwegischer "
+"Benutzer/-innen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3026
@@ -4754,19 +7513,28 @@ msgstr "auf Deutsch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3028
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\"/> - support mailing list"
-msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\">http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\"/> - support "
+"mailing list"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\">http://www."
+"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3031
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\"/> - wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
-msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - Wiki mit vielen HowTos und ähnlichem."
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\"/> - wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> "
+"- Wiki mit vielen HowTos und ähnlichem."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3034
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
-msgstr "#skolelinux.de auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel zur Unterstützung deutscher Benutzer/-innen"
+msgstr ""
+"#skolelinux.de auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel zur Unterstützung deutscher "
+"Benutzer/-innen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3041
@@ -4776,8 +7544,12 @@ msgstr "auf Französisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3043
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailinglist"
-msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support "
+"mailinglist"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian."
+"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3050
@@ -4788,7 +7560,9 @@ msgstr "auf Spanisch"
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3052
#, fuzzy
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\"/> - spanish portal"
-msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\">http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - Das spanische Skolelinuxportal"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\">http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
+"Das spanische Skolelinuxportal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3060
@@ -4798,8 +7572,14 @@ msgstr "Professioneller Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3062
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>."
-msgstr "Listen von Firmen die professionellen Support anbieten finden sie unter anderem unter <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>"
+msgid ""
+"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Listen von Firmen die professionellen Support anbieten finden sie unter "
+"anderem unter <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/"
+"ProfessionalHelp\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </"
+"ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3068
@@ -4809,14 +7589,35 @@ msgstr "Copyright und Autoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3070
#, fuzzy
-msgid "This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008, 2009), Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008) and Jürgen Leibner (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
-msgstr "Dieses Dokument wurde von Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), Petter Reinholdtsen (2007), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) und John Bildoy (2007) verfasst und ist Copyright 2007. Es ist unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert. Viel Freude!"
+msgid ""
+"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008, "
+"2009), Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
+"(2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), "
+"Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker "
+"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg "
+"(2008) and Jürgen Leibner (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later "
+"version. Enjoy!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Dokument wurde von Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), Petter Reinholdtsen "
+"(2007), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf "
+"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), "
+"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez "
+"(2007) und John Bildoy (2007) verfasst und ist Copyright 2007. Es ist unter "
+"der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert. Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3072
#, fuzzy
-msgid "If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </emphasis>! Then add your name here and release it under the GPL2 or later version."
-msgstr "wenn Sie Inhalte hinzufügen, <emphasis role=\"strong\">bitte nur, wenn Sie auch dessen Autor sind und beabsichtigen, es unter den gleichen Bedingungen zu lizensieren.</emphasis>! Dann fügen Sie hier Ihren Namen hinzu und lizensieren Sie es unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version."
+msgid ""
+"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
+"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
+"emphasis>! Then add your name here and release it under the GPL2 or later "
+"version."
+msgstr ""
+"wenn Sie Inhalte hinzufügen, <emphasis role=\"strong\">bitte nur, wenn Sie "
+"auch dessen Autor sind und beabsichtigen, es unter den gleichen Bedingungen "
+"zu lizensieren.</emphasis>! Dann fügen Sie hier Ihren Namen hinzu und "
+"lizensieren Sie es unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3078
@@ -4826,32 +7627,60 @@ msgstr "Copyright und Autoren der Übersetzungen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3080
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The Spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
-msgstr "Die spanische Übersetzung ist Copyright 2007 von José L. Redrejo Rodríguez und wurde unter der GPL2 oder später lizenziert."
+msgid ""
+"The Spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
+"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+msgstr ""
+"Die spanische Übersetzung ist Copyright 2007 von José L. Redrejo Rodríguez "
+"und wurde unter der GPL2 oder später lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3082
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen (2007), Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and Tore Skogly (2008) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
-msgstr "Die norwegische Bokmål Übersetzung wurde erstellt und ist Copyright von Petter Reinholdtsen (2007) und Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008). Sie ist unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert."
+msgid ""
+"The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen (2007), Håvard "
+"Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and Tore Skogly (2008) and is released under the GPL2 "
+"or any later version."
+msgstr ""
+"Die norwegische Bokmål Übersetzung wurde erstellt und ist Copyright von "
+"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007) und Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008). Sie ist unter "
+"der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3084
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, 2008), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008) and Kai Hatje (2008) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
-msgstr "Die deutsche Übersetzung wurde erstellt und ist Copyright von Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, 2008), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008) und Kai Hatje (2008) und ist unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert. "
+msgid ""
+"The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
+"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, 2008, "
+"2009), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008), Kai Hatje (2008) and "
+"Kurt Gramlich (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+msgstr ""
+"Die deutsche Übersetzung wurde erstellt und ist Copyright von Holger Levsen "
+"(2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. "
+"Teichert (2007, 2008), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008) und Kai "
+"Hatje (2008) und ist unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3086
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The Italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008, 2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
-msgstr "Die italienische Übersetzung wurder erstellt und ist Copyright von Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008). Sie ist unter der GPL2 oder späteren Versionen lizenziert."
+msgid ""
+"The Italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008, "
+"2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+msgstr ""
+"Die italienische Übersetzung wurder erstellt und ist Copyright von Claudio "
+"Carboncini (2007, 2008). Sie ist unter der GPL2 oder späteren Versionen "
+"lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3088
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
-msgstr "Die italienische Übersetzung wurder erstellt und ist Copyright von Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008). Sie ist unter der GPL2 oder späteren Versionen lizenziert."
+msgid ""
+"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and the "
+"French l10n team (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+msgstr ""
+"Die italienische Übersetzung wurder erstellt und ist Copyright von Claudio "
+"Carboncini (2007, 2008). Sie ist unter der GPL2 oder späteren Versionen "
+"lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3093
@@ -4861,8 +7690,15 @@ msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokumentes"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3095
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete translations for Italian, German, Norwegian Bokmål, French and Spanish exist, take a look for your <ulink url=\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/\">language </ulink> here."
-msgstr "Vollständige Übersetzungen dieses Dokumentes sind im Augenblick nicht verfügbar, da das Dokument selbst noch sehr lückenhaft ist. Es gibt unvollständige Übersetzungen in das norwegische Bokmål, Spanisch und Deutsch."
+msgid ""
+"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
+"translations for Italian, German, Norwegian Bokmål, French and Spanish "
+"exist, take a look for your <ulink url=\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/"
+"debian-edu-doc/\">language </ulink> here."
+msgstr ""
+"Vollständige Übersetzungen dieses Dokumentes sind im Augenblick nicht "
+"verfügbar, da das Dokument selbst noch sehr lückenhaft ist. Es gibt "
+"unvollständige Übersetzungen in das norwegische Bokmål, Spanisch und Deutsch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3100
@@ -4872,40 +7708,90 @@ msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokumentes"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3102
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-lenny-manual-translations </computeroutput> for more information on this. Please read also read this, if you want to start/help translating this document."
-msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokumentes werden wie bei vielen anderen Software Projekten auch in .po files gehalten. Für mehr Informationen oder falls sie helfen wollen dieses Dokumente zu übersetzen, lesen sie bitte <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations </computeroutput>."
+msgid ""
+"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
+"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
+"debian-edu-lenny-manual-translations </computeroutput> for more information "
+"on this. Please read also read this, if you want to start/help translating "
+"this document."
+msgstr ""
+"Übersetzungen dieses Dokumentes werden wie bei vielen anderen Software "
+"Projekten auch in .po files gehalten. Für mehr Informationen oder falls sie "
+"helfen wollen dieses Dokumente zu übersetzen, lesen sie bitte "
+"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-"
+"translations </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3105
#, fuzzy
-msgid "To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project <computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to check out some files from from svn (which can be done anonymously), create patches and send those to <ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org\">debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org </ulink>."
-msgstr "Um ihre Übersetzungen commiten zu können müssen sie ein Mitglied des Alitoth Projektes <computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput> sein. Die Dateien lassen sich einfach anonym aus dem SVN herunterladen, bearbeiten und anschließend an <ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu at l.d.o\">debian-edu at l.d.o </ulink> senden - oder Sie reichen eine Fehlermeldung gegenüber dem Paket debian-edu-doc ein."
+msgid ""
+"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
+"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
+"check out some files from from svn (which can be done anonymously), create "
+"patches and send those to <ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu-doc at packages.qa."
+"debian.org\">debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Um ihre Übersetzungen commiten zu können müssen sie ein Mitglied des Alitoth "
+"Projektes <computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput> sein. Die Dateien "
+"lassen sich einfach anonym aus dem SVN herunterladen, bearbeiten und "
+"anschließend an <ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu at l.d.o\">debian-edu at l.d.o </"
+"ulink> senden - oder Sie reichen eine Fehlermeldung gegenüber dem Paket "
+"debian-edu-doc ein."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3109
-msgid "You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source anonymously with the following command (you need to have the <computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> package installed for this to work):"
-msgstr "Um die <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> Quellen anonym auszuchecken, können sie den folgenden Befehl benutzen ( wobei Sie das Paket <computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> installiert haben müssen):"
+msgid ""
+"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
+"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
+"<computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> package installed for this to "
+"work):"
+msgstr ""
+"Um die <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> Quellen anonym "
+"auszuchecken, können sie den folgenden Befehl benutzen ( wobei Sie das Paket "
+"<computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> installiert haben müssen):"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3113
-msgid "<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc </computeroutput>"
-msgstr "<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc </computeroutput>"
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
+"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
+"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3118
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). There are many tools for translating available, we suggest to use <computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Dann editieren sie <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual.$CC.po </computeroutput> ($CC mit ihrem Sprachenkürzel ersetzen). Es gibt einige Tools um sie beim Übersetzen zu unterstützen. Wir empfehlen <computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
+msgid ""
+"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-"
+"lenny-manual.$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your "
+"language code). There are many tools for translating available, we suggest "
+"to use <computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dann editieren sie <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-"
+"manual.$CC.po </computeroutput> ($CC mit ihrem Sprachenkürzel ersetzen). Es "
+"gibt einige Tools um sie beim Übersetzen zu unterstützen. Wir empfehlen "
+"<computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3122
-msgid "Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
-msgstr "Dann können sie die Änderung entweder direkt ins SVN einpflegen ( wenn Sie die entsprechenden Rechte dafür haben) oder die Datei an die Mailingliste senden."
+msgid ""
+"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
+"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
+msgstr ""
+"Dann können sie die Änderung entweder direkt ins SVN einpflegen ( wenn Sie "
+"die entsprechenden Rechte dafür haben) oder die Datei an die Mailingliste "
+"senden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3124
-msgid "To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
-msgstr "Um Ihre lokale Kopie des Depots zu aktualisiereb, verwenden sie bitte den folgenden Befehl in Ihrem <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> Verzeichnis:"
+msgid ""
+"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um Ihre lokale Kopie des Depots zu aktualisiereb, verwenden sie bitte den "
+"folgenden Befehl in Ihrem <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> "
+"Verzeichnis:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3127
@@ -4915,8 +7801,17 @@ msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3132
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-lenny-manual-translations to find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is none yet, and how to update translations. If you are new to SVN, look at the <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.org\">SVN book </ulink>, it has a chapter on the <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.0/ch03s05.html\">basic workflow with SVN </ulink>."
-msgstr "Lesen Sie /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations, um mehr darüber zu erfahren, wie man eine neue PO-Datei für eine weitere Sprache erzeugt bzw. eine bestehende ergänzt."
+msgid ""
+"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-lenny-manual-"
+"translations to find information how to create a new .po file for your "
+"language if there is none yet, and how to update translations. If you are "
+"new to SVN, look at the <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.org\">SVN book </ulink>, "
+"it has a chapter on the <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.0/"
+"ch03s05.html\">basic workflow with SVN </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Lesen Sie /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations, "
+"um mehr darüber zu erfahren, wie man eine neue PO-Datei für eine weitere "
+"Sprache erzeugt bzw. eine bestehende ergänzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3136
@@ -4943,23 +7838,53 @@ msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu Etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3149
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Copyright (C) 2007-2009 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger at layer-acht.org\">holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight#\">Copyright chapter </ulink> for the full list of copyright owners."
-msgstr "Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger at layer-acht.org\">holger at layer-acht.org</ulink> > und andere, für die vollständige Liste von Copyrighthaltern möchten wir auf das <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyrightkapitel</link> verweisen."
+msgid ""
+"Copyright (C) 2007-2009 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger at layer-"
+"acht.org\">holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight#"
+"\">Copyright chapter </ulink> for the full list of copyright owners."
+msgstr ""
+"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger at layer-acht."
+"org\">holger at layer-acht.org</ulink> > und andere, für die vollständige Liste "
+"von Copyrighthaltern möchten wir auf das <link linkend=\"CopyRight"
+"\">Copyrightkapitel</link> verweisen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3153
-msgid "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version."
-msgstr "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version."
+msgid ""
+"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
+"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
+"Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) "
+"any later version."
+msgstr ""
+"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
+"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
+"Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) "
+"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3155
-msgid "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details."
-msgstr "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details."
+msgid ""
+"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
+"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
+"FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for "
+"more details."
+msgstr ""
+"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
+"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
+"FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for "
+"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3157
-msgid "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
-msgstr "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
+msgid ""
+"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
+"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
+"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
+msgstr ""
+"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
+"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
+"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3162
@@ -4973,8 +7898,16 @@ msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3166
-msgid "Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed."
-msgstr "Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed."
+msgid ""
+"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
+"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
+"distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not "
+"allowed."
+msgstr ""
+"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
+"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
+"distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not "
+"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3171
@@ -4984,159 +7917,497 @@ msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3173
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The \"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The \"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
+"program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder "
+"saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public "
+"License. The \"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "
+"\"work based on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative "
+"work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a "
+"portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into "
+"another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation "
+"in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
+"program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder "
+"saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public "
+"License. The \"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "
+"\"work based on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative "
+"work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a "
+"portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into "
+"another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation "
+"in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3176
-msgid "Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does."
-msgstr "Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does."
+msgid ""
+"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
+"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
+"is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its "
+"contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been "
+"made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the "
+"Program does."
+msgstr ""
+"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
+"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
+"is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its "
+"contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been "
+"made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the "
+"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3178
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
+"verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any "
+"medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each "
+"copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact "
+"all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any "
+"warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this "
+"License along with the Program."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
+"verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any "
+"medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each "
+"copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact "
+"all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any "
+"warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this "
+"License along with the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3181
-msgid "You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
-msgstr "You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee"
+msgid ""
+"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
+"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
+msgstr ""
+"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
+"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3183
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
+"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
+"Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms "
+"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
+"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
+"Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms "
+"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3186
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
+"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
+"of any change."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
+"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
+"of any change."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3189
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
+"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
+"the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to "
+"all third parties under the terms of this License."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
+"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
+"the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to "
+"all third parties under the terms of this License"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3192
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
+"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
+"running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or "
+"display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a "
+"notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a "
+"warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these "
+"conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. "
+"(Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print "
+"such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to "
+"print an announcement.)"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
+"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
+"running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or "
+"display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a "
+"notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a "
+"warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these "
+"conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. "
+"(Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print "
+"such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to "
+"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3197
-msgid "These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it."
-msgstr "These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it."
+msgid ""
+"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
+"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
+"reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then "
+"this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you "
+"distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same "
+"sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the "
+"distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose "
+"permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each "
+"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
+msgstr ""
+"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
+"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
+"reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then "
+"this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you "
+"distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same "
+"sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the "
+"distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose "
+"permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each "
+"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3199
-msgid "Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program."
-msgstr "Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program."
+msgid ""
+"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
+"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
+"the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works "
+"based on the Program."
+msgstr ""
+"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
+"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
+"the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works "
+"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3201
-msgid "In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License."
-msgstr "In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License."
+msgid ""
+"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
+"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
+"or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this "
+"License."
+msgstr ""
+"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
+"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
+"or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this "
+"License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3203
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
+"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
+"executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you "
+"also do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
+"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
+"executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you "
+"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3206
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
+"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
+"the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
+"software interchange; or,"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
+"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
+"the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
+"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3209
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
+"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
+"more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete "
+"machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed "
+"under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
+"software interchange; or,"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
+"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
+"more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete "
+"machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed "
+"under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
+"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3212
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
+"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
+"alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you "
+"received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, "
+"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
+"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
+"alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you "
+"received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, "
+"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3217
-msgid "The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable."
-msgstr "The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable."
+msgid ""
+"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
+"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
+"the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface "
+"definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and "
+"installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source "
+"code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in "
+"either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, "
+"and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that "
+"component itself accompanies the executable."
+msgstr ""
+"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
+"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
+"the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface "
+"definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and "
+"installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source "
+"code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in "
+"either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, "
+"and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that "
+"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3219
-msgid "If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code."
-msgstr "If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code."
+msgid ""
+"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
+"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
+"source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, "
+"even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with "
+"the object code."
+msgstr ""
+"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
+"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
+"source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, "
+"even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with "
+"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3221
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
+"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
+"this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or "
+"distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights "
+"under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, "
+"from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long "
+"as such parties remain in full compliance."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
+"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
+"this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or "
+"distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights "
+"under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, "
+"from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long "
+"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3224
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
+"this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants "
+"you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
+"These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. "
+"Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on "
+"the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all "
+"its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program "
+"or works based on it."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
+"this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants "
+"you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
+"These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. "
+"Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on "
+"the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all "
+"its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program "
+"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3227
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
+"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
+"receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify "
+"the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any "
+"further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted "
+"herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to "
+"this License."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
+"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
+"receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify "
+"the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any "
+"further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted "
+"herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to "
+"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3230
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
+"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
+"limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court "
+"order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this "
+"License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you "
+"cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under "
+"this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you "
+"may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license "
+"would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who "
+"receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you "
+"could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from "
+"distribution of the Program."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
+"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
+"limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court "
+"order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this "
+"License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you "
+"cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under "
+"this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you "
+"may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license "
+"would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who "
+"receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you "
+"could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from "
+"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3233
-msgid "If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
-msgstr "If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
+msgid ""
+"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
+"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
+"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
+msgstr ""
+"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
+"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
+"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3235
-msgid "It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice."
-msgstr "It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice."
+msgid ""
+"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
+"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
+"this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free "
+"software distribution system, which is implemented by public license "
+"practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range "
+"of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent "
+"application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or "
+"she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a "
+"licensee cannot impose that choice."
+msgstr ""
+"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
+"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
+"this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free "
+"software distribution system, which is implemented by public license "
+"practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range "
+"of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent "
+"application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or "
+"she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a "
+"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3237
-msgid "This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License."
-msgstr "This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License."
+msgid ""
+"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
+"consequence of the rest of this License."
+msgstr ""
+"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
+"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3239
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
+"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
+"copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program "
+"under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation "
+"excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or "
+"among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates "
+"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
+"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
+"copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program "
+"under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation "
+"excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or "
+"among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates "
+"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3242
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
+"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
+"to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present "
+"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
+"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
+"to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present "
+"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3245
-msgid "Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any later version\", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation."
-msgstr "Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any later version\", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation."
+msgid ""
+"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
+"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
+"later version\", you have the option of following the terms and conditions "
+"either of that version or of any later version published by the Free "
+"Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of "
+"this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software "
+"Foundation."
+msgstr ""
+"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
+"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
+"later version\", you have the option of following the terms and conditions "
+"either of that version or of any later version published by the Free "
+"Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of "
+"this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software "
+"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3247
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
+"of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
+"different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is "
+"copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software "
+"Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be "
+"guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of "
+"our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software "
+"generally."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
+"of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
+"different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is "
+"copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software "
+"Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be "
+"guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of "
+"our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software "
+"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3250
@@ -5147,14 +8418,50 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3253
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
+"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
+"PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE "
+"COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT "
+"WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT "
+"LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A "
+"PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF "
+"THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE "
+"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
+"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
+"PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE "
+"COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT "
+"WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT "
+"LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A "
+"PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF "
+"THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE "
+"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3256
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
+"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
+"OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED "
+"ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, "
+"INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO "
+"USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING "
+"RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE "
+"OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR "
+"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
+"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
+"OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED "
+"ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, "
+"INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO "
+"USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING "
+"RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE "
+"OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR "
+"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3262
@@ -5194,8 +8501,21 @@ msgstr "Aktiviere Übersetzungen und Regionalsupport"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3289
#, fuzzy
-msgid "To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale name you want. To aciviate a given keyboard layout, use the <computeroutput>keyb=KB </computeroutput> option where KB is the wanted keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianLive/l10n\">is available from the live cd build script documentation </ulink>. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:"
-msgstr "Um eine spezielle Übersetzung zu aktivieren, booten sie mit <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput> als bootoption, wobei ll_CC für den Localenamen steht. Mehr Informationen über dieses Feature <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianLive/l10n\"> ist in der Livecd Build Script Dokumentation zu finden</ulink>. Es folgt eine Liste von oft genutzten Localecodes:"
+msgid ""
+"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
+"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
+"name you want. To aciviate a given keyboard layout, use the "
+"<computeroutput>keyb=KB </computeroutput> option where KB is the wanted "
+"keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianLive/l10n\">is available from the live cd build script "
+"documentation </ulink>. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um eine spezielle Übersetzung zu aktivieren, booten sie mit "
+"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput> als bootoption, wobei "
+"ll_CC für den Localenamen steht. Mehr Informationen über dieses Feature "
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianLive/l10n\"> ist in der Livecd "
+"Build Script Dokumentation zu finden</ulink>. Es folgt eine Liste von oft "
+"genutzten Localecodes:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3294
@@ -5226,8 +8546,7 @@ msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3313
-#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3323
+#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3313 debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3323
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
@@ -5318,8 +8637,17 @@ msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3380
-msgid "A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
-msgstr "Eine vollständige Liste von Ländercodes ist unter <computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput> zu finden, von den Live Images werden bisher nur UTF-8 Locales unterstützt. Jedoch sind nicht für alle Locales auch Übersetzungen installiert. Die Namen der verschiedenen Tastaturlayouts können in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/ gefunden werden."
+msgid ""
+"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
+"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
+"by the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. "
+"The keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
+msgstr ""
+"Eine vollständige Liste von Ländercodes ist unter <computeroutput>/usr/"
+"share/i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput> zu finden, von den Live Images werden "
+"bisher nur UTF-8 Locales unterstützt. Jedoch sind nicht für alle Locales "
+"auch Übersetzungen installiert. Die Namen der verschiedenen Tastaturlayouts "
+"können in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/ gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3386
@@ -5329,7 +8657,9 @@ msgstr "Interessante Dinge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3388
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
-msgstr "Das Passwort für den Benutzer ist \"user\", für root wurde kein Passwort gesetzt."
+msgstr ""
+"Das Passwort für den Benutzer ist \"user\", für root wurde kein Passwort "
+"gesetzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3395
@@ -5338,7 +8668,10 @@ msgstr "Bekannte Probleme mit dem Image"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3401
-msgid "</inlinemediaobject> there are no lenny images yet <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/sad.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> there are no lenny images yet "
+"<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/sad.png\" depth=\"15\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
@@ -5349,8 +8682,16 @@ msgstr "Download"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3414
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-lenny-live/\">FTP </ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-lenny-live/\">HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-lenny-live/."
-msgstr " Das Image hat eine Größe von 1.2 GiB und ist über <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/\">FTP </ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/\">HTTP </ulink> oder rsync von ftp.skolelinux.org im Verzeichnis cd-etch-live/ erhältlich."
+msgid ""
+"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
+"org/cd-lenny-live/\">FTP </ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
+"lenny-live/\">HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-lenny-"
+"live/."
+msgstr ""
+" Das Image hat eine Größe von 1.2 GiB und ist über <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp."
+"skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/\">FTP </ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://ftp."
+"skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/\">HTTP </ulink> oder rsync von ftp.skolelinux."
+"org im Verzeichnis cd-etch-live/ erhältlich."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#, fuzzy
@@ -5364,82 +8705,108 @@ msgstr " Das Image hat eine Größe von 1.2 GiB und ist über <ulink url=\"ftp:/
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
# doesnt need to be translated, german installation doesnt have a timezone
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr " "
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if "
@@ -5447,6 +8814,7 @@ msgstr " Das Image hat eine Größe von 1.2 GiB und ist über <ulink url=\"ftp:/
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> wird ebenfalls gesichert, "
#~ "wenn Sie heute etch-test installieren. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe "
@@ -5454,6 +8822,7 @@ msgstr " Das Image hat eine Größe von 1.2 GiB und ist über <ulink url=\"ftp:/
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe "
#~ "this further"
+
# type: CDATA
#~ msgid ""
#~ "aptitude update \n"
@@ -5461,12 +8830,15 @@ msgstr " Das Image hat eine Größe von 1.2 GiB und ist über <ulink url=\"ftp:/
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "aptitude update \n"
#~ "aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
#~ msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
#~ msgstr "Welches Benutzerkonto soll root für LDAP Anfragen"
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
#~ msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
#~ msgstr "Welches Passwort soll root hier benutzen"
+
# type: CDATA
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -5480,6 +8852,7 @@ msgstr " Das Image hat eine Größe von 1.2 GiB und ist über <ulink url=\"ftp:/
#~ " mozilla-firefox-locale-el\n"
#~ "E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)\n"
#~ "]]"
+
# type: CDATA
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -5489,9 +8862,11 @@ msgstr " Das Image hat eine Größe von 1.2 GiB und ist über <ulink url=\"ftp:/
#~ "Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
#~ " /var/cache/apt/archives/courier-authlib-ldap_0.58-4_i386.deb\n"
#~ "E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#~ msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
#~ msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"Desktop\">den Desktop</link>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
@@ -5499,6 +8874,7 @@ msgstr " Das Image hat eine Größe von 1.2 GiB und ist über <ulink url=\"ftp:/
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Um den Sound zum laufen zu bekommen müssen sie zudem das aktuellste "
#~ "flashplugin-nonfree Paket installieren (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5511,12 +8887,15 @@ msgstr " Das Image hat eine Größe von 1.2 GiB und ist über <ulink url=\"ftp:/
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#~ msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
#~ msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#~ msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
#~ msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#~ msgid "none known yet."
#~ msgstr "Zur Zeit keine bekannt."
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5980,4 +9359,3 @@ msgstr " Das Image hat eine Größe von 1.2 GiB und ist über <ulink url=\"ftp:/
#~ "cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
#~ "unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
#~ "]]"
-
diff --git a/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.es.po b/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.es.po
index 15f0f9f..a9d3968 100644
--- a/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.es.po
+++ b/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.es.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-01 13:47+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-08 09:54+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-14 15:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <es at li.org>\n"
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:10
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-01 </computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-08 </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
@@ -6757,9 +6757,9 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
-"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
-"2008), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008) and Kai Hatje (2008) and "
-"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, 2008, "
+"2009), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008), Kai Hatje (2008) and "
+"Kurt Gramlich (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traducción a alemán es copyright 2007 de Holger Levsen y está bajo la "
"licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
@@ -6778,8 +6778,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3088
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and the "
+"French l10n team (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traducción a español es copyright 2007 de José L. Redrejo Rodríguez y "
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
diff --git a/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.fr.po b/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.fr.po
index 380a961..ae9d47c 100644
--- a/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.fr.po
+++ b/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.fr.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 0.9.20071124\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-01 13:46+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-08 09:55+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-30 17:51+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Christophe Masson <chrs.masson at free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-01 </computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-08 </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Ce document fait partie du paquet <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
"computeroutput> du <computeroutput>2007-11-24</computeroutput>."
@@ -7674,11 +7674,12 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3084
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
-"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
-"2008), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008) and Kai Hatje (2008) and "
-"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, 2008, "
+"2009), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008), Kai Hatje (2008) and "
+"Kurt Gramlich (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traduction allemande, dont les droits de reproduction appartiennent à "
"Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), "
@@ -7698,9 +7699,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3088
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and the "
+"French l10n team (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traduction française, dont les droits de reproduction appartiennent à "
"Christophe Masson (2008), est distribuée sous GPL2 ou toute version "
@@ -9570,10 +9572,12 @@ msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
+#~ "( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -"
+#~ "R )\n"
#~ "]]"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
+#~ "( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -"
+#~ "R )\n"
#~ "]]"
# type: CDATA
@@ -9644,20 +9648,30 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
#~ "# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
-#~ "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
-#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
+#~ "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
+#~ "is:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
#~ "# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-#~ "echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib "
+#~ "non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
#~ "# update the list of available packages:\n"
#~ "aptitude update\n"
#~ "]]>\n"
#~ "</screen>\n"
-#~ "<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on backports.org\n"
+#~ "<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports "
+#~ "install <packagename>\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can "
+#~ "configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though "
+#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www."
+#~ "backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on "
+#~ "backports.org\n"
#~ "</ulink>. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
+#~ "<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
+#~ "installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant "
+#~ "you need to update manually. \n"
#~ "</para><para/>\n"
#~ "</section>\n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -9665,7 +9679,8 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<title>Java\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
#~ "<para>\n"
-#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre "
+#~ "sun-java5-fonts\n"
#~ "]]>\n"
#~ "</screen><para/>\n"
#~ "</section>\n"
@@ -9675,9 +9690,15 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "</title>\n"
#~ "<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
#~ "</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is "
+#~ "useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu "
+#~ "installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh "
+#~ "login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+#~ "<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on "
+#~ "a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/"
+#~ "authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login "
+#~ "information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
#~ "</computeroutput>. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
@@ -9696,9 +9717,13 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
+#~ "<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each "
+#~ "users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. \n"
+#~ "<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 "
+#~ "a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "
+#~ "\"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make "
+#~ "comments. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>\n"
#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
@@ -9720,7 +9745,8 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
#~ " ((created_dir+=1))\n"
#~ " else\n"
-#~ " . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
+#~ " . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists."
+#~ "\\n\"\n"
#~ " . fi\n"
#~ "done\n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -9732,26 +9758,36 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
-#~ "</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+#~ "<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
+#~ "</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-"
+#~ "specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
+#~ "the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are "
+#~ "fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
#~ "</ulink> \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
-#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
#~ "</ulink> \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
-#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
#~ "</ulink> \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
-#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
#~ "</ulink> \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
-#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
#~ "</ulink> \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "</listitem>\n"
@@ -9772,35 +9808,53 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
#~ "</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
-#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student desktops \n"
-#~ "</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student "
+#~ "desktops \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop "
+#~ "icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
#~ "</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
-#~ "</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde session \n"
-#~ "</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde "
+#~ "session \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for "
+#~ "students \n"
#~ "</listitem>\n"
#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
-#~ "</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group) \n"
-#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration programs \n"
+#~ "</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file "
+#~ "group) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the "
+#~ "local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the "
+#~ "administration programs \n"
#~ "</listitem>\n"
#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
-#~ "</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons] \n"
+#~ "</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using "
+#~ "<computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your "
+#~ "changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade "
+#~ "restores default desktop icons] \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
+#~ "<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the "
+#~ "existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for "
+#~ "example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-"
+#~ "profile\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click "
+#~ "\"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
#~ "</para><para/>\n"
#~ "</section>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
+#~ "<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with "
+#~ "kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside "
+#~ "the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation server(s): \n"
+#~ "<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running "
+#~ "<computeroutput>i386\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the "
+#~ "workstation server(s): \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>\n"
#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
@@ -9814,20 +9868,31 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
#~ "# récupérer la clé de backports.org de manière non-sécurisée :\n"
#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
-#~ "# vérifier de manière sécurisée si la clé est correcte et l'ajouter au trousseau de clés de root si c'est le cas :\n"
-#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
+#~ "# vérifier de manière sécurisée si la clé est correcte et l'ajouter au "
+#~ "trousseau de clés de root si c'est le cas :\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
#~ "# ajouter le dépôt backports.org à /etc/apt/sources.list :\n"
-#~ "echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib "
+#~ "non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
#~ "# mettre à jour la liste des paquets disponibles :\n"
#~ "aptitude update\n"
#~ "]]>\n"
#~ "</screen>\n"
-#~ "<para>Ensuite, vous pouvez soit utiliser <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput> pour installer ou mettre à jour des paquets une seule fois, soit configurer un paquet afin qu'il soit toujours installé depuis backports.org à l'aide de <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput>, ce qui est décrit dans les <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions disponibles sur backports.org\n"
+#~ "<para>Ensuite, vous pouvez soit utiliser <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-"
+#~ "backports install <packagename>\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> pour installer ou mettre à jour des paquets une seule "
+#~ "fois, soit configurer un paquet afin qu'il soit toujours installé depuis "
+#~ "backports.org à l'aide de <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>, ce qui est décrit dans les <ulink url=\"http://www."
+#~ "backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions "
+#~ "disponibles sur backports.org\n"
#~ "</ulink>. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>La deuxième variante a l'avantage d'installer automatiquement les mises à jour de paquets rétro-portés lorsqu'elles sont disponibles. Avec la première variante, vous devez effectuer les mises à jour manuellement. \n"
+#~ "<para>La deuxième variante a l'avantage d'installer automatiquement les "
+#~ "mises à jour de paquets rétro-portés lorsqu'elles sont disponibles. Avec "
+#~ "la première variante, vous devez effectuer les mises à jour "
+#~ "manuellement. \n"
#~ "</para><para/>\n"
#~ "</section>\n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -9835,7 +9900,8 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<title>Java\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
#~ "<para>\n"
-#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre "
+#~ "sun-java5-fonts\n"
#~ "]]>\n"
#~ "</screen><para/>\n"
#~ "</section>\n"
@@ -9844,10 +9910,18 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<title>Accèder à Skolelinux à travers un pare-feu\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
#~ "<para>Un script d'amorce<computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput> est fourni dans le paquet <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput> afin de franchir un pare-feu. Ceci est utile aux administrateurs système responsables de plusieurs installations de Debian Edu. Ce script crée un tunnel SSH vers une autre machine, permettant une connexion SSH depuis une machine située au-delà du pare-feu. \n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> est fourni dans le paquet <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
+#~ "config\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> afin de franchir un pare-feu. Ceci est utile aux "
+#~ "administrateurs système responsables de plusieurs installations de Debian "
+#~ "Edu. Ce script crée un tunnel SSH vers une autre machine, permettant une "
+#~ "connexion SSH depuis une machine située au-delà du pare-feu. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>Pour activer ce mécanisme, créez une clé SSH sans mot de passe, créez un utilisateur sur une machine distante qui utilisera une connexion SSH, copiez la clé publique dans ~/.ssh/authorized_keys pour l'utilisateur distant et indiquez les informations de connexion dans <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+#~ "<para>Pour activer ce mécanisme, créez une clé SSH sans mot de passe, "
+#~ "créez un utilisateur sur une machine distante qui utilisera une connexion "
+#~ "SSH, copiez la clé publique dans ~/.ssh/authorized_keys pour "
+#~ "l'utilisateur distant et indiquez les informations de connexion dans "
+#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
#~ "</computeroutput>. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>Le contenu de <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
@@ -9864,11 +9938,17 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "</section>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "<section>\n"
-#~ "<title>Création d'un répertoire dans le répertoire personnel de tous les utilisateurs\n"
+#~ "<title>Création d'un répertoire dans le répertoire personnel de tous les "
+#~ "utilisateurs\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>À l'aide de ce script, l'administrateur peut créer un répertoire dans le répertoire personnel de chaque utilisateur et spécifier les droits d'accès et les propriétaires.\n"
+#~ "<para>À l'aide de ce script, l'administrateur peut créer un répertoire "
+#~ "dans le répertoire personnel de chaque utilisateur et spécifier les "
+#~ "droits d'accès et les propriétaires.\n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>Dans l'exemple ci-dessous, avec group=professeurs and permissions=770, un utilisateur peut rendre un devoir en sauvegardant un fichier dans le répertoire « devoirs », auquel les professeurs ont accès en écriture afin de faire des commentaires. \n"
+#~ "<para>Dans l'exemple ci-dessous, avec group=professeurs and "
+#~ "permissions=770, un utilisateur peut rendre un devoir en sauvegardant un "
+#~ "fichier dans le répertoire « devoirs », auquel les professeurs ont accès "
+#~ "en écriture afin de faire des commentaires. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>\n"
#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
@@ -9890,7 +9970,8 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
#~ " ((created_dir+=1))\n"
#~ " else\n"
-#~ " . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
+#~ " . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists."
+#~ "\\n\"\n"
#~ " . fi\n"
#~ "done\n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -9902,26 +9983,36 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>Manuels issus de wiki.debian.org\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\\\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\\\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\\n\"\n"
-#~ "\"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+#~ "<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\\\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+#~ "HowTo/\\\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\\n\"\n"
+#~ "\"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-"
+#~ "specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
+#~ "the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are "
+#~ "fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
#~ "</ulink> \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
-#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
#~ "</ulink> \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
-#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
#~ "</ulink> \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
-#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
#~ "</ulink> \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
-#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
#~ "</ulink> \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "</listitem>\n"
@@ -9942,35 +10033,53 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
#~ "</emphasis> (activé pour les membres du groupe de fichiers étudiants) \n"
-#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>utilise un ensemble d'icônes personnalisées pour le bureau\n"
-#~ "</listitem><listitem>s'assure que les programmes attachés aux icônes du bureau s'affichent aussi dans la barre KDE \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>utilise un ensemble d'icônes "
+#~ "personnalisées pour le bureau\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>s'assure que les programmes attachés aux icônes du "
+#~ "bureau s'affichent aussi dans la barre KDE \n"
#~ "</listitem><listitem>ne démarre pas adept\n"
-#~ "</listitem><listitem>s'assure que les étudiants ne peuvent pas démarrer une autre session KDE \n"
-#~ "</listitem><listitem>supprime la possibilité d'obtenir les droits de root de pour les étudiants \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>s'assure que les étudiants ne peuvent pas démarrer "
+#~ "une autre session KDE \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>supprime la possibilité d'obtenir les droits de root "
+#~ "de pour les étudiants \n"
#~ "</listitem>\n"
#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
-#~ "</emphasis> (activé pour l'utilisateur root et les membres du groupe de fichiers admins) \n"
-#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>ajoute une icône de bureau pour se connecter au serveur web local sur tjener afin de fournir un accès simplifié à tous les programmes d'administration\n"
+#~ "</emphasis> (activé pour l'utilisateur root et les membres du groupe de "
+#~ "fichiers admins) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>ajoute une icône de bureau pour se "
+#~ "connecter au serveur web local sur tjener afin de fournir un accès "
+#~ "simplifié à tous les programmes d'administration\n"
#~ "</listitem>\n"
#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note :\n"
-#~ "</emphasis> les profils peuvent être modifiés à l'aide de <computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput>. Cependant, à moins que vous ne suiviez la démarche décrite ci-dessous, vos changements seront écrasés par les mises à jours. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons] \n"
+#~ "</emphasis> les profils peuvent être modifiés à l'aide de "
+#~ "<computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. Cependant, à moins que vous ne suiviez la démarche "
+#~ "décrite ci-dessous, vos changements seront écrasés par les mises à jours. "
+#~ "[FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons] \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>Si vous souhaitez modifier les profils du kiosque, vous pouvez soit les copier et les modifier, soit créer de nouveaux profils de kiosque dans (par exemple) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput> et les activer dans <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput>. L'outil kiosque le fera pour vous si vous cliquez sur « propriétés des profils » et naviguez jusqu'à un nouveau répertoire. \n"
+#~ "<para>Si vous souhaitez modifier les profils du kiosque, vous pouvez soit "
+#~ "les copier et les modifier, soit créer de nouveaux profils de kiosque "
+#~ "dans (par exemple) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> et les activer dans <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-"
+#~ "profile\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. L'outil kiosque le fera pour vous si vous cliquez sur « "
+#~ "propriétés des profils » et naviguez jusqu'à un nouveau répertoire. \n"
#~ "</para><para/>\n"
#~ "</section>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>Changer le mode kiosque sur les stations de travail sans disque\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>Après avoir effectué des changements aux réglages du mode kiosque grâce à kiosktool comme décrit ci-dessus, vous devrez copier quelques fichiers dans le chroot utilisé par la station de travail sans disque. \n"
+#~ "<para>Après avoir effectué des changements aux réglages du mode kiosque "
+#~ "grâce à kiosktool comme décrit ci-dessus, vous devrez copier quelques "
+#~ "fichiers dans le chroot utilisé par la station de travail sans disque. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>En supposant que la station de travail sans disque est basée sur l'architecture <computeroutput>i386\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput>, les commandes suivantes doivents être lancées sur le(s) serveur(s) de stations de travail : \n"
+#~ "<para>En supposant que la station de travail sans disque est basée sur "
+#~ "l'architecture <computeroutput>i386\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>, les commandes suivantes doivents être lancées sur le"
+#~ "(s) serveur(s) de stations de travail : \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>\n"
#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
@@ -10076,10 +10185,14 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
#~ "# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
-#~ "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
-#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
-#~ "# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
-#~ "echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
+#~ "is:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
+#~ "# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for "
+#~ "mirrors!\n"
+#~ "echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources."
+#~ "list\n"
#~ "# update the list of available packages:\n"
#~ "aptitude update\n"
#~ "]]>\n"
@@ -10096,7 +10209,11 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
+#~ "<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
+#~ "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
#~ "</ulink> \n"
#~ "</para><para/>\n"
#~ "</section>\n"
@@ -10108,15 +10225,21 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>lts.conf\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
+#~ "<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific "
+#~ "thinclients, you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts."
+#~ "conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/"
+#~ "share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
#~ "</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using "
+#~ "the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>"
+#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
#~ "</computeroutput>. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add something like this: \n"
+#~ "<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, "
+#~ "add something like this: \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>\n"
#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -10127,10 +10250,13 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "</screen>\n"
#~ "<para>somewhere below the default settings. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
+#~ "<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart "
+#~ "X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-"
+#~ "server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you "
+#~ "<computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
#~ "</computeroutput> file. \n"
#~ "</para><para/>\n"
#~ "</section>\n"
@@ -10138,23 +10264,38 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>Load balancing LTSP servers\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
#~ "</phrase>\n"
#~ "</textobject>\n"
-#~ "</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12"
+#~ "+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
#~ "</para><para/>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>Part 1\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers. \n"
+#~ "<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several "
+#~ "servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/"
+#~ "lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to "
+#~ "connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh "
+#~ "host key for each of the servers. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide later on. \n"
+#~ "<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the "
+#~ "loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and "
+#~ "load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which "
+#~ "server to connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done "
+#~ "you decide later on. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
+#~ "<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to "
+#~ "the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the "
+#~ "clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave "
+#~ "your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will "
+#~ "go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
+#~ "<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to "
+#~ "edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>\n"
#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
@@ -10165,28 +10306,38 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<para>you have to add this under \"range\": \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>\n"
-#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0"
+#~ "\";\n"
#~ "next-server xxx;\n"
#~ "option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
#~ "option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
#~ "use-host-decl-names on;\n"
#~ "]]>\n"
#~ "</screen>\n"
-#~ "<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
+#~ "<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you "
+#~ "chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a "
+#~ "working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
#~ "</para><para/>\n"
#~ "</section>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>Part 2\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or host names, in the random order. \n"
+#~ "<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server "
+#~ "for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In "
+#~ "consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going "
+#~ "to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each "
+#~ "server IP address or host names, in the random order. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this: \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>\n"
#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
#~ "</screen>\n"
-#~ "<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. \n"
+#~ "<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list "
+#~ "must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/"
+#~ "usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing "
+#~ "server. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>\n"
#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
@@ -10210,15 +10361,28 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>Part 3\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
+#~ "<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make "
+#~ "the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file "
+#~ "containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all "
+#~ "the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
+#~ "ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
+#~ "important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
+#~ "and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
#~ "</phrase>\n"
#~ "</textobject>\n"
-#~ "</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server. \n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+#~ "ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good. \n"
+#~ "<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get "
+#~ "their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if "
+#~ "many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that "
+#~ "server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM "
+#~ "server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't "
+#~ "very good. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced! \n"
#~ "</para><para/>\n"
@@ -10228,11 +10392,15 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>Sound with LTSP clients\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done automatically, this line: \n"
+#~ "<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used "
+#~ "(currently, this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-"
+#~ "oss should be loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/"
+#~ "dsp. If it's not done automatically, this line: \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file. \n"
+#~ "<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf "
+#~ "file. \n"
#~ "</para><para/>\n"
#~ "</section>\n"
#~ "</section>\n"
@@ -10240,23 +10408,29 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>Replacing LDM with KDM\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
+#~ "<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure "
+#~ "ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. "
+#~ "XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
#~ "</phrase>\n"
#~ "</textobject>\n"
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning\n"
-#~ "</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
+#~ "</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in "
+#~ "cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
#~ "</phrase>\n"
#~ "</textobject>\n"
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
#~ "</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation: \n"
+#~ "<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a "
+#~ "workstation: \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>\n"
#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -10266,10 +10440,14 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
#~ "# récupérer la clé de debian-multimedia de manière non-sécurisée :\n"
#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
-#~ "# vérifier de manière sécurisée si la clé est correcte et l'ajouter au trousseau de clés de root si c'est le cas :\n"
-#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
-#~ "# ajouter le dépôt à sources.list - veuillez consulter les pages d'accueil pour trouver des miroirs !\n"
-#~ "echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "# vérifier de manière sécurisée si la clé est correcte et l'ajouter au "
+#~ "trousseau de clés de root si c'est le cas :\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
+#~ "# ajouter le dépôt à sources.list - veuillez consulter les pages "
+#~ "d'accueil pour trouver des miroirs !\n"
+#~ "echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources."
+#~ "list\n"
#~ "# mettre à jour la liste des paquets disponibles :\n"
#~ "aptitude update\n"
#~ "]]>\n"
@@ -10286,7 +10464,11 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>Clients légers contre stations de travail sans disque\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>Les instructions permettant d'activer les stations de travail sans disque / stations de travail amnésiques / clients légers / clients mi-lourds sont disponibles depuis <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
+#~ "<para>Les instructions permettant d'activer les stations de travail sans "
+#~ "disque / stations de travail amnésiques / clients légers / clients mi-"
+#~ "lourds sont disponibles depuis <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+#~ "DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/"
+#~ "DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
#~ "</ulink> \n"
#~ "</para><para/>\n"
#~ "</section>\n"
@@ -10298,15 +10480,23 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>lts.conf\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>Pour réaliser des adaptations pour des clients légers particuliers, vous devez modifier le fichier <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput>. Consultez <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput> pour trouver des exemples et savoir quels paramètres modifier. \n"
+#~ "<para>Pour réaliser des adaptations pour des clients légers particuliers, "
+#~ "vous devez modifier le fichier <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts."
+#~ "conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. Consultez <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/"
+#~ "ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> pour trouver des exemples et savoir quels paramètres "
+#~ "modifier. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>Les valeurs par défaut définies sous l'étiquette <computeroutput>[default]\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput> permettent de configurer un client, d'indiquer quel client utilise l'adresse MAC ou IP telle que <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]\n"
+#~ "<para>Les valeurs par défaut définies sous l'étiquette <computeroutput>"
+#~ "[default]\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> permettent de configurer un client, d'indiquer quel "
+#~ "client utilise l'adresse MAC ou IP telle que <computeroutput>"
+#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
#~ "</computeroutput>. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>Exemple : pour régler la résolution du client léger ltsp010 à 1280x1024, ajoutez ceci : \n"
+#~ "<para>Exemple : pour régler la résolution du client léger ltsp010 à "
+#~ "1280x1024, ajoutez ceci : \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>\n"
#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -10317,10 +10507,13 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "</screen>\n"
#~ "<para>sous les réglages par défaut.\n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>Selon les changements effectués, il peut falloir redémarrer X sur le client (en pressant alt+ctrl+backspace) ou redémarrer le client.\n"
+#~ "<para>Selon les changements effectués, il peut falloir redémarrer X sur "
+#~ "le client (en pressant alt+ctrl+backspace) ou redémarrer le client.\n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>Pour utiliser les adresses IP de <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-#~ "</computeroutput>, vous devez ajouter l'adresse MAC du client à votre serveur DHCP. Sinon, vous devrez utiliser l'adresse MAC du client directement dans votre fichier <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>, vous devez ajouter l'adresse MAC du client à votre "
+#~ "serveur DHCP. Sinon, vous devrez utiliser l'adresse MAC du client "
+#~ "directement dans votre fichier <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
#~ "</computeroutput>. \n"
#~ "</para><para/>\n"
#~ "</section>\n"
@@ -10328,23 +10521,42 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>Équilibrage de charge des serveurs LTSP\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
#~ "</phrase>\n"
#~ "</textobject>\n"
-#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Cette fonctionnalité a été introduite dans la version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 de LTSP et est incluse dans Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Cette fonctionnalité a été introduite dans la "
+#~ "version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 de LTSP et est incluse dans "
+#~ "Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
#~ "</para><para/>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>Part 1\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>Il est possible de configurer les clients pour qu'ils se connectent à un serveur parmi plusieurs pour équilibrer la charge. Ceci est possible en fournissant une liste de serveurs auxquels LDM peut se connecter, grâce au script /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts. Par ailleurs, chaque chroot LTSP a besoin d'inclure la clé hôte SSH pour chaque serveur. \n"
+#~ "<para>Il est possible de configurer les clients pour qu'ils se connectent "
+#~ "à un serveur parmi plusieurs pour équilibrer la charge. Ceci est possible "
+#~ "en fournissant une liste de serveurs auxquels LDM peut se connecter, "
+#~ "grâce au script /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts. Par ailleurs, "
+#~ "chaque chroot LTSP a besoin d'inclure la clé hôte SSH pour chaque "
+#~ "serveur. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>Tout d'abord, vous devez choisir un serveur LTSP comme serveur d'équilibrage. Tous les clients s'amorceront par PXE depuis ce serveur et chargeront l'image Skolelinux. Après que l'image est chargée, LDM choisit à quel serveur se connecter à l'aide du script \"get_hosts\". Vous indiquez la méthode plus tard.\n"
+#~ "<para>Tout d'abord, vous devez choisir un serveur LTSP comme serveur "
+#~ "d'équilibrage. Tous les clients s'amorceront par PXE depuis ce serveur et "
+#~ "chargeront l'image Skolelinux. Après que l'image est chargée, LDM choisit "
+#~ "à quel serveur se connecter à l'aide du script \"get_hosts\". Vous "
+#~ "indiquez la méthode plus tard.\n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>Ensuite, vous devez déplacer vos clients depuis le réseau 192.168.1.0 vers le réseau 10.0.2.0. Ceci est du au fait que quand vous utilisez l'équilibrage de charge, les clients doivent avoir un accès direct au serveur que LDM choisit. Si vous laissez vos clients sur le réseau 192.168.1.0, tout leur trafic passera par ce serveur avant d'atteindre le serveur choisi par LDM.\n"
+#~ "<para>Ensuite, vous devez déplacer vos clients depuis le réseau "
+#~ "192.168.1.0 vers le réseau 10.0.2.0. Ceci est du au fait que quand vous "
+#~ "utilisez l'équilibrage de charge, les clients doivent avoir un accès "
+#~ "direct au serveur que LDM choisit. Si vous laissez vos clients sur le "
+#~ "réseau 192.168.1.0, tout leur trafic passera par ce serveur avant "
+#~ "d'atteindre le serveur choisi par LDM.\n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>Pour que les clients fonctionnent sur le réseau 10.0.2.0, vous devez modifier /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf sur le serveur principal (tjener). À l'endroit où il est indiqué : \n"
+#~ "<para>Pour que les clients fonctionnent sur le réseau 10.0.2.0, vous "
+#~ "devez modifier /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf sur le serveur principal (tjener). À "
+#~ "l'endroit où il est indiqué : \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>\n"
#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
@@ -10355,28 +10567,40 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<para>vous devez ajouter ceci sous \"range\" :\n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>\n"
-#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0"
+#~ "\";\n"
#~ "next-server xxx;\n"
#~ "option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
#~ "option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
#~ "use-host-decl-names on;\n"
#~ "]]>\n"
#~ "</screen>\n"
-#~ "<para>Next-server doit indiquer l'adresse IP ou le nom d'hôte du serveur que vous avez choisi pour gérer l'équilibrage de charge. Si vous utilisez le nom d'hôte, un DNS doit être disponible. N'oubliez pas de redémarrer le service DHCP. \n"
+#~ "<para>Next-server doit indiquer l'adresse IP ou le nom d'hôte du serveur "
+#~ "que vous avez choisi pour gérer l'équilibrage de charge. Si vous utilisez "
+#~ "le nom d'hôte, un DNS doit être disponible. N'oubliez pas de redémarrer "
+#~ "le service DHCP. \n"
#~ "</para><para/>\n"
#~ "</section>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>Part 2\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>Maintenant que vous devez créer un script \"get_hosts\" indiquant un serveur auquel LDM peut se connecter. Le paramètre LDM_SERVER surcharge la valeur de ce script. Par conséquent, ce paramètre ne doit pas être défini si le script « get_hosts » est utilisé. Le script « get_hosts » écrit sur la sortie standard l'adresse IP ou le nom d'hôte de chaque serveur, dans un ordre aléatoire. \n"
+#~ "<para>Maintenant que vous devez créer un script \"get_hosts\" indiquant "
+#~ "un serveur auquel LDM peut se connecter. Le paramètre LDM_SERVER "
+#~ "surcharge la valeur de ce script. Par conséquent, ce paramètre ne doit "
+#~ "pas être défini si le script « get_hosts » est utilisé. Le script « "
+#~ "get_hosts » écrit sur la sortie standard l'adresse IP ou le nom d'hôte de "
+#~ "chaque serveur, dans un ordre aléatoire. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>Modifier « /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf » comme ci-dessous : \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>\n"
#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
#~ "</screen>\n"
-#~ "<para>Remplacez xxxx par les adresses IP ou les noms d'hôte des serveurs, séparés par un espace. Ensuite, placez le script suivant dans /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts sur le serveur que vous avez choisi pour effectuer l'équilibrage de charge. \n"
+#~ "<para>Remplacez xxxx par les adresses IP ou les noms d'hôte des serveurs, "
+#~ "séparés par un espace. Ensuite, placez le script suivant dans /opt/ltsp/"
+#~ "i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts sur le serveur que vous avez choisi pour "
+#~ "effectuer l'équilibrage de charge. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>\n"
#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
@@ -10400,15 +10624,32 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>Part 3\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>Maintenant que vous avez écrit un script \"get_hosts\", il est temps de créer la clé hôte SSH pour les chroots LTSP. Ceci peut être fait en créant un fichier incluant le contenu du fichier /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts de tous les serveurs LTSP qui participeront à l'équilibrage de charge. Sauvegardez ce fichier sous le nom /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra sur tous les serveurs d'équilibrage de charge. La dernière étape est très importante parce que ltsp-update-sshkeys est exécuté chaque fois qu'un serveur s'amorce, et /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra est inclus s'il existe. \n"
+#~ "<para>Maintenant que vous avez écrit un script \"get_hosts\", il est "
+#~ "temps de créer la clé hôte SSH pour les chroots LTSP. Ceci peut être fait "
+#~ "en créant un fichier incluant le contenu du fichier /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+#~ "ssh/ssh_known_hosts de tous les serveurs LTSP qui participeront à "
+#~ "l'équilibrage de charge. Sauvegardez ce fichier sous le nom /etc/ltsp/"
+#~ "ssh_known_hosts.extra sur tous les serveurs d'équilibrage de charge. La "
+#~ "dernière étape est très importante parce que ltsp-update-sshkeys est "
+#~ "exécuté chaque fois qu'un serveur s'amorce, et /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts."
+#~ "extra est inclus s'il existe. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
#~ "</phrase>\n"
#~ "</textobject>\n"
-#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Si vous sauvegardez votre nouveau fichier hôte sous le nom /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, il sera écrasé quand vous redémarrerez le serveur.\n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Si vous sauvegardez votre nouveau fichier hôte sous "
+#~ "le nom /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, il sera écrasé quand vous "
+#~ "redémarrerez le serveur.\n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>Ce réglage comporte un faiblesse évidente. Tous les clients récupèrent leur image depuis le même serveur, ceci induit une charge importante sur celui-ci si de nombreux clients démarrent en même temps. De plus, les clients ont besoin que le serveur soit toujours disponible, sans lui ils ne peuvent s'amorcer ou obtenir un serveur LDM. Par conséquent, ce réglage dépend fortement d'un serveur, ce qui n'est pas une bonne chose.\n"
+#~ "<para>Ce réglage comporte un faiblesse évidente. Tous les clients "
+#~ "récupèrent leur image depuis le même serveur, ceci induit une charge "
+#~ "importante sur celui-ci si de nombreux clients démarrent en même temps. "
+#~ "De plus, les clients ont besoin que le serveur soit toujours disponible, "
+#~ "sans lui ils ne peuvent s'amorcer ou obtenir un serveur LDM. Par "
+#~ "conséquent, ce réglage dépend fortement d'un serveur, ce qui n'est pas "
+#~ "une bonne chose.\n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>La charge de vos clients devrait maintenant être équilibrée ! \n"
#~ "</para><para/>\n"
@@ -10418,11 +10659,15 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>Le son avec les clients LTSP\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>Si le matériel du client peut gérer le son et si ALSA est utilisé (actuellement, c'est le système de gestion du son par défaut de Debian), le module snd-pcm-oss doit être chargé par le client afin qu'esd puisse trouver /dev/dsp. Si ce n'est pas fait automatiquement, cette ligne : \n"
+#~ "<para>Si le matériel du client peut gérer le son et si ALSA est utilisé "
+#~ "(actuellement, c'est le système de gestion du son par défaut de Debian), "
+#~ "le module snd-pcm-oss doit être chargé par le client afin qu'esd puisse "
+#~ "trouver /dev/dsp. Si ce n'est pas fait automatiquement, cette ligne : \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>doit être ajoutée au fichier /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf du serveur.\n"
+#~ "<para>doit être ajoutée au fichier /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf du "
+#~ "serveur.\n"
#~ "</para><para/>\n"
#~ "</section>\n"
#~ "</section>\n"
@@ -10430,23 +10675,31 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<section>\n"
#~ "<title>Remplacement de LDM par KDM\n"
#~ "</title>\n"
-#~ "<para>Skolelinux 3.0 utilise le gestionnaire de connexion LDM. Celui-ci utilise un tunnel SSH sécurisé pour la connexion. Quand KDM est utilisé, un basculement vers XDMCP est nécessaire. XDMCP utilise moins de ressources CPU sur les clients et sur le serveur. \n"
+#~ "<para>Skolelinux 3.0 utilise le gestionnaire de connexion LDM. Celui-ci "
+#~ "utilise un tunnel SSH sécurisé pour la connexion. Quand KDM est utilisé, "
+#~ "un basculement vers XDMCP est nécessaire. XDMCP utilise moins de "
+#~ "ressources CPU sur les clients et sur le serveur. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
#~ "</phrase>\n"
#~ "</textobject>\n"
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Attention\n"
-#~ "</emphasis> : XDMCP n'utilise pas de chiffrement. Les mots de passe circuleront en clair sur le réseau, comme les autres données. \n"
+#~ "</emphasis> : XDMCP n'utilise pas de chiffrement. Les mots de passe "
+#~ "circuleront en clair sur le réseau, comme les autres données. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
#~ "</phrase>\n"
#~ "</textobject>\n"
-#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Note : les périphériques locaux avec <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Note : les périphériques locaux avec "
+#~ "<computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
#~ "</computeroutput> ne fonctionneront plus sans LDM. \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
-#~ "<para>Pour vérifier si XDMCP est exécuté, lancez cette commande sur une station de travail : \n"
+#~ "<para>Pour vérifier si XDMCP est exécuté, lancez cette commande sur une "
+#~ "station de travail : \n"
#~ "</para>\n"
#~ "<para>\n"
#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -10604,18 +10857,22 @@ msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
#~ msgid ""
#~ "# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
-#~ "wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/"
+#~ "libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
#~ "dpkg -i libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb \n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/s/swi-prolog/swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/s/swi-prolog/swi-"
+#~ "prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
#~ "dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
#~ "]]"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "# swi-prolog dépend de libreadline4, lui aussi absent de Etch\n"
-#~ "wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/"
+#~ "libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
#~ "dpkg -i libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb \n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/s/swi-prolog/swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/s/swi-prolog/swi-"
+#~ "prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
#~ "dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
#~ "]]"
diff --git a/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.it.po b/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.it.po
index 776c1b0..186d840 100644
--- a/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.it.po
+++ b/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.it.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-lenny-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-01 13:48+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-08 09:55+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-10 20:07+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini at gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: italian <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-01 </computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-08 </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Questo documento è stato inserito nel pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"doc </computeroutput> il <computeroutput>2009-05-30</computeroutput>."
@@ -7842,11 +7842,12 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3084
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
-"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
-"2008), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008) and Kai Hatje (2008) and "
-"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, 2008, "
+"2009), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008), Kai Hatje (2008) and "
+"Kurt Gramlich (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traduzione tedesca è protetta da copyright di Holger Levsen (2007), "
"Patrick Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert "
@@ -7864,9 +7865,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3088
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and the "
+"French l10n team (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traduzione francese è protetta da copyright di Christophe Masson (2008) "
"rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
diff --git a/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.nb.po b/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.nb.po
index e91598f..ae6b259 100644
--- a/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.nb.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual.nb\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-01 13:48+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-08 09:56+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-02 07:56+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: American English <kde-i18n-doc at lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-01 </computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-08 </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dette dokumentet ble plassert i pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
"computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>209-01-15</computeroutput>."
@@ -7786,11 +7786,12 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3084
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
-"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
-"2008), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008) and Kai Hatje (2008) and "
-"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, 2008, "
+"2009), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008), Kai Hatje (2008) and "
+"Kurt Gramlich (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"Den tyske oversettelsen er gjort av Holger Levsen, Patrick Winnertz, Ralf "
"Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert og Jürgen Leibner med opphavsrett 2007 og "
@@ -7808,9 +7809,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3088
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and the "
+"French l10n team (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"Den italienske oversettelsen er gjort av Claudio Carboncini med opphavsrett "
"2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
diff --git a/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.pot b/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.pot
index 8c611a4..2bf94db 100644
--- a/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.pot
+++ b/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.pot
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-01 13:46+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-08 10:30+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:10
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc "
-"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-01 </computeroutput>."
+"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-08 </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -6114,9 +6114,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3084
msgid ""
"The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
-"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
-"2008), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008) and Kai Hatje (2008) and "
-"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, 2008, "
+"2009), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008), Kai Hatje (2008) and "
+"Kurt Gramlich (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -6129,8 +6129,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml:3088
msgid ""
-"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and the "
+"French l10n team (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
diff --git a/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml b/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml
index d3098dd..660d271 100644
--- a/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/debian-edu-lenny/debian-edu-lenny-manual.xml
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
</emphasis>) manual for the Debian Edu Lenny 5.0.1+edu0 release.
</para>
<para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-01
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-08
</computeroutput>.
</para>
<para>The version at <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny"/> is a wiki and updated frequently.
@@ -3081,11 +3081,11 @@ FIXMEs within the text. If you happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explai
</para>
<para>The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen (2007), Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and Tore Skogly (2008) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
</para>
-<para>The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, 2008), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008) and Kai Hatje (2008) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
+<para>The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, 2008, 2009), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008), Kai Hatje (2008) and Kurt Gramlich (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
</para>
<para>The Italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008, 2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
</para>
-<para>The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
+<para>The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and the French l10n team (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
</para>
</section>
diff --git a/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.fr.po b/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.fr.po
index 4823bcd..bb4d125 100644
--- a/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.fr.po
+++ b/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.fr.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 0.9.20071124\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-06-10 20:37+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-08 09:57+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-19 08:04+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Arnaud BONVALLET <dobby at aranno.net>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "\"Debian Edu / Skolelinux Rosegarden manual\""
msgstr "Manuel de Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:5 rosegarden-manual.xml:2135
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:5 rosegarden-manual.xml:2137
msgid "Rosegarden manual"
msgstr "Manuel de Rosegarden"
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-06-10 </computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-08 </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Ce document fait partie du paquet <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
"computeroutput> du <computeroutput>2007-11-24</computeroutput>."
@@ -76,10 +76,6 @@ msgstr "Avant de commencer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:25
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Before you start with this rosegarden, be sure you have gone trought the "
-#| "documentations howto get jackd runing smoothly. That is the technical "
-#| "part that have to be in place so rosegarden can work as it should."
msgid ""
"Before you start with rosegarden. Be sure you have gone trough the "
"documentations how to get jackd running smoothly. That is the technical part "
@@ -104,16 +100,12 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:32
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Howto make the midi and audio record to work"
msgid "How to make the midi and audio record to work"
msgstr "Comment faire fonctionner l'enregistrement MIDI et audio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:34
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "to make only the midi to work in Linux, i recommend you to buy a USB midi "
-#| "interface from roland Edirol serie."
msgid ""
"to make only the midi to work in Linux, I recommend you to buy a USB midi "
"interface from Roland Edirol series."
@@ -124,13 +116,6 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:36
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "if you only want midi, you can buy Roland UM-1EX, you can also only "
-#| "search for \"um-1ex\" on your favorite search engine, or just buy it on "
-#| "your favorite music store. This usb support only midi, there is nothing "
-#| "driver to think about, you just plug it in, and it will automatical be "
-#| "detected by your system. click on the link to see how the device looks "
-#| "like:"
msgid ""
"if you only want midi, you can buy Roland UM-1EX, you can also only search "
"for \"um-1ex\" on your favorite search engine, or just buy it on your "
@@ -192,12 +177,6 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:52
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "if you want to use rosegarden fully, with sound record, can i also "
-#| "recommend Rolands Edirol UA-25, that device can record hight quality "
-#| "sound through the usb port, and again, you don't have to think about "
-#| "drivers, you just plug in in, and Linux system will automatical detect "
-#| "it-. click on the link to see how the device looks like"
msgid ""
"if you want to use rosegarden fully, with sound record, I also recommend "
"Roland's Edirol UA-25, that device can record hight quality sound through "
@@ -269,16 +248,6 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:74
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "if you getting alsa_pcm: xrun problem, take a look at the messages in the "
-#| "start how the device been start up. If your integrated card don't handle "
-#| "24 bit, you will get into some problem, and you have to turn on the "
-#| "advance mode OFF the UA-25 device, so it goes down to 16Bit with the "
-#| "integrated sound-card. If ALSA gives you problem still, try to run the "
-#| "OSS instead. If your integrated sound-card don't support 48.000, you have "
-#| "to turn UA-25 down to 44.100. Remeber that you have to unplug usb, and "
-#| "do the change on device, and then plug in the usb again before the "
-#| "changes take effect."
msgid ""
"if you getting alsa_pcm: xrun problem, take a look at the messages in the "
"start how the device been start up. There are many reason that this not "
@@ -318,11 +287,6 @@ msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:79
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "@audio - rtprio 99\n"
-#| "@audio - memlock 500000\n"
-#| "@audio - nice -10\n"
-#| "]]"
msgid ""
"@audio - rtprio 99\n"
"@audio - memlock 500000\n"
@@ -336,9 +300,6 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:83
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "This options can be dangerous becouse it can cause the kernel to dead "
-#| "lock, due to priority problems."
msgid ""
"This options can be dangerous because it can cause the kernel to dead lock, "
"due to priority problems."
@@ -361,11 +322,6 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:95
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "You see the latency is about 53.3 msec, that is the lowest i can get on "
-#| "my laptop without jackd starting to complain about Xrun problem. You have "
-#| "several way to change the latency for the best optical way for your "
-#| "computer, and that is"
msgid ""
"You see the latency is about 53.3 msec, that is the lowest I can get on my "
"laptop without jackd starting to complain about Xrun problem. You have "
@@ -428,13 +384,6 @@ msgstr "comment configurer Qsynth pour les sons MIDI émulés"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:119
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "for those who don't have a keyboard/synth can use qsynth to get midi "
-#| "sound on rosegarden. you can download soundfont from here: <ulink url="
-#| "\"ftp://ftp.no.debian.org/debian/pool/main/f/fluid-soundfont/fluid-"
-#| "soundfont-gm_3.1-1_all.deb\">ftp://ftp.no.debian.org/debian/pool/main/f/"
-#| "fluid-soundfont/fluid-soundfont-gm_3.1-1_all.deb </ulink> and use <"
-#| "gdebi> to install it."
msgid ""
"for those who don't have a keyboard/synth can use qsynth to get midi sound "
"on rosegarden. You can download soundfont from here: <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp."
@@ -458,9 +407,6 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:127
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Don't forget to choose that you want to use the qsynth in the device "
-#| "manager on rosegarden if not rosegarden automatical have chosen this."
msgid ""
"Don't forget to choose that you want to use the qsynth in the device manager "
"on rosegarden if not rosegarden automatically have chosen this."
@@ -472,17 +418,12 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:132
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "other plugins you problebly want"
msgid "other plugins you probably want"
msgstr "autres greffons d'extension que vous désirez sans doute"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:134
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "there is a list of plugins you want in rosegarden when you dont have a gm "
-#| "keybard/synth, but only a keyboard that send midi, use the aptitude "
-#| "command to get it."
msgid ""
"there is a list of plugins you want in rosegarden when you don't have a gm "
"keyboard/synth, but only a keyboard that send midi, use the aptitude command "
@@ -575,9 +516,6 @@ msgstr "Autres périphériques compatibles avec Linux"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:203
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "This have been testet with skolelinux 3, kubuntu 7.10, kubuntu 8.04 and "
-#| "with kernel 2.6.22.16, and 2.6.24.18"
msgid ""
"This have been tested with skolelinux 3, kubuntu 7.10, kubuntu 8.04 and with "
"kernel 2.6.22.16, and 2.6.24.18"
@@ -611,7 +549,6 @@ msgstr "Veuillez signaler tout problème."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:221
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Roland edirol UA-25"
msgid "Roland edirol UA-25EX"
msgstr "Roland edirol UA-25"
@@ -661,14 +598,12 @@ msgstr "Roland edirol Studio Canvas, SD-20"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:252
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Gm/xg lite Midi soundmodule"
msgid "Gm/xg lite Midi sound-module"
msgstr "Module de son GM/XG lite MIDI"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:256
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "M-Audio Midisport 4"
msgid "M-Audio Midispor 4"
msgstr "M-Audio Midisport 4"
@@ -680,7 +615,6 @@ msgstr "MIDI-USB 2x Entrée 4x Sortie"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:263
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "M-Audio Keystations 49e"
msgid "M-Audio Key stations 49e"
msgstr "M-Audio Keystations 49e"
@@ -707,7 +641,6 @@ msgstr "M-Audio Trigger Finger"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:280
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Usb Drum pathern"
msgid "Usb Drum pattern"
msgstr "Patron de percussion USB "
@@ -795,9 +728,6 @@ msgstr "Echo Audiofire 2, 4, 8, and 12"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:340
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "firevare card, they where detected but they where not cooprative, jackd "
-#| "where not abel to start them"
msgid ""
"fireware card, they where detected but they where not cooperative, jackd "
"where not able to start them"
@@ -818,7 +748,6 @@ msgstr "Ne fonctionne pas"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:351
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Audio Kontrol 1"
msgid "Audio Control 1"
msgstr "Contrôle Audio 1"
@@ -836,7 +765,6 @@ msgstr "Roland UA-4FX"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:361
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Jackd finding this also, but are makeing trouble"
msgid "Jackd finding this also, but are making trouble"
msgstr "Jackd a aussi trouvé ceci, qui pose problème"
@@ -848,23 +776,18 @@ msgstr "Mbox2"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:368
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "jcakd find it, and it runs, but producing allot of Xrun"
msgid "jackd find it, and it runs, but producing allot of Xrun"
msgstr "Jackd l'a reconnu, cela fonctionne mais produit beaucoup de Xrun"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:372
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "yamaha KX"
msgid "Yamaha KX"
msgstr "yamaha KX"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:375
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "usb midi keyboard do not work trought usb, but there are midi in and out "
-#| "on this"
msgid ""
"usb midi keyboard do not work trough usb, but there are midi in and out on "
"this"
@@ -891,9 +814,6 @@ msgstr "Séquenceur Rosegarden Audio/Midi introductions"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:390
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "url:<ulink url=\"http://rosegardenmusic.com/\">http://rosegardenmusic."
-#| "com/ </ulink>"
msgid "url:<ulink url=\"http://rosegardenmusic.com/\"/>"
msgstr ""
"url:<ulink url=\"http://rosegardenmusic.com/\">http://rosegardenmusic.com/ </"
@@ -902,14 +822,6 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:392
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Rosegarden Audio/Midi Sequencer. Music creations without limit. Midi "
-#| "(Musical Instrument Digital Interface), Is a perfect way to build up "
-#| "music instrumet by instrument. The Importans of building up the midi song "
-#| "with structure are important becouse when you try to export the midi file "
-#| "to other then rosegarden, will make the chance for the midi file to work "
-#| "on others computer, synth/keyboards and so on much biger. With Rosegarden "
-#| "follows it a easy way to do this as you can se below:"
msgid ""
"Rosegarden Audio/Midi Sequencer. Music creations without limit. Midi "
"(Musical Instrument Digital Interface), Is a perfect way to build up music "
@@ -936,10 +848,6 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:400
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "That is okay to use, IF you held your project to Rosegarden, My "
-#| "experience with this is when you try to export your midi to other "
-#| "aplications, something will not work as you attend to."
msgid ""
"That is okay to use, IF you held your project to Rosegarden, My experience "
"with this is when you try to export your midi to other applications, "
@@ -952,14 +860,6 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:402
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "This can sound difficult and time consumed, but if you are bit "
-#| "structured, and made the setup file at hand, you have everything ready "
-#| "for your next project without any delay. I have made ready one file like "
-#| "this for you, just download it(you find it below) i have also made a "
-#| "guide how to use this. with structure on your midi i mean the following "
-#| "thing: you set the standard on every midi file you made where you put "
-#| "your instruments. the example that follows on my file is:"
msgid ""
"This can sound difficult and time consumed, but if you are bit structured, "
"and made the setup file at hand, you have everything ready for your next "
@@ -1006,8 +906,6 @@ msgstr "Piste 5 = seconde voix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:414
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Track 6-9 = here you can set up, strings, clarinet, obo, sax, and so on."
msgid ""
"Track 6-9 = here you can set up, strings, clarinet, oboe, sax, and so on."
msgstr ""
@@ -3565,6 +3463,8 @@ msgid ""
"</title>\n"
"<para>The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Alf Tonny Bätz (2008) and Tore Skogly (2008) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. \n"
"</para>\n"
+"<para>The French translation is copyrighted by Arnaud Bonvalle (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. \n"
+"</para>\n"
"</section>\n"
"\n"
"<section id=\"Translations\">\n"
@@ -3623,7 +3523,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2137
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2139
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2008, 2009 Alf Tonny Bätz < <ulink url=\"mailto:"
@@ -3638,7 +3538,7 @@ msgstr ""
"owners."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2141
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2143
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -3651,7 +3551,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2143
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2145
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -3664,7 +3564,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2145
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2147
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -3675,17 +3575,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2150
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2152
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2152
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2154
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2154
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2156
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -3698,12 +3598,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2159
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2161
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2161
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2163
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
@@ -3727,7 +3627,7 @@ msgstr ""
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2164
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2166
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -3744,7 +3644,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2166
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2168
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
@@ -3764,7 +3664,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2169
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2171
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -3773,7 +3673,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2171
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2173
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
@@ -3787,7 +3687,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2174
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2176
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
@@ -3799,7 +3699,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any change."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2177
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2179
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
@@ -3813,7 +3713,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2180
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2182
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
@@ -3839,7 +3739,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2185
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2187
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -3862,7 +3762,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2187
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2189
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -3875,7 +3775,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2189
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2191
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -3888,7 +3788,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2191
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2193
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
@@ -3902,7 +3802,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2194
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2196
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
@@ -3916,7 +3816,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2197
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2199
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
@@ -3934,7 +3834,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2200
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2202
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
@@ -3950,7 +3850,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2205
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2207
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -3973,7 +3873,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2207
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2209
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -3988,7 +3888,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2209
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2211
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
@@ -4008,7 +3908,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2212
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2214
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
@@ -4030,7 +3930,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2215
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2217
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
@@ -4050,7 +3950,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2218
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2220
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
@@ -4080,7 +3980,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2221
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2223
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -4091,7 +3991,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2223
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2225
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -4114,7 +4014,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2225
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2227
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -4123,7 +4023,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2227
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2229
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
@@ -4143,7 +4043,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2230
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2232
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
@@ -4157,7 +4057,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2233
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -4176,7 +4076,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2235
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2237
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
@@ -4198,13 +4098,13 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2238
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2240
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2241
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2243
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
@@ -4228,7 +4128,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2244
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2246
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
@@ -4252,7 +4152,7 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2250
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2252
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
diff --git a/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.nb.po b/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.nb.po
index 0be9512..d31ca59 100644
--- a/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.nb.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: rosegarden-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-01 13:49+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-08 09:57+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-31 14:48+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Alf Tonny Bätz <alfton at gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian <nb at li.org>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "\"Debian Edu / Skolelinux Rosegarden manual\""
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Rosegarden manualen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:5 rosegarden-manual.xml:2135
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:5 rosegarden-manual.xml:2137
msgid "Rosegarden manual"
msgstr "Rosegarden manualen"
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-01 </computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-08 </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dette dokumentet er lagt til <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
"computeroutput> pakken <computeroutput>2009-01-15</computeroutput>."
@@ -3687,7 +3687,7 @@ msgstr "Så la oss gå igjennom dette steg før steg."
# type: CDATA
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2037
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"1. File, create new\n"
"2. Right Click on untitled, and choose Properties. (Rename it to your liking)\n"
@@ -3729,6 +3729,8 @@ msgid ""
"</title>\n"
"<para>The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Alf Tonny Bätz (2008) and Tore Skogly (2008) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. \n"
"</para>\n"
+"<para>The French translation is copyrighted by Arnaud Bonvalle (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. \n"
+"</para>\n"
"</section>\n"
"\n"
"<section id=\"Translations\">\n"
@@ -3886,7 +3888,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</para><screen><![CDATA[Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2137
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2139
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2008, 2009 Alf Tonny Bätz < <ulink url=\"mailto:"
"alfton at gmail.com\">alfton at gmail.com </ulink> > and others, see the <ulink "
@@ -3900,7 +3902,7 @@ msgstr ""
"owners."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2141
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2143
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -3913,7 +3915,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2143
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2145
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -3926,7 +3928,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2145
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2147
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -3937,17 +3939,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2150
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2152
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2152
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2154
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2154
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2156
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -3960,12 +3962,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2159
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2161
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2161
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2163
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
"program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder "
@@ -3988,7 +3990,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2164
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2166
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -4005,7 +4007,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2166
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2168
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
"verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any "
@@ -4024,7 +4026,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License along with the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2169
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2171
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -4033,7 +4035,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2171
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2173
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -4046,7 +4048,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2174
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2176
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
@@ -4057,7 +4059,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of any change."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2177
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2179
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -4070,7 +4072,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2180
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2182
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -4095,7 +4097,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2185
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2187
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -4118,7 +4120,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2187
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2189
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -4131,7 +4133,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2189
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2191
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -4144,7 +4146,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2191
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2193
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -4157,7 +4159,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2194
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2196
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -4170,7 +4172,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2197
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2199
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -4187,7 +4189,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2200
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -4202,7 +4204,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2205
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2207
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -4225,7 +4227,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2207
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2209
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -4240,7 +4242,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2209
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2211
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -4259,7 +4261,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2212
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2214
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
"this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants "
@@ -4280,7 +4282,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2215
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2217
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -4299,7 +4301,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2218
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2220
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -4328,7 +4330,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2221
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2223
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -4339,7 +4341,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2223
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2225
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -4362,7 +4364,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2225
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2227
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -4371,7 +4373,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2227
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2229
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -4390,7 +4392,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2230
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2232
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -4403,7 +4405,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2233
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -4422,7 +4424,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2235
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2237
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
"of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -4443,12 +4445,12 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2238
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2240
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2241
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2243
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -4471,7 +4473,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2244
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2246
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -4494,6 +4496,6 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2250
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2252
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
diff --git a/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.pot b/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.pot
index 1889693..18b0390 100644
--- a/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.pot
+++ b/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.pot
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-01 13:49+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-08 10:34+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "\"Debian Edu / Skolelinux Rosegarden manual\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:5 rosegarden-manual.xml:2135
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:5 rosegarden-manual.xml:2137
msgid "Rosegarden manual"
msgstr ""
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:9
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc "
-"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-01 </computeroutput>."
+"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-08 </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -3297,6 +3297,9 @@ msgid ""
"<para>The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Alf Tonny Bätz (2008) and "
"Tore Skogly (2008) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. \n"
"</para>\n"
+"<para>The French translation is copyrighted by Arnaud Bonvalle (2009) and is "
+"released under the GPL2 or any later version. \n"
+"</para>\n"
"</section>\n"
"\n"
"<section id=\"Translations\">\n"
@@ -3376,7 +3379,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2137
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2139
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2008, 2009 Alf Tonny Bätz < <ulink "
"url=\"mailto:alfton at gmail.com\">alfton at gmail.com </ulink> > and others, "
@@ -3386,7 +3389,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2141
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2143
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -3395,7 +3398,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2143
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2145
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -3404,7 +3407,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2145
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2147
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -3412,17 +3415,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2150
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2152
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2152
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2154
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2154
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2156
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -3431,12 +3434,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2159
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2161
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2161
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2163
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
"program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder "
@@ -3450,7 +3453,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2164
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2166
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -3461,7 +3464,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2166
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2168
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
"verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any "
@@ -3473,14 +3476,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2169
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2171
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2171
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2173
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -3489,7 +3492,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2174
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2176
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
@@ -3497,7 +3500,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2177
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2179
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -3506,7 +3509,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2180
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2182
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -3521,7 +3524,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2185
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2187
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -3535,7 +3538,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2187
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2189
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -3544,7 +3547,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2189
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2191
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -3553,7 +3556,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2191
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2193
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -3562,7 +3565,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2194
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2196
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -3571,7 +3574,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2197
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2199
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -3582,7 +3585,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2200
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -3592,7 +3595,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2205
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2207
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -3606,7 +3609,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2207
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2209
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -3616,7 +3619,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2209
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2211
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -3628,7 +3631,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2212
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2214
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
"this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants "
@@ -3641,7 +3644,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2215
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2217
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -3653,7 +3656,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2218
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2220
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -3670,7 +3673,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2221
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2223
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -3678,7 +3681,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2223
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2225
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -3692,14 +3695,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2225
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2227
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2227
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2229
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -3711,7 +3714,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2230
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2232
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -3720,7 +3723,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2233
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -3732,7 +3735,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2235
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2237
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
"of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -3745,12 +3748,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2238
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2240
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2241
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2243
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -3764,7 +3767,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2244
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2246
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -3778,6 +3781,6 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2250
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2252
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
diff --git a/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.xml b/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.xml
index a3d2427..7fe7730 100644
--- a/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.xml
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
<para>This is a manual for rosegarden, based on the 1:1.4.0-1 version from the Debian Edu Etch 3.0 release.
</para>
<para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-01
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2009-08-08
</computeroutput>.
</para>
<para>The version at <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Manuals/Rosegarden"/> is a wiki and updated frequently.
@@ -2074,6 +2074,8 @@
</title>
<para>The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Alf Tonny Bätz (2008) and Tore Skogly (2008) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
</para>
+<para>The French translation is copyrighted by Arnaud Bonvalle (2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
+</para>
</section>
<section id="Translations">
hooks/post-receive
--
debian-edu-doc.git (Debian package debian-edu-doc)
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "debian-edu-doc.git" (Debian package debian-edu-doc).
More information about the debian-edu-commits
mailing list